The Great Banyan Tree of Howrah: An Ancient Giant Witnessing Time

By-Aditi Chhetri

In the bustling city of Howrah, West Bengal, India, amidst the cacophony of urban life, there stands a silent sentinel of nature’s grandeur. The Great Banyan Tree, or simply the “Great Banyan,” has captivated the imagination of all who have had the privilege of setting eyes upon it. This magnificent tree is not just a biological marvel but a symbol of endurance, resilience, and the enduring power of life. In this blog, we embark on a journey to explore the awe-inspiring story of the Great Banyan Tree of Howrah.

I. A Botanical Marvel:
The Great Banyan Tree, scientifically known as Ficus Bengalese’s, is an exceptional specimen of its kind. While many banyan trees are known for their expansive canopies, the Great Banyan has taken this to a whole new level. With its vast labyrinthine network of roots, it covers an astonishing area, making it the largest known banyan tree in the world.

(a) Dimensions Beyond Belief:
Spanning a colossal 4.68 acres, this giant tree has earned its place in the Guinness Book of World Records. It’s hard to fathom the sheer scale of this living organism – an entire forest encapsulated in a single tree.

(b) Historical Significance:
The Great Banyan Tree is believed to have been planted in the early 19th century, making it over two centuries old. Its existence predates the construction of the iconic Howrah Bridge, which now stands as a testament to modern engineering right nearby.

II. The Life Story of a Giant:
To understand the Great Banyan’s journey, we need to delve into its life story, which is nothing short of remarkable.

(a) Multiple Trunk Formation:
One of the most intriguing aspects of this tree is its peculiar growth pattern. The main trunk of the original tree was affected by a disease in the late 19th century and had to be removed. However, the tree did not wither away; instead, it continued to grow horizontally. Multiple trunks emerged from the remaining branches, and the Great Banyan tree lives on through them.

(b) Immortal through Aerial Propagation:
The Great Banyan employs a unique survival strategy called “aerial prop roots.” These roots grow from the branches and reach down to the ground, taking root and eventually becoming part of the tree’s complex structure. This phenomenon allows the tree to perpetuate itself, effectively making it immortal.

III. A Home for Countless Lives:

Beyond its botanical significance, the Great Banyan is a bustling ecosystem in its own right, supporting an incredible diversity of flora and fauna.

(a) Bird Paradise:
The sprawling canopy of the Great Banyan provides an ideal habitat for a wide variety of birds. Ornithologists and bird enthusiasts flock to the tree to witness species such as parakeets, mynas, and pigeons in their natural habitat.

(b) Miniature Ecosystems:
Within the network of its roots and branches, the Great Banyan houses numerous miniature ecosystems. Insects, fungi, and other organisms thrive in this microcosm, making it a subject of fascination for ecologists.

IV. Cultural Significance:

The Great Banyan Tree of Howrah is not only a biological wonder but also a cultural icon with deep-rooted significance.

(a) Sacred Ground:
For generations, the tree has been a site for religious and spiritual gatherings. It’s often considered sacred and serves as a backdrop for various rituals and ceremonies.

(b) Artistic Inspiration:
The tree has been a muse for many artists, poets, and writers. Its majestic form and historical significance have been captured in countless works of literature and art.

V. Challenges and Preservation:

Despite its enduring presence, the Great Banyan Tree faces several challenges, primarily due to urbanization and environmental factors.

(a) Environmental Stress:
Increased pollution, reduced groundwater levels, and changes in climate patterns have taken a toll on the tree’s health. Conservation efforts are crucial to mitigate these threats.

(b) Conservation Initiatives:
To protect this natural wonder, various conservation initiatives have been undertaken. Measures such as regular health checks, controlled irrigation, and restricting human interference are helping safeguard the Great Banyan’s future.

The Great Banyan Tree of Howrah stands as a testament to the resilience and majesty of the natural world. Its story is not just that of a tree but a living chronicle of time, witnessing the evolution of a city and the changing landscapes of human existence. As we marvel at this colossal botanical marvel, let us also reflect on our responsibility to preserve and protect such precious treasures of nature for generations to come. In the heart of Howrah, the Great Banyan Tree remains a symbol of life’s enduring spirit and a living connection to our planet’s rich history.

REFERENCES:

Ugc. (2023b, October 3). Great Banyan Tree. Atlas Obscura. https://www.atlasobscura.com/places/great-banyan-tree

• Rongmei, P. (n.d.). Story of the Great Banyan, world’s largest banyan tree. Times of India Travel. https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/travel/destinations/story-of-the-great-banyan-worlds-largest-banyan-tree/articleshow/92971166.cms

Pearce, S. (2023, August 21). The Great Banyan Tree & 8 Important Tips For Visiting Kolkata Botanical Gardens. Third Eye Traveller. https://thirdeyetraveller.com/the-great-banyan-tree-kolkata-botanical-gardens/

Roche, E. (2022, April 21). The largest banyan tree in the world is located in India. Condé Nast Traveller India. https://www.cntraveller.in/story/kolkata-west-bengallargest-banyan-tree-in-the-world/

Wikipedia contributors. (2023a). The Great Banyan. Wikipedia. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Great_Banyan

The Curse of the Delhi Purple Sapphire

By-Aditi Chhetri

Hidden within the heart of India’s bustling capital lies a gem that has captured the imaginations of many for centuries—the Delhi Purple Sapphire. This mesmerizing gemstone is known not only for its exquisite beauty but also for the dark and mysterious legends that surround it. Often associated with misfortune, tragedy, and a series of unfortunate events, the Delhi Purple Sapphire has earned a reputation as a cursed jewel that has brought calamity to those who possessed it.

Purple sapphire

The Origin:

The story of the Delhi Purple Sapphire begins in the early 19th century when it was reportedly discovered in the Golconda mines of India. This enchanting gemstone is not a sapphire at all but rather an amethyst, which is a type of quartz known for its stunning purple color. It quickly garnered attention due to its remarkable hue and exceptional clarity. The Delhi Purple Sapphire is a legendary gemstone that is said to be cursed. It is said to bring misfortune and bad luck to anyone who possesses it. The stone is said to have been stolen from the Temple of Indra in Kanpur, India, during the Indian Mutiny of 1857. It is believed that the curse was placed on the stone by the priests of the temple as punishment for the theft. The stone Is a deep purple color and is said to be incredibly beautiful. However, its beauty is said to be deceiving, as it is said to be a harbinger of doom. The curse of the Delhi Purple Sapphire is said to affect anyone who comes into contact with the stone, including its owners, their loved ones, and even those who simply touch it. There are many stories of the misfortune that has befallen those who have possessed the Delhi Purple Sapphire

Theories on the Curse:

There are many theories about why the Delhi Purple Sapphire is cursed. Some people believe that the curse is real and that it is a form of divine punishment for those who steal from sacred places. Others believe that the curse is a myth and that the stories of misfortune are simply coincidences.
One theory is that the curse is caused by the stone itself. Some people believe that the stone is imbued with negative energy and that it has a harmful effect on those who come into contact with it. Others believe that the stone is simply a physical representation of the evil that exists in the world and that it can attract misfortune to those who possess it.
Another theory is that the curse is caused by the karma of those who steal from sacred places. According to Hindu belief, karma is the law of cause and effect. It states that every action has an equal and opposite reaction. This means that those who do bad deeds will eventually be punished for their actions. Some people believe that the curse of the Delhi Purple Sapphire is a form of karmic punishment for those who stole the stone from the Temple of Indra.

The British Connection :

The Delhi Purple Sapphire’s journey took a dark turn when it came into the possession of Colonel W. Ferris, a British officer stationed in Delhi during the colonial era. Legend has it that Ferris took the gem from the eye of a Hindu idol in a temple in the city, sparking an alleged curse that would haunt him and all subsequent owners of the gem.

The Curse Unleashed:

Shortly after acquiring the Delhi Purple Sapphire, Colonel Ferris faced a series of personal and professional misfortunes. He was transferred to a remote outpost, and his health rapidly deteriorated. Some reports suggest that he lost his fortune and social standing. As the story goes, he died under mysterious circumstances, with the gem still in his possession.

The Curse Continues:

The Delhi Purple Sapphire passed through several hands after Colonel Ferris, and each new owner seemed to suffer a similar fate. Stories of accidents, financial ruin, and even untimely deaths followed the gem like a shadow. Some owners attempted to rid themselves of the cursed jewel, only to find it returning to them mysteriously. Sir John Gardner Wilkinson, a prominent Egyptologist and one of the gem’s later owners, purportedly experienced a string of calamities, including the tragic loss of his wife and child, all while the Delhi Purple Sapphire was in his possession.


The Hidden Gem:

As the curse continued to weave its dark web, the Delhi Purple Sapphire was eventually hidden away, concealed from the world. Some believe that it was buried, while others claim it was locked in a secret vault to prevent further harm.

Modern-Day Speculation:

Today, the Delhi Purple Sapphire remains shrouded in mystery. While some dismiss the curse as mere superstition, others are convinced of its malevolent power. The whereabouts of the gem are unknown, adding to the intrigue and speculation surrounding it.

Scientific Skepticism:

From a scientific standpoint, there is no concrete evidence to support the existence of curses or supernatural powers associated with gemstones. Many attribute the misfortunes experienced by those who possessed the Delhi Purple Sapphire to coincidence, bad luck, or the power of suggestion.

Statue Of Indra.Indra Temple Kanpur

Cultural and Historical Context:

The legend of the cursed Delhi Purple Sapphire is deeply rooted in the colonial history of India and the cultural misunderstandings that often occurred during that time. The alleged curse may have been a way for local communities to resist the looting of their sacred treasures.

The Current Location of the Stone:

The Delhi Purple Sapphire is currently on display at the Natural History Museum in London. It was donated to the museum by the daughter of Edward Heron-Allen in 1972. The stone is kept in a secure safe and is only accessible to museum staff. There are many people who believe that the Delhi Purple Sapphire should be returned to India. They argue that the stone is sacred and that it should be kept in the temple where it belongs. However, there is no indication that the Natural History Museum intends to return the stone.


The tale of the Delhi Purple Sapphire is a captivating blend of history, superstition, and intrigue. Whether one believes in the curse or not, there is no denying the allure of this enigmatic gemstone and the stories that surround it. While it may remain hidden from view, the legend of the Delhi Purple Sapphire continues to capture the imagination, reminding us that the line between fact and folklore is often a thin one in the world of precious gems and their mysterious histories. There are many stories of the misfortune that has befallen those who have come into contact with the stone. However, it is unclear whether the curse is real. The Delhi Purple Sapphire Is currently on display at the Natural History Museum in London. There are many people who believe that the stone should be returned to India, but there is no indication that the museum intends to do so. Whether or not the Delhi Purple Sapphire is cursed, it is a fascinating and mysterious gemstone. Its story is a reminder of the power of superstition and the importance of respecting sacred places.

REFERENCES

Cursed Gemstones – The Delhi Purple Sapphire. (n.d.). https://www.vulcans-forge.com/blog-post/cursed-gemstones-the-delhi-purple-sapphire

Buzz, D. (2023). The Delhi Purple Sapphire – The Cursed Amethyst | Diamond Buzz. Diamond Buzz. https://diamondbuzz.blog/delhi-purple-sapphire-cursed-amethyst/

Ashley, & Ashley. (2013, October 28). Is the Delhi Purple Sapphire Really Cursed? Part 4 Haunted Diamonds Series. Adiamor Blog. https://www.adiamor.com/blog/celebrity-engagement/is-the-delhi-purple-sapphire-really-cursed-part-4-haunted-diamonds-series

Robb Report. (2017, September 7). The Delhi Purple Sapphire. https://robbreport.com/style/jewelry/slideshow/spine-tingling-stories-behind-four-historys-most-famous-cursed-gems/the-delhi-purple-sapphire/

Pti. (2007, November 26). “Cursed” Delhi Purple Sapphire to go on display Wednesday. The Economic Times. https://m.economictimes.com/cursed-delhi-purple-sapphire-to-go-on-display-wednesday/articleshow/2570900.cms































































































How sugar affects your health and what to do about it

By-Aditi Chhetri

Sugar has become an integral part of our modern diet, but its excessive consumption is taking a toll on our health. It’s added to everything from processed foods to beverages, and it’s even found in natural foods like fruits and vegetables. While sugar can be enjoyed in moderation, consuming too much can have a negative impact on your health. From obesity to heart disease and diabetes, the negative impact of sugar on our well-being cannot be overstated. In this blog, we will delve into the various ways sugar affects our health and explore practical strategies to reduce sugar intake.

Sugar-sugar

∆ What is sugar?

Sugar is a simple carbohydrate that provides your body with energy. It’s found naturally in foods like fruits, vegetables, and dairy products. However, most of the sugar that we consume comes from added sugars, which are found in processed foods and beverages.
Added sugars are sugars that are not naturally present in foods. They’re often added to foods during processing to improve flavor, texture, and shelf life. Added sugars are also found in sugary drinks like soda, juice, and sports drinks.

∆ How much sugar should you eat?

The American Heart Association recommends that adults consume no more than 6 teaspoons (24 grams) of added sugar per day for women and 9 teaspoons (36 grams) per day for men. However, most Americans consume much more than this. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the average American consumes 77 grams of added sugar per day.

Doughnuts

∆ The Sweet Temptation:

Sugar is everywhere in our food supply. It’s not just the obvious sources like candy and soft drinks; it’s hiding in seemingly innocent foods like cereals, yogurt, and even salad dressings. The average American consumes around 17 teaspoons of added sugar per day, far exceeding the recommended limit of 6 teaspoons for women and 9 teaspoons for men.

∆ The Bitter Truth: The Health Effects of Excess Sugar:

Consuming too much sugar can have a number of negative health effects, including

Weight Gain and Obesity: One of the most well-documented effects of excess sugar intake is weight gain. Sugar is dense in calories but lacks essential nutrients, leading to overconsumption of empty calories. High sugar consumption can disrupt hormones that regulate hunger and satiety, leading to increased calorie intake and weight gain.

Type 2 Diabetes: Excessive sugar consumption has a direct link to the development of type 2 diabetes. When we consume sugar, especially in the form of sugary beverages, our blood sugar levels spike. Over time, this can lead to insulin resistance, a key factor in the development of diabetes.

Heart Disease: Sugar, particularly fructose, can contribute to heart disease. Excess fructose consumption can lead to high blood pressure, inflammation, and an increase in harmful LDL cholesterol levels – all risk factors for heart disease.

Fatty Liver Disease: The liver metabolizes sugar, and when overloaded with excessive sugar intake, it can turn the excess into fat, leading to non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD).

Dental Problems: Sugar is a leading cause of tooth decay. Bacteria in the mouth feed on sugar, producing acids that erode tooth enamel and lead to cavities.


∆ Reducing Sugar Intake: A Sweet Challenge-

Now that we understand the detrimental effects of excessive sugar intake, let’s explore how to reduce our sugar consumption without sacrificing flavor and enjoyment in our diets.

Read Labels Carefully: To reduce sugar intake, start by checking food labels. Look for terms like sucrose, high fructose corn syrup, agave nectar, and any word ending in “-ose.” These are all forms of sugar. Be mindful of hidden sugars in processed foods.

Choose Whole Foods: Whole foods like fruits, vegetables, lean proteins, and whole grains are naturally low in added sugars. Incorporate more of these foods into your diet to reduce your reliance on processed foods.

Limit Sugary Beverages: Sugary beverages like soda, fruit juices, and energy drinks are some of the worst culprits. Opt for water, herbal tea, or sparkling water with a splash of citrus to satisfy your thirst.
Use Natural Sweeteners Sparingly:
While natural sweeteners like honey, maple syrup, and agave nectar may seem healthier, they are still sugar and should be used in moderation.

Cook at Home: When you prepare meals at home, you have full control over the ingredients. This allows you to reduce sugar content in your dishes and experiment with healthier alternatives.
Gradual Reduction:
If you’re used to a high-sugar diet, abrupt changes may be challenging. Gradually reduce sugar intake to give your taste buds time to adjust.

Sugar Substitutes: Consider using non-caloric sweeteners like stevia or erythritol as alternatives to sugar. However, use them sparingly and be aware of potential digestive side effects.

The Sweet Rewards of a Low-Sugar Lifestyle:

Reducing your sugar intake can be challenging, but it’s worth it for your health. By making small changes, you can reduce your risk of developing chronic diseases and improve your overall health and well-being.

Weight Management: Lower sugar intake can help with weight management by reducing calorie consumption and improving hormone regulation.

Stable Energy Levels: Cutting sugar can prevent energy crashes and sugar-induced mood swings, providing more consistent energy throughout the day.

Better Dental Health: Lower sugar intake leads to improved dental health, reducing the risk of cavities and gum disease.

Reduced Risk of Chronic Diseases: A low-sugar lifestyle can reduce the risk of chronic diseases like diabetes, heart disease, and fatty liver disease.

Improved Taste Sensitivity: Over time, your taste buds will adapt, and you’ll find that you can enjoy the natural sweetness of foods like fruits and vegetables more intensely.
Sample meal plan for a low-sugar diet

∆ Here is a sample meal plan for a low-sugar diet:

Breakfast
Oatmeal with berries and nuts
Hard-boiled eggs with whole-wheat toast
Greek yogurt with fruit and granola

Lunch
Salad with grilled chicken or fish
Soup and sandwich on whole-wheat bread
Leftovers from dinner

Dinner
Salmon with roasted vegetables
Chicken stir-fry with brown rice
Lentil soup with whole-wheat bread

Snacks
Fruits and vegetables
Nuts

Macroons

Sugar is undoubtedly a significant health concern, but it doesn’t mean you have to eliminate all sweetness from your life. The key is moderation and mindful choices. By reducing your sugar intake and opting for healthier alternatives, you can protect your health and enjoy a sweet life without the bitter consequences.
Remember, it’s not just about avoiding sugar altogether but finding a balance that works for you. Your health will thank you for it, and you’ll savor the sweetness of life in a whole new way.

REFERENCES

How too much added sugar affects your health infographic. (n.d.). http://www.heart.org. https://www.heart.org/en/healthy-living/healthy-eating/eat-smart/sugar/how-too-much-added-sugar-affects-your-health-infographic

Department of Health & Human Services. (n.d.). Sugar. Better Health Channel. https://www.betterhealth.vic.gov.au/health/healthyliving/sugar

Harvard Health. (2022, January 6). The sweet danger of sugar. https://www.health.harvard.edu/heart-health/the-sweet-danger-of-sugar

Website, N. (2023, May 26). Sugar: the facts. nhs.uk. https://www.nhs.uk/live-well/eat-well/food-types/how-does-sugar-in-our-diet-affect-our-health/#:~:text=Eating%20too%20much%20sugar%20can%20contribute%20to%20people%20having%20too,cancers%20and%20type%202%20diabet

Rd, J. K. M. (2022, September 26). 11 reasons why too much sugar is bad for you. Healthline. https://www.healthline.com/nutrition/too-much-sugar#weight-gain






















































The Pashupati Seal: Ancient Evidence of Yoga and Meditation in India

By-Aditi Chhetri

India, often referred to as the cradle of civilization, boasts a rich heritage that spans thousands of years. Among its most profound contributions to the world are the practices of yoga and meditation. These ancient disciplines have transcended time and geography to become global phenomena, transforming the lives of millions. While their origins are deeply rooted in India’s history, one piece of archaeological evidence stands out as a testament to their antiquity – the Pashupati Seal. The Pashupati Seal is one of the earliest known depictions of yoga and meditation in the world. It is also one of the most important pieces of evidence for the Indus Valley Civilization’s religious beliefs and practices

Pashupati Seal, c. 2000 BCE

• Unveiling the Pashupati Seal :

The Pashupati Seal is a small but significant artifact that was unearthed in the early 20th century at the Mohenjo-Daro archaeological site in present-day Pakistan. Mohenjo-Daro, one of the major cities of the ancient Indus Valley Civilization, thrived around 2500 BCE, making it one of the world’s oldest urban centers. The seal, discovered in the ruins of this ancient city, offers valuable insights into the practices of yoga and meditation that were prevalent over 4,000 years ago.

• Deciphering the Seal :

The Pashupati Seal features a prominent figure seated in a yogic posture. This figure, often referred to as the “Proto-Shiva,” sits cross-legged with a horned headdress and an array of animals surrounding him. While interpretations may vary, many scholars believe this figure to be an early representation of Lord Shiva, a central deity in the yogic and meditative traditions of India. The seal’s name, “Pashupati,” is significant. It is a reference to Lord Shiva’s role as the “Lord of Beasts” or “Lord of Animals.” This association with animals suggests a deep connection between nature and meditation, a theme that resonates in many yoga practices today.

Mohenjo-daro


• The Yogic Asana:

One of the most striking aspects of the Pashupati Seal is the seated posture of the central figure. The figure’s legs are crossed in a manner reminiscent of modern-day yoga asanas like Padmasana (Lotus Pose) or Siddhasana (Perfect Pose). This posture is a fundamental element of yogic practice, symbolizing stability, concentration, and inner harmony. Yoga, in its essence, is the union of mind, body, and spirit. The yogic asanas, including the one depicted on the Pashupati Seal, are integral to achieving this union. They provide a physical foundation for meditation and self-realization, echoing the timeless wisdom of the ancient yogis.

• The Meditative Connection:

Beyond the yogic posture, the seal also suggests a connection between yoga and meditation. The figure’s serene and contemplative expression reflects the meditative state. Meditation is a core component of yoga, serving as a means to quiet the mind, delve into one’s inner self, and attain a heightened state of awareness.
The animals surrounding the figure on the seal are worth noting as well. These animals include a bull, an elephant, and two antelopes. In yogic and meditative symbolism, these animals often represent the various aspects of the mind and the challenges one must overcome on the spiritual path. The presence of these animals reinforces the idea that the seal is not merely a representation of physical yoga postures but a profound metaphor for the inner journey of self – discovery and transformation.

• The Age of the Seal:

Dating the Pashupati Seal is a subject of scholarly debate, but it is generally believed to be from the mature phase of the Indus Valley Civilization, around 2500 BCE. This dating places the seal’s creation over 4,000 years ago, making it one of the earliest depictions of yoga and meditation in human history. The antiquity of the Pashupati Seal challenges the common misconception that yoga and meditation are recent trends. Instead, it underscores the enduring nature of these practices, which have been passed down through generations in India for millennia.

• Other evidence of yoga and meditation in the Indus Valley Civilization:

In addition to the Pashupati Seal, there is other evidence to suggest that yoga and meditation were practiced in the Indus Valley Civilization. For example, archaeologists have discovered a number of other seals and figurines that depict people in yogic postures.

One particularly notable example is a seal from Harappa that depicts a figure seated in a lotus position, which is a common yogic posture. The figure’s hands are resting on the knees, and the figure’s eyes are closed. This suggests that the figure is meditating. Another example is a figurine from Mohenjo-daro that depicts a figure seated in a cross-legged posture, with the hands resting on the knees. The figure’s eyes are also closed. This suggests that this figure is also meditating.

The evidence from the Indus Valley Civilization suggests that yoga and meditation were an important part of the religious and spiritual beliefs of the people of the IVC. Yoga and meditation were likely used to improve physical and mental health, to achieve spiritual enlightenment, and to connect with the divine.


• Yoga and Meditation:

A Living Tradition while the Pashupati Seal provides compelling evidence of the ancient roots of yoga and meditation in India, these practices are far from relics of the past. They continue to thrive and evolve in the modern world, transcending cultural and geographic boundaries. Yoga studios and meditation centers have sprouted up worldwide, offering people from all walks of life the opportunity to experience the physical, mental, and spiritual benefits of these age-old disciplines.

• The Universal Appeal:

The universal appeal of yoga and meditation lies in their adaptability and inclusivity. They can be tailored to suit individual needs and beliefs, making them accessible to people of all backgrounds and faiths. Whether one seeks physical fitness, stress relief, inner peace, or spiritual enlightenment, yoga and meditation offer a path towards these goals.


• Yoga: A Path to Physical and Mental Well-being

In today’s fast-paced world, where stress and sedentary lifestyles take a toll on physical and mental health, yoga emerges as a powerful antidote. The physical postures, or asanas, strengthen the body, increase flexibility, and improve posture. Yoga also enhances mental well-being by promoting relaxation, reducing anxiety, and enhancing focus.

• Meditation: Cultivating Inner Peace

Meditation, on the other hand, is a gateway to inner peace and self-awareness. It encourages mindfulness and helps individuals gain control over their thoughts and emotions. Regular meditation practice has been linked to reduced stress, improved emotional well-being, and increased resilience.

• The Spiritual Quest:

For those on a spiritual quest, yoga and meditation offer a deeper connection with the self and the universe. They provide a framework for exploring profound questions about the nature of existence, consciousness, and the interconnectedness of all life. In this sense, they serve as a timeless path for seekers of truth and enlightenment.

• The Pashupati Seal and the modern world : The Pashupati Seal remains an important symbol of yoga and meditation today. It is often used in yoga studios and meditation centers, and it is also featured on many yoga and meditation products.
The Pashupati Seal is a reminder of the ancient roots of yoga and meditation. It also serves as a reminder of the importance of these practices for physical, mental, and spiritual well-being.

The Pashupati Seal stands as a silent yet profound testament to the ancient origins of yoga and meditation in India. It reminds us that these practices have withstood the test of time, evolving and adapting while retaining their core essence. From the banks of the Indus River to yoga studios around the world, the pursuit of physical and spiritual well-being remains a timeless and universal endeavor.
As we delve into the depths of yoga and meditation, we find that their true essence transcends the boundaries of time and place. They are not merely exercises or techniques but pathways to self-discovery, inner peace, and a deeper understanding of the universe. The Pashupati Seal, with its ancient yogic figure, continues to inspire and guide us on this transformative journey, echoing the wisdom of the sages who walked this path millennia ago.

REFERENCES

Kuzmint, O. (2017, October 11). The History of Yoga from Pashupati to Patanjali – Bahiranga.com. Bahiranga.com. https://bahiranga.com/the-history-of-yoga-from-pashupati-to-patanjali/

Pattanaik, D. (2022, February 25). The real Pashupati. The Hindu. https://www.thehindu.com/society/history-and-culture/pashupati-and-the-harappan-seal/article65070760.ece

MAP Academy. (2023, July 26). Pashupati Seal – MAP Academy. https://mapacademy.io/article/pashupati-seal/

Wikipedia contributors. (2023). Pashupati seal. Wikipedia. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pashupati_seal

Amar Chitra Katha. (2022, July 12). The Pashupati Seal of Mohenjo-Daro | Amar Chitra Katha. Amar Chitra Katha |. https://www.amarchitrakatha.com/history_details/the-pashupati-seal-of-mohenjo-daro/

Irrigation Analysis and Trends in Telangana State

Guduri Kailasam

Dept. of Economics, Osmania University, Hyderabad 

Abstract

Telangana’s irrigation is based on two large rivers, the Godavari and Krishna, which have a combined allocation of 1266.94 TMC (967.94 TMC and 299 TMC, respectively) of guaranteed water and 500 TMC of surplus water in each river. Nine Major Irrigation Projects that have been finished have increased the state’s irrigation potential by 21.32 lakh acres. A comprehensive irrigation development strategy has been devised by the Telangana government in order to provide irrigation facilities for around 125 lakh acres of land throughout the state. The government has also launched a number of initiatives and developed a six-pronged strategy for the expedited completion of outstanding irrigation projects. One of the most significant connections between irrigation and agriculture. It increases productivity and shields farmers from unfavourable monsoons, guaranteed irrigation is essential for crop production and farmer incomes. Additionally, guaranteed irrigation can preserve groundwater levels and increase water usage efficiency. India is the second-most populous country in the world and has an agriculture-based economy. Agriculture output supports India’s food requirement and accounts for 17% of its GDP. A crucial element in the development of agriculture is irrigation. Irrigation is currently neither in a suitable state nor does is there a progressive strategy. The government must take the appropriate action to improve irrigation system effectiveness in order to fully enhance water demand for rich crop patterns.

Keywords: Agriculture, Irrigation, Telangana, Trends 

Introduction

Irrigation development in Telangana

According to the Socio-Economic Outlook 2023, during the 2014-15 to 2022-23 period, the Telangana government spent Rs 1.61 lakh crore on irrigation projects in the State, resulting in an increase of the Gross Irrigated Area (GIA) from 62.48 lakh acres in 2014-15 to 135 lakh acres in 2021-22, an increase of 117 percent. 26,885 crore has been proposed for the Irrigation Department for the 2023-24 fiscal. The Telangana government is determined to provide irrigation to 1 crore 25 lakh acres.

The Kaleshwaram Lift Irrigation Project or KLIP is a multi-purpose irrigation project on the Godavari River in Kaleshwaram, Bhupalpally, Telangana, India. The confluence of the Pranhita and Godavari rivers is the site of the largest multi-stage lift irrigation project in the world as of right now. Vidyasagar Rao Dindi Lift Irrigation Scheme for his enormous contribution to irrigation in Telangana. He fought for safe drinking water in the fluoride-affected Nalgonda district and provided water to the arid lands in the Telangana region.

Nizam Sagar is the oldest dam in the state of Telangana. This place is located at about 145 km north-west of the state capital Hyderabad and 81 km from Nizamabad District.

The Nizamsagar dam was built in 1923 by Mir Osman Ali Khan, the then-ruler of the royal Hyderabad. The correct answer is Wells. In Telangana throughout the past ten years, wells have mostly served as the source of irrigation. About 75% of Telangana’s net irrigated area is served by bore wells and other wells. Over time, irrigation beneath the ponds has decreased while increasing beneath the canals. In the State, Rangareddy has the largest percentage of well-irrigated land (95%) followed by the districts of Medak and Karimnagar. In India, canals are the secondary source of irrigation after wells and tube wells. Large plains, excellent soils, and enduring rivers are features of the territories that are being irrigated by the canals. Most of North India’s plains are irrigated by canals.

Review of Literature 

Sanjukumar (2015) attempted to understand that irrigation is the essential input for increasing

agricultural output, therefore, the development of irrigation has been a key approach in the development of farm sector in the country. In this work, he examined various forms of irrigation and their effects on agriculture. India’s farming is mostly reliant on the monsoon season. Additionally, this study provided information on how to manage irrigation for important Indian crops such rice, wheat, maize, pulses, and oilseeds.

Narayana and Narayanan Nair (1983) emphasized on assessment of the impact of irrigation on

agricultural output in Kerala and also to identify the main constraints on the development of irrigation. Researchers discovered that while winter and summer crops are not affected by irrigation, autumn crops are somewhat stabilised and yields are improved. Poor irrigation water management is to blame for the lack of any significant effects of irrigation on agricultural productivity. Numerous additional studies that have demonstrated that an increase in irrigation infrastructure will result in an improvement in productivity per worker and per unit of capital do not support the conclusion drawn.

Data and methodology

This study is completely based on secondary sources of data. The Department of Agriculture and Irrigation(TS), Directorate of Economics & Statistics, Hyderabad, various Socio-Economic outlooks, Statistical yearbooks, Agriculture census, and Ministry of Agriculture, Government of India publications were the sources for the secondary data. The study’s analytical section has used growth rates.

Telangana is newly formed 29th state of India, situated in the central stretch of the Indian Peninsula on the Deccan Plateau. Geographically, the state is situated in a semi-arid region with a climate that is primarily hot and dry. The state is drained by the two significant rivers, the Godavari and the Krishna, as well as a number of smaller rivers, including the Manjira, the Bhima, and the Musi. The southwest monsoons cause Telangana’s annual average precipitation to range between 900 and 1500 mm in the north and 700 to 900 mm in the south.Agriculture in the state is a proverbial bet in the monsoons since rainfall is unpredictable and inconsistent.

Historically, during the period of Kakatiya’s tank irrigation has developed hugely like big lakes Ramappa,Pakhal, Laknavaram and many others. . The area irrigated by canals and wells was later expanded throughout the planning phase by building new projects and canals. Some of the outstanding accomplishments made by the Nizam during his rule are Mir Alam, Hussain Sagar, Osman Sagar, Himayat Sagar, and the Nizamsgar projects, among others. But following the Green Revolution for two decades, well irrigation has increased significantly, especially due to private investment.

Water for irrigation can be obtained from a variety of sources, including groundwater (from springs or wells), surface water (from rivers, lakes, or reservoirs), or unconventional sources like treated wastewater, desalinated water, drainage water, or fog collection. spate irrigation, also known as floodwater harvesting, is a particular type of surface water irrigation. The moisture stored in the soil will be used thereafter to grow crops. Spate irrigation areas are in particular located in semi-arid or arid, mountainous regions. Rainwater harvesting is typically not regarded as a kind of irrigation, although floodwater harvesting is a recognized irrigation technique. Rainwater harvesting is the gathering and concentration of runoff water from roofs or vacant land. 90% of the world’s wastewater production goes untreated, leading to widespread water pollution, particularly in low-income nations. Untreated wastewater is increasingly being used as an irrigation water source in agriculture. Cities are appealing to farmers because they offer lucrative marketplaces for fresh food. Farmers frequently have no choice but to utilise water contaminated with urban waste, including sewage, to water their crops because agriculture must compete for increasingly limited water resources with industry and municipal consumers. Using water contaminated with pathogens in this way poses serious health risks, especially if consumers consume fresh vegetables that have been irrigated with contaminated water.

Table 1: Percentage of Net Area Irrigated by Source of Irrigation from 2008-09 to 2015-16

S.No.YearNet AreaIrrigated(lakh Ha.)% of Canal%Tank%Wells
12008-0918.2811.5513.0372.09
22009-1014.939.183.8284.33
32010-1120.0415.7611.8769.63
42011-1219.8516.379.2271.69
52012-1317.745.078.9183.77
62013-1422.8912.6710.0574.83
72014-1517.2610.085.6281.87
82015-16(K)13.133.438.3886.37

Source: Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Hyderabad. K= Kharif

The net area watered by well grew from 72.09 percent in 2008-09 to 86.37% in 2015-16(K), indicating a decline in public irrigation investment. Increased well irrigation causes groundwater supplies to be depleted and also requires greater private investment, which raises the cost of farming. While tank irrigation also dropped over the time, the area watered by canals climbed from 11.55 percent in 2008-09 to 12.68 percent in 2013-14 and decreased to 10.08% in 2014-15. In 2008–09, the tank’s net irrigated area made up 13.03% of the overall net irrigated area, however, it rapidly shrunk throughout the course of the year.

Status of groundwater development

In the State, groundwater-based irrigation was a reliable source of water during the late 19th-century monsoon drought years. The early 1980s drilling technology advancements in hard rock regions led to an increase in groundwater irrigation that eventually surpassed tank and canal irrigations (Pingale, G., 2011). Most of the state’s well irrigation systems are operated by individual farmers who have spent money on digging dug wells, dug cumbre wells, or bore/tube wells (bw/tw), installing pump sets, and constructing pipelines to their fields. These farmers only benefit from free power, which the previous administration has been giving them twice daily since 2004 (Pingale, G., 2011). As of January 1, 2018, the current administration is providing 24 hours of free, high-quality power to agricultural pump sets (PD, Telangana State Government, 2018). Currently, the state has 24.2 lakh connections for pump sets (The Hindu, 20 March 2020). COVID-19 for many benefits to some, extracting 8084 mcm of groundwater for drinking, irrigation, and industrial use.

Table 2 : Trends in Cropping Intensity

S. NoDistrict1997-982002-032007-082012-13
1Mahabubnagar1.081.081.071.11
2Rangareddy1.091.081.131.11
3Hyderabad
4Medak1.181.241.221.24
5Nizamabad1.491.471.621.66
6Adilabad1.051.031.091.08
7Karimnagar1.421.381.581.45
8Warangal1.301.231.311.32
9Khammam1.071.061.111.13
10Nalgonda1.241.161.291.23
11Telangana1.691.201.421.19

Note: 1) Cropping intensity is the ratio of gross cultivated area to net area sown 2)1997-98 refers to the average of 1996-1997, 1997-98 and1998-99. 2002-03 refers to           the average       of         2001- 02,2002-03 and 2003-04.2007-08 refers    to  average of 2006-07, 2007-08, and 2008-09. 2012-13 refers to representaverage of 2011-12, 2012-13, and 2013-14.

Source: Computed from data collected from Statistical Abstract of Andhra Pradesh and Agricultural Statistics at a Glance, Government of India of various years

                Table 3 : Trends in Intensity of Irrigation(In percentage)

S.NoDistrict1997-982002-032007-082012-13
1Mahabubnagar0.200.180.250.29
2Rangareddy0.220.220.260.30
3Hyderabad
4Medak0.280.260.330.32
5Nizamabad0.590.64o.650.61
6Adilabad0.010.150.140.15
7Karimnagar0.660.670.790.75
8Warangal0.590.600.660.63
9Khammam0.410.360.440.43
10Nalgonda0.390.330.490.43
11Telangana0.220.360.490.42

Note: 1) Intensity of irrigation is the percentage of net area irrigated to net area sown. 2)1997-98 refers to average of 1996-1997, 1997-98 and1998-99.

2002-03 refers to average of 2001-02, 2002-03 and2003-04.

2007-08 refers to represent average of 2006-07, 2007-08 and 2008-09.

2012-13 refers to represent average of 2011-12, 2012-13 and 2013-14.

Source: Computed from data collected from Statistical Abstract of Andhra Pradesh and Agricultural Statistics at aGlance, Government of India of various years

Conclusion

The growth of irrigation infrastructure benefits the State’s rural economy, especially the agricultural sector. It is evident from the research above that irrigation has been more important in the growth of the agricultural industry in Telangana state. It is obvious that irrigation facilities have grown over time, but additional facilities will need to be added in the future. We find that well irrigation, one of the dominant methods of irrigation in recent decades, has negative effects on groundwater levels and requires greater private investment, which drives up the cost of farming. However, irrigation in tanks and canals exhibited a decreasing tendency at that time. Additionally, irrigation encourages increased land use, causing a change in crop pattern in favour of new and improved crop types, commercial crops, and cropping intensity. Since agriculture is the foundation for all other types of growth, the state must develop its agricultural sector. In agricultural development, irrigation in the form of soil moisture plays a prominent role. thus, role. Therefore, irrigation is a key component in the growth of agricultural in the State.

Reference

Ashok Mitra (1965): “Level of Regional Development in India”, paper published in edited Book, Regional Planning in India”, Edited by Mahesh Chand and Vinay Kumar Puri, Allied Publishers, New Delhi

Bhatt J.S. (1972): “Regional Planning in India”, Statistical Publishing Society, Calcutta.

Bhullar, D.S. (1998): “Regional Economic Disparities and Area Planning”, ABD Publishers, Jaipur.

Baran Paul (1973): “On the Political Economy of Backwardness” ‘in A N. Agrawal and

S.P. Singh (Editors) Economics of Under Development, Oxford University Press 1973 Pg. no75.

Deshpande, R. S., & Narayanamurthy, A. (2001). Role of irrigation in agricultural performance: Revisited.

Dhawan, B. D., & Datta, H. S. (1992). Impact of irrigation on multiple cropping. Economic and Political Weekly, A15-A18.

Government of India (2001): Economic Survey:2000-2001, Ministry of Finance Economic Division, New Delhi, p 152

Mathur A (1983): “Regional Development and Income Disparities in India: A Sectoral Analysis, EconomicDevelopment & Cultural Change” Vol. No.3 April, Page. No, 475505.

Nath V (1970): “Regional Development in India Planning”, Economic and Political Weekly, Jan 1970, pg no, 242-260

Sanjukumar, M. (2015). Irrigation and development of Indian agriculture: A systematic study. InternationalMultidisciplinary Research Journal, 2321-5488

Vaeshney, R., 1995, Modern Methods of Irrigation. Geo journal. Vol.35.

Verma, N., 1990, Irrigation Change and Agriculture Development. New Delhi: Uppal Publication.

LINK TO DOWNLOAD FULL PAPER

The Role of Students in the Telangana Movement –A Study of Hyderabad District

C. Yadagiri

Research Scholar, Department of Political Science

Osmania Univesity

Hyderabad

Abstract:

The important significance of the student movement in the Separate Telangana campaign is evident. The individuals had a significant role in elevating the prominence of the demand for the establishment of Telangana State, particularly through intellectual engagements such as dialogues, workshops, seminars, and public gatherings organized by esteemed academic institutions like Kakatiya and Osmania universities. Several student organizations, namely TRSV, ABVP, NSUI, PDSU, AISF, and Dalith Student Organization, collectively demonstrated their solidarity with the Telangana agitation. The students showcased their solidarity by establishing a student Joint Action Committee (JAC) at Kakatiya University on November 17, 2009. They expressed their endorsement of KCR, the leader of TRS, who was undertaking a hunger strike in pursuit of a particular objective.

The active engagement of students can be ascribed to their enduring consciousness of the Telangana cause, which has been deeply instilled in them since their early years. Their profound comprehension and unwavering dedication rendered them the fundamental support system of the revolution. This article discusses the significance of the student movements that became instruments in the formation of Telangana State. 

Keywords: Telangana campaigb, student organizations, unwavering dedication, student movements, separate state etc. 

Introduction

The student movement that emerged during the Separate Telangana movement in Telangana was undoubtedly a very influential and impactful social movement in the region—approximately twelve years after the establishment of Andhra Pradesh, the populace of Telangana commenced articulating their discontentment with the governing authorities, asserting their desire for the fulfilment of the pledged assurances. The origins of this struggle can be traced back to the formative years of post-colonial India. The first indications became apparent through the non-Mulki agitation in 1952, which was succeeded by what might be regarded as the third wave manifested in the second non-Mulki agitation in 1956, and the year 1969 witnessed a notable escalation in the persistent pursuit of establishing an independent state of Telangana, also called the agitation. The sequence above of agitations serves as a testament to the enduring and ingrained aspiration of the Telangana populace to establish a separate state.

Notably, the movement’s inception can be traced back to December 6, 1968, when a group of students from Vivek Vardhini College in Hyderabad initiated a parade. Regrettably, the procession encountered instances of violent aggression from individuals enlisted by proponents of integration, as well as from law enforcement personnel. In light of these occurrences, protests were orchestrated in Khammam and Warangal. The momentum of the campaign experienced a sustained increase, disseminating to several regions inside Telangana, encompassing Nizamabad. This historical time holds great significance in the annals of Telangana’s history and is commonly known as the “Black Day,” symbolizing the arduous trials and tribulations encountered throughout the movement.

On January 8, 1969, an individual named Ravindranath commenced an indefinite hunger strike in the Khammam region, aiming to advocate for the safeguarding of Telangana. The precise underlying factors driving his activities remain ambiguous. However, this was initially a protest confined to a certain geographical area. Nevertheless, as the strike persisted, it acquired more support and momentum. On the fifth day of the hunger strike, students in Khammam resorted to increasingly extreme measures, including the vandalization of government offices and the deliberate ignition of road transportation corporation (RTC) buses. The action above resulted in the intensification of the crisis and garnered increased focus on the underlying issue.

In a display of solidarity with their counterparts in Khammam, students in Warangal also orchestrated protests, augmenting the movement’s scope and influence. This occurrence exemplifies how seemingly minor actions may ignite substantial social and political movements.

The emergency meeting held on January 12, 1969, by the Osmania University Student Union was to evaluate the current protests occurring in several regions. During the discussion, the union conveyed profound discontentment with the political leadership in the region. The individuals in question demonstrated a courageous act by formally requesting the resignation of Members of the Legislative Assembly (MLAs) and nine cabinet ministers from Telangana. Demonstrating unwavering determination, the students proclaimed that unless the government acceded to these stipulations, they would commence an indeterminate cessation of activities on January 15, 1969. The issuance of this request signified a notable intensification in their position. This development also underscores the progression of student demands, which have expanded in terms of both quantity and breadth as compared to the first requests presented by the all-party Telangana leaders. The statement highlights the growing intensity and resolve exhibited by the students in their endeavour to establish an independent state for Telangana.

On January 15, 1969, as per their prior declaration, students in the twin towns of Hyderabad and Secunderabad abstained from attending their academic sessions. A meeting was convened at the Nizam College grounds, where individuals assembled. It became apparent that the student body might be divided into two distinct factions: one arguing for implementing safeguards for Telangana, and the other supporting the creation of an independent state of Telangana under the guidance of Mallikarjun. The Student Union persisted with their protest and expanded the scope of their academic boycott. He issued a directive to gather all students at Nizam College on the following day at 11 a.m. During the deliberations, it became evident that the faction advocating for establishing a distinct Telangana state held a dominant position regarding popular backing.

After the conference’s conclusion, Mallikarjun, the President of the Osmania University Students Association, led a student rally from the Nizam College grounds to the Abids Circle. Despite the substantial police deployment, there were sporadic occurrences of students engaging in the act of hurling stones at municipal buses. Regrettably, these events resulted in the unfortunate loss of two lives. Two individuals, Sriram Chandra and Dasthagir, aged twenty-five and ten, respectively, lost their lives as a result of police gunfire during their attempt to interrupt a felicitation ceremony honouring the Home Minister Jalagam Vengal Rao in his town of Khammam. Furthermore, in a separate occurrence at Secunderabad, an individual named Ravinder, aged eighteen, tragically perished due to the escalating turmoil inside the satyagraha movement. The instances above underscore the heightened intensity and profound seriousness of the circumstances that characterized the Telangana Movement of 1969.

Mallikarjun, the leader of the Osmania University Student Union, made a notable declaration, asserting that their protest would last until establishing an independent Telangana state. The declaration above emphasized the student movement’s unwavering determination and resolute nature. It is noteworthy to acknowledge that throughout that period, there existed murmurs and conjectures regarding the potential involvement of specific politicians in orchestrating and exerting influence over the actions undertaken by student union officials, however discreetly. This observation implies the presence of political manoeuvring and strategic planning within the context of the movement. In light of the intensifying circumstances, Chief Minister Sri. Brahmananda Reddy, confronted with an expanding array of requests and persistent acts of aggression, implemented a resolute measure. The closure of all educational institutions until January 27, 1969, was officially announced. The purpose of this action was presumably to alleviate tensions and offer temporary relief from the intensifying protests and rallies.

After a ruling by the High Court, students in Khammam district commenced a protest to advocate for enforcing a 2:1 ratio in all public services, encompassing autonomous entities such as the State Electricity Board. Furthermore, they advocated for prolonging the timeframe for implementing protective measures. The political leaders of the Telangana region have shown a lack of responsiveness towards the concerns stated by student leaders despite their sincere endeavours to address the difficulties above. The absence of timely and effective communication likely contributed to the increasing dissatisfaction among the student body.

Following this, a General Body meeting of the Osmania University Students Union occurred on January 12, commencing at 10 a.m. at Nizam College. Several distinguished student leaders were invited to participate in deliberations around the Telangana safeguards. During this discussion, two divergent perspectives became apparent: one faction calling for the establishment of an independent Telangana state and another advocating for the preservation of an integrated Andhra Pradesh, accompanied by the execution of robust protective measures for the inhabitants of Telangana. The split was observed among the students, wherein certain individuals advocated for establishing an independent state. In contrast, others advocated for the integration of Andhra Pradesh with comprehensive protective measures, constituting a significant juncture in the campaign. The statement above elucidated the intricate nature and wide-ranging perspectives of the Telangana Movement.

The collective arguing for the proficient implementation of protective measures was popularly known as “safeguards,” whilst individuals firmly dedicated to establishing an independent Telangana state were labelled as “separatists.” To streamline and coordinate their endeavours, the safeguardists decided to function inside the framework of the Osmania University Student Organization. Conversely, the separatists established an independent entity known as Telangana Students.

The divergence in approach and strategy ultimately resulted in the forming of an Action Committee that garnered significant support inside the Telangana region. Both factions commenced arranging gatherings autonomously and instigated public displays of protest starting from January 15, 1969 onwards. Regrettably, the divide above and divergent methodologies culminated in a confrontation between the two antagonistic factions on January 18, 1969. The occurrence above highlights the profound emotional intensity and intricate diversity of perspectives in the Telangana Movement.

The Second Phase of Telangana Movement Between 1990-2009

In 1991, two notable organizations, namely the Telangana Student Front and the Telangana Liberation Student Organization, were founded within the premises of Osmania University. These groups were instrumental in advocating for the cause of Telangana. The establishment of the Kakatiya Unit of the Telangana Students Front in 1992 strengthened the presence and impact of the movement within the university.

In August 1993, Osmania University organized a significant event in the form of a national symposium on small states. The conference was started by Surendra Mohan, followed by an address presented by Justice Madav Reddy to the delegates. The seminar served as a forum for delegates from different regions of the nation to convene and partake in deliberations about the notion of tiny states, encompassing debates on the ambitions of Telangana for autonomous statehood.

The Forum for Freedom of Expression, including journalists and writers, exerted considerable influence in championing the Telangana cause throughout 1996. The individual responsible for the article’s composition can be identified as a co-founder of the forum, suggesting the active participation of diverse societal factions within the movement. The resurrection of the movement was exemplified by a significant event that occurred in Warangal on November 1, 1996, at the Telangana Praja Samiti conference. The gathering garnered participation from many delegates, exceeding five thousand, representing various regions within Telangana, thereby underscoring the extensive backing for the cause above.

Subsequently, a notable convention took place in Hyderabad on December 1, 1996. Subsequently, a sequence of conferences, group assemblies, and public congregations took place in diverse locations throughout Telangana, encompassing Godavarikhani, Karimnagar, Siddipet, Jangabn, Aler, Ghanapur, Nizamabad, Khammam, Nalgonda, the historic city of Hyderabad, and Bhongir. The Bhongir meeting, specifically, demonstrated a pivotal moment. Gaddar, a highly acclaimed balladeer known for his revolutionary contributions, was the distinguished guest of honour. He appealed to the populace to initiate a wholly nonviolent campaign to attain the objective of establishing an autonomous territory. This assertion by a prominent figure further strengthened and unified the movement.

The demand for the formation of the state of Telangana continued to exist even with the quelling of the 1969 movement. The persistent desire for separate statehood in Telangana was motivated by a perceived sense of unfairness, injustice, and humiliation felt by the local population and personnel hailing from the region. The grievances arose due to various factors, including the Gentlemen’s Agreement, breaches of the six-point formula, allocation of budgetary reserves, and the exploitation of irrigation water from the Godavari and Krishna rivers. In light of these persistent concerns, several institutions and platforms emerged during the latter half of the 20th century to spearhead the campaign for establishing Telangana as a separate state. The organizations that were involved in the movement for the formation of Telangana were Telangana Mahasabha, Telangana Janasabha, Telangana Students Organizations, Telangana Teachers Forum, Telangana Intellectuals Forum, Telangana Information Centre, and Telangana Study Forum. These groups endeavoured to tackle many challenges and promote the establishment of Telangana as an independent state.

The demand for a distinct Telangana region experienced a resurgence during the 1980s and 1990s, notably during the governance of the Telugu Desam Party. The Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS) formation in 2001 emerged as a notable achievement in the pursuit of Telangana statehood.

From the mid-2000s onwards, numerous organizations emerged to advance the pursuit of statehood for Telangana. Notable organizations that emerged during this period include the Telangana Vidyavanthula Vedika (2006), Telangana Ikya Karyacharana Committee (2006), and Telangana Dhoom Dham (2007), with several other cultural organizations. These organizations were instrumental in galvanizing and mobilizing the popular campaign for Telangana, irrespective of political alignments or party loyalties. A significant occurrence during this period was the establishment of the political Joint Action Committee in 2010. This committee convened many political bodies, including TRS, BJP, CPI(ML), and other groups. The retraction of the declaration regarding the formation process of Telangana by P. Chidambaram, the Union Home Minister, prompted the organization’s founding. The occurrence above highlighted the unwavering commitment and cohesive collaboration exhibited by diverse factions in their endeavour to establish Telangana as a separate state.

The demand for establishing an independent Telangana state has been motivated by two key factors: the aspiration for the region’s socio-economic progress and the preservation of its inhabitants’ dignity. Notwithstanding a multitude of obstacles, encompassing elusive commitments, repressive tactics, and Machiavellian machinations, the movement has persistently garnered traction. The pressure above has been applied to both the Central and State Governments. The influence of the political environment has also been a significant factor in shaping the course of the movement. The demand for a separate state in Telangana has been consistently advocated by its residents. At the same time, political parties have frequently used this matter for electoral advantages in national and local elections. Nevertheless, after the attainment of electoral triumph, governing parties have occasionally modified their position, resulting in disenchantment among the general public.

The desire to establish Telangana State has had intermittent phases of renewal. Following a period of being marginalized until 1995, the revival of the cause was initiated through intellectual-led talks, workshops, seminars, and public gatherings held at esteemed universities such as Kakatiya University and Osmania University. The state Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) also incorporated the issue of state formation into its electoral program in 1999. Notably, in 2000, many new states, namely Chhattisgarh, Uttarakhand, and Jharkhand, were established. The Telangana State formation problem experienced a notable surge in June 2001, coinciding with the establishment of the Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS), a newly formed political organization under the leadership of Mr K. Chandrasekhar Rao. The resignation of Rao from his MLA seat within the Telugu Desam Party (TDP) constituted a significant milestone in the trajectory of the movement.

The Third Phase of Telangana Movement Between 2009-2014

The toll inflicted upon the younger generation during the Telangana movement serves as a poignant reminder of the region’s profound and enduring desire for self-governance. Between the years 2010 and 2012, a notable number of young individuals, as reported by activists, tragically ended their lives, with a subset of sixteen individuals turning to self-immolation. The sacrifice made by the individuals in question can be interpreted as an emotional appeal for increased political control and autonomy on behalf of the inhabitants of Telangana. As per the findings of the Telangana Amaraveerula Kutumbala Vedika, a platform dedicated to the families of Telangana martyrs, a significant number of 904 suicides were reported in Andhra Pradesh over the period spanning from November 2009 to February 2013. A shared demand for the establishment of the state of Telangana characterized these incidents.

The Telangana movement serves as a symbol of the Indian endeavour for both economic and cultural self-governance. The movement resembles other social and political movements originating from Osmania University. The institution facilitated the convergence of many demographic groups through its extensive educational initiatives, affording them an opportunity to express their ambitions. Osmania University emerged as the focal point of the Telangana agitation. The school served as a platform for the mobilization of demonstrations by organizations such as the Telangana Students Front (TSF) and Telangana Liberation Students Organization (TELSO), which effectively amplified the voices pushing for the autonomy of Telangana both within and outside its premises.

Formation of Telangana Joint Action Committee (TJAC/JAC)

In response to the prevailing circumstances, the Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS) demanded a further general strike to be held on December 24, 2009. The primary objective of this strike was to strategically impede the functioning of the regional economy, thereby garnering attention towards the pressing need to establish an independent Telangana state.

In light of the burgeoning movement, a Joint Action Committee (JAC) was established, comprising individuals affiliated with prominent political parties who endorsed the notion of an independent Telangana. Nevertheless, it is important to acknowledge that there were documented instances of substantial disparity among the Joint Action Committee (JAC) constituents about their perspectives on an independent Telangana. This observation suggests that even among proponents of separation, divergent viewpoints and approaches existed regarding the means to further their objective.

Students Joint Action Committee

Padayatras (foot marches) were planned across Telangana by students from several universities, such as Osmania, Kakatiya, Telangana, Palamuru, and Nallagonda (MG). The Student Joint Action Committee (JAC) divided into two factions, each undertaking padayatras in distinct regions, namely South and North Telangana. The series of marches reached its culmination with concluding meetings at the Kakatiya University and Osmania University, respectively. It is worth noting that the success of these padayatras was not constrained by political philosophy. The residents of Telangana, in conjunction with their elected officials at the district level, demonstrated their unwavering support, irrespective of their political alignments. The extensive commitment and solidarity within the Telangana movement are highlighted by the unity and support exhibited by several parts of society.

Undoubtedly, students have played a pivotal role in spearheading the Telangana movement. Apart from the TRSV (Telangana Rashtra Samithi Vidyarthi), various other student organizations, including ABVP, NSUI, PDSU, AISF, and Dalit Student Organization, supported the Telangana cause. On November 17, 2009, a significant event occurred at Kakatiya University, whereby a considerable assembly of student organizations met. The gathering above resulted in the establishment a Joint Action Committee (JAC) comprised of students. Subsequently, on November 23, the Joint Action Committee (JAC) was extended an invitation by K. Chandrashekar Rao, the Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS) leader, to support his ongoing hunger strike. This exemplifies the collective dedication to the cause.

The profound and ingrained understanding of the underlying factors among the student population originates from their early years of development. From an early age, they have been shaped by the principles of the movement. Upon the advent of the Tuition Reimbursement Scheme (TRS) in 2001, many university students were still undergoing their secondary education. The enduring influence of TRS’s objectives left a profound impression on their worldview as they matured with a deeply ingrained understanding of these principles. During instances of ambiguity or difficulty within the context of the agitation, the students have assumed a pivotal role in offering transparency and steering the movement towards the appropriate trajectory. The Telangana movement has greatly benefited from their active participation and unwavering commitment.

Students in the Telangana region have conducted several activities. During the hunger strike, these students, primarily from Osmania University, engaged in peaceful forms of protest like sit-ins, road blockades, public gatherings, and other forms of agitation within the framework of a democratic system. However, the police responded to these actions with a disproportionate use of force, injuring numerous students. The campus was secured by a police/military presence, which involved the placement of barbed wire barriers and interrupting water and power supplies to the university’s hostels. In addition, they have encountered instances of termination and the use of force by law enforcement personnel on the university grounds. The government issued a proclamation granting holidays to the students and mandated their evacuation from their respective schools. In this circumstance, a student named Srikantha Chary, pursuing a degree in physiotherapy, tragically resorted to taking his own life due to the ongoing unrest. In the occurrences above, the students who tragically took their own lives expressed their support for the cause of “Jai Telangana.” These incidents subsequently served as catalysts for a significant increase in student suicides, with over 600 reported cases occurring throughout various regions of Telangana.

The makeup and scope of the Telangana Movement saw a notable transformation during its second phase. This period was instigated by a group of intellectuals: professors, lawyers, employees, cultural and literary activists, and diverse caste organizations. In contrast to the previous stage, which mostly focused on urban areas, this subsequent phase transformed a widespread movement that included rural and geographically isolated regions.

Notably, the movement has exhibited exceptional durability, persisting for over twenty years during its second phase. Women have become prominent contributors to the continuing movement and have even been subjected to arrests by the state government due to their support for the establishment of a separate Telangana state. It is worth mentioning that the police have selectively focused their attention on students hailing from Osmania and Kakatiya Universities, encompassing individuals of both genders. Osmania University continues to be a  site of ongoing conflicts and law enforcement interventions. The pursuit of Telangana statehood continues unabated, displaying unwavering determination.

The Telangana movement has significantly impacted Osmania University (OU). Due to establishing a joint action committee by students residing in more than twenty-four hostels, the institution was obligated to implement the closure of its residential facilities. The aforementioned collaborative endeavour exemplifies the profound level of dedication within the student population. As a symbolic act of solidarity with Telangana, certain students have taken the initiative to modify their vehicle registration numbers, replacing the AP (Andhra Pradesh) code with TG (Telangana). This action demonstrates an individual’s commitment to the cause. 

The enthusiasm displayed by the students has not only reinvigorated previously inactive pro-Telangana employees’ unions across several government ministries, but it has also breathed new life into the TRS, which was earlier encountering difficulties. The active involvement of students in the Telangana cause has not only revitalized the movement but has also had significant consequences for the political environment, notably for the Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS).

The instances above in 2009 and 2010 illustrate the confrontations and conflicts between law enforcement personnel and students affiliated with Osmania University amidst the Telangana movement. The Telangana movement witnessed the emergence of the Osmania University Joint Action Committee (OU JAC) in 2009, comprising multiple student unions affiliated with Osmania University. Nevertheless, the law enforcement authorities exhibited a severe reaction towards these demonstrations organized by the students. On February 14, 2010, an incident of severe police aggression occurred, allegedly orchestrated by Stephen Ravindra. During the incident above, the law enforcement authorities inadvertently caused damage to the lighting infrastructure within the premises of the Arts College, resulting in an unfortunate situation where the dormitory students were left without illumination. This event is one of the most intense encounters between law enforcement and student individuals.

The incident resulted in notable ramifications, as a minimum of 30 pupils incurred injuries necessitating hospitalization. Six of the individuals who sustained injuries comprised women who experienced notably serious injuries. The Human Rights Commission purportedly opposed these attacks, shedding light on police conduct in the Telangana agitation. These occurrences highlight the profound character of the movement and the difficulties encountered by the student activists in their pursuit of Telangana statehood.

On February 21, 2011, a noteworthy occurrence occurred when 16 female students from Osmania, Kakatiya, and Mahatma Gandhi Universities exhibited remarkable perseverance and drive. The individuals successfully navigated over all obstacles established by law enforcement, ultimately achieving their objective of attending the scheduled event, commonly referred to as the “Assembly Muttadi.” The aforementioned courageous action exemplified the unwavering dedication of these youthful females to assert their voices and engage in the Telangana movement. The activities undertaken by individuals exemplified the enduring determination and bravery that were symbolic of the Telangana statehood struggle.

After the valiant efforts undertaken by the group of 16 girls, the ensuing occurrences were characterized by additional instances of conflict with law enforcement authorities. The individuals in question were apprehended near the Assembly. During the Million March Program, an individual named Keerthi, a student hailing from Khammam, was apprehended and subsequently detained for 14 days. Following her release, Keerthi remained actively engaged in the movement, employing her artistic abilities in singing and dancing to advance the objectives of the cause.

MLAs and ministers from Telangana have collectively tendered their resignations as a powerful demonstration of unity and dissent, urging prompt action to effectuate the division of Andhra Pradesh. Furthermore, individuals supportive of the Telangana cause and students affiliated with Osmania University engaged in a confrontation with Nagam Janardhan Reddy, a prominent Telugu Desam Party leader at the time. The individual experienced physical force, resulting in being forcefully brought down, followed by repeated strikes and kicks, until eventually finding an opportunity to flee the scene using a motorcycle. These occurrences highlight the heightened level of passion and enthusiasm exhibited by the movement during this specific timeframe.

Students in Telangana Agitation

The Telangana agitation has had a lasting impact on the region’s political landscape, particularly in student activism and radicalism. The custom above, which had a surge in popularity throughout the 1970s and continued to endure subsequently, was subsequently revitalized with heightened intensity.

It is imperative to acknowledge that the genesis of the distinct Telangana movement may be attributed to a student demonstration. At its inception, the call for a distinct state was not a direct request but rather a reaction to the government’s inability to effectively enforce protective measures, specifically in job and educational prospects, as stipulated in the Gentleman’s Agreement established during the merger of 1956. Notably, the movement’s commencement occurred without support from any political party or established politician assuming a leadership role. Indeed, officials from this particular region, including individuals affiliated with the Congress party, such as legislators and ministers, were compelled to participate in the movement after that. The statement above highlights the inherent characteristics of the Telangana movement, namely its origin at the grassroots level and its impetus led by students.

The Telangana agitation is noteworthy for being one of the most militant and protracted movements in the region’s history. The protest, which students from Osmania University predominantly spearheaded, resulted in a prolonged disruption of the entire educational system, encompassing schools as well. Regrettably, the unrest led to a substantial fatality count among the student population, with an estimated 370 students perishing. Notably, the agitation also contributed to reinforcing the interpersonal connections between educators and learners. During the movement, both factions found common ground in their objectives, with notable figures such as former Vice-Chancellor Mr. Ravada Satyanarayana and then Vice-Chancellor Mr. Narotham Reddy publicly endorsing the protest. They even engaged in satyagraha, a kind of nonviolent resistance, in collaboration with the students on campus.

Despite the dedicated endeavours, the movement eventually did not attain its principal goal of forming an independent state of Telangana. The result above engendered a lasting disillusionment among the student population, who perceived themselves as being taken advantage of by politically motivated and self-interested individuals seeking to further their partisan objectives. The sentiment above continues to persist within the student population until now.

However, the agitation had an enduring effect on the student community, rejuvenating their pride and affiliation with Osmania University. Hence, any internal or external occurrence that influenced the university’s standing became closely intertwined with the broader position of the Telangana region within the state of Andhra Pradesh. The people of Telangana have attributed a newfound and noteworthy significance to several matters, including state grants allocated to the institution, admissions, academic appointments, and administrative appointments, among others. The enduring impact of the agitation continues to influence the viewpoint of the residents in the region for subsequent generations.

References:

  1. Altbach, Philip, G. {July 1965), Students Politics in Developing Countries, American, Review, p.55. 
  2. Altbach, Philip, G. India and the World Crisis, in Altbach, RG (ed), Op.cit.,p.ll. 
  3. Altbach, Philip, G.(1970), A Select Bibliography on Student Politics and Higher Education, Harvard Center for International Affairs, London, pp.24-6. 
  4. Anjaiah. M. (1999), Pressure Group politics -A Study of Students’ Organizations in Andhra Pradesh, Since 70s,(Ph.D., Thesis Unpublished), Department of Political  Science.  
  5. Di Bona, Joseph (1971), Change and Conflict in die Indian University, Lalvani, Bombay, p.l51. 
  6. Lipset, S.M, and Altbach, PG (eds), (1969), Students in Revolt, Houghton Mifflin, Boston, p.521. 
  7. Mehata, Prayag (1979), Indian Youth, Somaiya Publication, Bombay,p.71 – 83
  8. Sharma, Dev, Campuses and Youth -in Turmoil: A perspective, in Prayang, Mehatha, Op.cit,p79 – 80 
  9. Singhal, Sushila (1977), Academic Leadership and Student-Unrest, Newmen, New Delhi.p.157. 
  10. The Statesman, December 9, 1969. 
  11. Vishwa Yuvak Kendra (1973), The Dyanarnic of student    Agitations,    Somaiya    Publications, Bombay,p.3.

LINK TO DOWNLOAD PDF

The Temples of Khajuraho: Unraveling the Erotic Mysteries

By-Aditi Chhetri


Nestled amidst the lush green forests of Madhya Pradesh, India, lies the enigmatic Khajuraho temple complex, a UNESCO World Heritage Site renowned for its erotic sculptures. Built between the 9th and 12th centuries by the Chandela dynasty, this architectural masterpiece comprises a group of 85 Hindu and Jain temples, of which 22 are still well-preserved. Khajuraho, is home to a group of stunning temples that have captured the imagination of travelers, historians, and art enthusiasts for centuries. These temples, known collectively as the Khajuraho Group of Monuments, are renowned not only for their architectural brilliance but also for their intricate and explicit erotic sculptures. In this blog post, we will delve into the fascinating world of the Temples of Khajuraho, exploring their history, architecture, and the enigmatic erotic art that adorns them.

Historical Context:

The Temples of Khajuraho were built by the Chandela dynasty, which ruled over the region from the 9th to the 13th century. The exact reason for the construction of these temples remains a subject of debate among scholars, but it is widely believed that they served as places of worship for the Hindu gods.
During the Chandela rule, Khajuraho flourished as a center of art, culture, and religion. The temples were constructed over a span of several centuries, with the most prolific period of building activity occurring between the 10th and 12th centuries. At its zenith, Khajuraho boasted over 85 temples, but today, only about 20 of them have survived the ravages of time.

Architectural Marvels:
One of the most striking features of the Khajuraho temples is their architectural style, which showcases a fusion of various influences, including Nagara and Dravidian architectural elements. These temples are primarily made of sandstone, which was readily available in the region, and they exhibit exquisite craftsmanship.
The temples are divided into three geographical groups: the Western Group, the Eastern Group, and the Southern Group. The Western Group, which is the most famous and well-preserved, includes some of the most iconic temples such as the Kandariya Mahadeva Temple, the Lakshmana Temple, and the Vishvanatha Temple.
The Kandariya Mahadeva Temple, dedicated to Lord Shiva, is the largest and most ornate among them. Its spire soars to a height of 116 feet, adorned with intricately carved sculptures and delicate ornamentation. The temples of Khajuraho are known for their shikharas (spires), which are layered and taper gracefully towards the sky, creating a mesmerizing visual effect.

The Enigmatic Erotic Sculptures:
What truly sets the Temples of Khajuraho apart from other religious structures of their time is the presence of explicit erotic sculptures that adorn their outer walls. These sculptures are a testament to the remarkable artistry and boldness of the Chandela craftsmen. It is estimated that around 10% of the temple sculptures depict various aspects of human sexuality and eroticism.
These erotic sculptures are not meant to be vulgar or obscene; rather, they are a celebration of human sensuality and the union of opposites, a common theme in Hindu philosophy. Many of the depictions are highly symbolic, portraying gods and goddesses engaged in amorous acts, often with an underlying spiritual significance.
The presence of erotic art in the temples has sparked numerous theories and speculations. Some believe that these sculptures served as a form of sex education, while others argue that they were intended to test the devotion and purity of the temple visitors. Regardless of their purpose, these sculptures have fascinated and intrigued visitors for centuries.

Interpreting the Erotic Art:
To truly appreciate the erotic art of Khajuraho, one must delve into the symbolism and meaning behind these intricate sculptures. Many of them depict scenes from the Kama Sutra, an ancient Indian text on human sexuality, and the sculptures often incorporate elements of yoga, meditation, and spirituality.
One common interpretation is that these erotic carvings represent the idea of “tantra,” a spiritual practice that seeks to transcend the physical realm through the union of opposites. In this context, the sexual acts portrayed symbolize the merging of male and female energies to achieve spiritual enlightenment.

Another interpretation suggests that the explicit art served as a reminder of the transitory nature of physical pleasure and the importance of moving beyond attachment to the material world. In Hindu philosophy, the pursuit of spiritual growth often involves overcoming worldly desires.
It’s important to note that the erotic sculptures are just one aspect of the temple complex, coexisting with a vast array of other carvings that depict scenes from mythology, daily life, and religious rituals. These sculptures, collectively, provide a comprehensive visual narrative of the culture and beliefs of the Chandela dynasty.

Preservation and UNESCO World Heritage Status:
The Temples of Khajuraho faced significant challenges over the centuries, including invasions, neglect, and natural decay. However, their remarkably well-preserved state owes much to the relative isolation of Khajuraho and its remote location within the dense forests of Madhya Pradesh.
In recognition of their historical and cultural significance, the Temples of Khajuraho were designated as a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1986. This status has helped ensure their preservation for future generations to appreciate and study.

Unraveling the Mysteries of Khajuraho:The erotic sculptures of Khajuraho are not limited to the temples themselves. They can also be found on the walls of palace complexes, water tanks, and other structures throughout the site. This suggests that the erotic art of Khajuraho was an integral part of the Chandela culture and was not restricted to the religious domain.
Scholars have also noted the presence of a variety of other symbols and motifs in the erotic sculptures of Khajuraho. These include animals, plants, and geometric designs. It is believed that these symbols had a deeper meaning and motifs in the erotic sculptures of Khajuraho. These include animals, plants, and geometric designs. It is believed that these symbols had a deeper meaning and were intended to convey a specific message.
For example, the lotus flower is a common motif in Indian art and is often associated with purity and spirituality. In the context of the erotic sculptures of Khajuraho, it is believed to represent the divine union of Shiva and Shakti.
Similarly, the elephant is a symbol of strength and fertility. In the erotic sculptures, it is often depicted as a vehicle for Shiva and is associated with his role as the creator and preserver of the universe.
By studying the symbolism and motifs in the erotic sculptures of Khajuraho, scholars have been able to gain a deeper understanding of their meaning and purpose. It is now clear that these sculptures were not simply meant to be titillating or provocative. Rather, they were intended to convey a complex and nuanced message about the nature of human sexuality and its relationship to the divine.

The erotic sculptures of Khajuraho are not limited to the temples themselves. They can also be found on the walls of palace complexes, water tanks, and other structures throughout the site. This suggests that the erotic art of Khajuraho was an integral part of the Chandela culture and was not restricted to the religious domain.
Scholars have also noted the presence of a variety of other symbols and motifs in the erotic sculptures of Khajuraho. These include animals, plants, and geometric designs. It is believed that these symbols had a deeper meaning and motifs in the erotic sculptures of Khajuraho. These include animals, plants, and geometric designs. It is believed that these symbols had a deeper meaning and were intended to convey a specific message.
For example, the lotus flower is a common motif in Indian art and is often associated with purity and spirituality. In the context of the erotic sculptures of Khajuraho, it is believed to represent the divine union of Shiva and Shakti.
Similarly, the elephant is a symbol of strength and fertility. In the erotic sculptures, it is often depicted as a vehicle for Shiva and is associated with his role as the creator and preserver of the universe.
By studying the symbolism and motifs in the erotic sculptures of Khajuraho, scholars have been able to gain a deeper understanding of their meaning and purpose. It is now clear that these sculptures were not simply meant to be titillating or provocative. Rather, they were intended to convey a complex and nuanced message about the nature of human sexuality and its relationship to the divine.

Visiting Khajuraho Today:
Today, Khajuraho is a thriving tourist destination, drawing visitors from around the world to witness its architectural wonders and enigmatic sculptures. The site offers a fascinating glimpse into India’s rich history and artistic heritage.
As you explore the temples, you’ll be struck not only by the explicit art but also by the sheer beauty and intricacy of the entire complex. The sculptures come to life when the sunlight bathes them in a warm, golden glow, creating a magical atmosphere that is difficult to describe.
In addition to the temples, Khajuraho offers a serene and picturesque setting with lush gardens, reflecting pools, and serene pathways. The nearby Khajuraho Dance Festival, held annually, celebrates classical Indian dance forms and adds to the cultural richness of the region.

The Temples of Khajuraho stand as a testament to the artistry, spirituality, and openness of ancient Indian culture. While their erotic sculptures continue to intrigue and mystify visitors, they are just one facet of a complex and deeply spiritual architectural marvel.
These temples remind us that art, in all its forms, has the power to transcend time and boundaries, sparking conversations and inviting us to explore the depths of human creativity and expression. Khajuraho, with its temples, is a place where history, spirituality, and sensuality converge, offering a unique and unforgettable journey for those who venture to unravel its mysteries.

REFERENCES

V, P. (n.d.). Mystery behind the erotic sculptures of Khajuraho. Tripoto. https://www.tripoto.com/khajuraho/trips/mystery-behind-the-erotic-sculptures-of-khajuraho-60ab8061813c5

Dey, P. (n.d.). Khajuraho Temples are more than just erotic; here are some interesting facts. Times of India Travel. https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/travel/destinations/khajuraho-temples-are-more-than-just-erotic-here-are-some-interesting-facts/articleshow/70192795.cms

Wakhloo, N. (2021, December 12). KHAJURAHO — Labour of Love! – Namrata Wakhloo – Medium. Medium. https://namratawakhloo.medium.com/khajuraho-bc9a00f82a6e

Delhifundos, & Delhi.Fun.Dos. (2022). Khajuraho Temples – A Complete Travel Guide and Pro Tips | Delhi-Fun-Dos.com. Delhi-Fun-Dos.com. https://delhi-fun-dos.com/khajuraho-temples-a-complete-travel-guide-and-pro-tips/

Lisa. (2023, January 9). Khajuraho Temple Madhya Pradesh India. Aartiyan in Hindi | Shiv Stuti | Durga Stuti | Mantra in Hindi. https://bhaktikishakti.com/khajuraho-temple-india/

The Dancing Plague of 1518: A Mass Hysteria Event for the Ages

By-Aditi Chhetri

There have been events throughout history that contradict explanations, challenges our understanding of the human mind and body. One such mystery was the Dancing Fever in 1518, a strange and mysterious phenomenon which occurred in Strasbourg during that period when it is nowadays France’s Modern Day. This unprovoked outbreak of mad dancing lasted for several months, leaving a mark on history that continues to be defied today by scientists, historians and scholars. In this blog, we will delve into the details of this strange episode, exploring its causes, consequences, and the various theories that have been proposed to explain it.


• The Outbreak Begins:
The summer of 1518 was a time of uncertainty in Strasbourg. The town was grappling with social and economic challenges, and the people were living in a state of perpetual anxiety. Against this backdrop of stress and turmoil, a peculiar incident occurred that would soon capture the attention of the entire town.
It all started with one woman, Frau Troffea. On a hot July day, she stepped into the streets of Strasbourg and began to dance. This, in itself, may not have been particularly unusual, as dancing was a common form of entertainment in the 16th century. However, Frau Troffea’s dancing was far from ordinary. She danced with a fervor and intensity that bordered on the frenzied, and she showed no signs of stopping. She danced for hours, and when she finally collapsed from exhaustion, it was only a temporary respite. The next day, she was back on her feet, dancing once more. The dancing plague of 1518 is one of the most bizarre and fascinating mass hysteria events in history. It is also one of the most mysterious. To this day, no one knows for sure what caused it.


• Contagious Hysteria:
What made Frau Troffea’s dancing even more peculiar was that she was not alone for long. Within days, more and more people joined her in this strange dance, and the numbers grew rapidly. By the end of the week, there were around 34 people dancing uncontrollably in the streets of Strasbourg. And as the days turned into weeks, the numbers swelled to nearly 400.
This bizarre spectacle attracted the attention of local authorities, who initially believed that the afflicted individuals were suffering from some form of demonic possession or divine punishment. In an attempt to exorcise the supposed demons, they organized mass exorcisms and encouraged even more dancing. Unsurprisingly, this only exacerbated the situation, and more people joined in the frenetic dance.


• The Consequences:
The consequences of the Dancing Plague were both bizarre and tragic. Many of those afflicted suffered from exhaustion, dehydration, and physical injuries as a result of their unrelenting dance. Some even danced themselves to death. It is estimated that as many as 15 people perished during the outbreak, their bodies were simply unable to endure the relentless physical strain.
As the epidemic raged on, it began to take a toll on the town’s economy and social fabric. With hundreds of people incapacitated by dancing, the workforce was severely depleted, leading to a decline in productivity. Families were torn apart as members were caught up in the mania, and the fabric of society began to unravel.


• Theories and Explanations:
To this day, the Dancing Plague of 1518 remains one of the most perplexing events in history, and numerous theories have been proposed to explain it. While none can provide a definitive answer, they shed light on the complexity of human behavior and the mysterious workings of the human mind.

• Possible causes of the dancing plague:
There are many theories about what caused the dancing plague of 1518. Some of the most popular theories include:

(a) Mass Hysteria:
One of the prevailing theories suggests that dancing was a manifestation of mass hysteria. Mass hysteria is a phenomenon in which a group of people, often under stress, experiences collective symptoms without any organic cause. The stress and anxiety prevalent in Strasbourg at the time may have triggered this mass psychogenic illness, causing people to dance uncontrollably.


(b) Ergot Poisoning:
Another hypothesis points to ergot poisoning as a possible cause. Ergot is a fungus that can grow on rye and other cereal crops, and it produces alkaloids similar to LSD. Consumption of ergot-contaminated grain can lead to hallucinations, muscle spasms, and other symptoms. Some researchers believe that the townspeople unknowingly ingested ergot-contaminated bread, leading to their bizarre behavior.


(c) Social and Cultural Factors:
The 16th century was a time of social and cultural upheaval. Strasbourg was plagued by economic hardship, famine, and political instability. Some historians argue that the dancing may have been a form of protest or a reaction to the prevailing conditions, with individuals engaging in this extreme behavior as a means of expressing their frustration and discontent.


(d) Religious and Superstitious Beliefs:
The religious and superstitious beliefs of the time may have played a role in amplifying the outbreak. Some individuals may have genuinely believed that they were possessed by demons or that dancing was a form of penance, leading them to continue dancing despite the physical toll it took on their bodies.

• Symptoms of the dancing plague:
The people who were affected by the dancing plague of 1518 experienced a variety of symptoms, including:
Uncontrollable dancing
Trance-like states
Hallucinations
Convulsions
Muscle spasms
Exhaustion
Death
Some people danced for days or even weeks without stopping. Others collapsed from exhaustion or died from heart attacks or strokes.

• Treatment for the dancing plague:

At the time, there was no known cure for the dancing plague. People who were affected by it were often treated with religious rituals, such as exorcisms and pilgrimages. Some people were also taken to the mountains, where they were forced to dance until they collapsed.

• The end of the dancing plague:

The dancing plague of 1518 ended as mysteriously as it began. In September 1518, the dancers suddenly stopped dancing. Some historians believe that the dancers may have been cured by a local priest, who led them on a pilgrimage to a mountain shrine.


The Dancing Plague of 1518 is a historical enigma that continues to captivate our imagination and challenge our understanding of human behavior. While we may never have a definitive explanation for why hundreds of people danced uncontrollably in the streets of Strasbourg, it serves as a reminder of the complexity of the human mind and the profound impact of social and environmental factors on our behavior.
This strange episode from the past reminds us that history is replete with mysteries that defy easy categorization or explanation. The Dancing Plague of 1518 stands as a testament to the enduring capacity of human beings to surprise, bewilder, and mystify, even in the most trying of circumstances. It remains a historical puzzle that invites further exploration and contemplation, offering a window into the depths of the human psyche and the boundless possibilities of the human experience.



REFERENCES
• Bauer, P. (2023, September 7). Dancing plague of 1518 | Facts & Theories. Encyclopedia Britannica. https://www.britannica.com/event/dancing-plague-of-1518

• Davis, M. (2023). The bizarre story of the deadly “dancing plague” of 1518. Big Think. https://bigthink.com/the-past/dancing-plague-middle-ages/#:~:text=In%201518%2C%20hundreds%20of%20men,throughout%20history%2C%20some%20very%20recently.

• Andrews, E. (2023). What was the dancing Plague of 1518? HISTORY. https://www.history.com/news/what-was-the-dancing-plague-of-1518

• The Dancing Plague of 1518. (n.d.). The Public Domain Review. https://publicdomainreview.org/essay/the-dancing-plague-of-1518/

• Atwal, S. (2022, December 5). The unsolved mystery of the medieval dancing plague. Guinness World Records. https://www.guinnessworldrecords.com/news/2022/12/the-unsolved-mystery-of-the-medieval-dancing-plague-728701

• Jana, R. (2022, May 13). The people who ‘danced themselves.todeath’.BBC. https://www.bbc.com/culture/article/20220512-the-people-who-danced-themselves-to-death

The Hanging Pillar of Lepakshi: A Marvel of Indian Architecture

By-Aditi Chhetri

India, a land of diverse cultures, traditions, and architectural wonders, is home to some of the most extraordinary monuments in the world. Among these treasures is the famous Hanging Pillar of Lepakshi, a remarkable architectural marvel that has baffled engineers, archaeologists, and tourists alike for centuries. Located in the southern state of Andhra Pradesh, the Lepakshi temple complex is not only a testament to India’s rich heritage but also a testament to the ingenuity of ancient Indian architects and craftsmen.

1. Historical Significance:
The historical significance of the Lepakshi temple lies in its association with the Vijayanagara Empire, which was one of the most prominent and influential empires in South India’s history. This empire, ruled by the Sangama and Saluva dynasties, flourished in the 14th to 17th centuries. The construction of the Lepakshi temple during this period is a testament to the empire’s patronage of art, culture, and religion.
The Vijayanagara Empire was known for its grandeur, and the Lepakshi temple exemplifies the empire’s devotion to Lord Veerabhadra. The temple complex, with its intricate architecture and exquisite sculptures, showcases the artistic and architectural achievements of this era.
2. The Architectural Marvel: The Hanging Pillar
The Hanging Pillar of Lepakshi is a single stone pillar that defies gravity by appearing to hang from the ceiling without touching the ground. This is a remarkable feat of ancient Indian architecture and engineering. The pillar stands approximately 15 feet tall and is adorned with intricate carvings.

(a) Theories Surrounding the Hanging Pillar Interlocking Stones: The theory of interlocking stones suggests that the pillar might be composed of multiple stones that are cleverly balanced to create the illusion of suspension. However, no visible seams or joints have been discovered, making this theory difficult to prove definitively.
(b) Hollow Pillar: Some speculate that the pillar could be partially hollow, reducing its weight and allowing it to appear as if it’s hanging. This theory remains unconfirmed due to the sacred nature of the monument. (c) Ancient Engineering Feat: This theory proposes that the builders of the Lepakshi temple possessed advanced knowledge of engineering and construction techniques, which enabled them to create such extraordinary architectural elements. It hints at the possibility that ancient civilizations had engineering secrets that are lost to modern times.
(d) Earthquake Resistance: Considering the region’s seismic activity, some suggest that the unique design of the pillar may have been intentional, making it more resistant to earthquakes. Its flexible construction could have been a response to the need for structural stability in a seismically active area.

3. Artistic and Architectural Splendor:
Apart from the Hanging Pillar, the entire Lepakshi temple complex is a testament to the artistic and architectural excellence of its builders. The walls and pillars of the temple are adorned with intricately carved sculptures and reliefs that depict scenes from Hindu mythology. These carvings bring to life the stories of gods, goddesses, and epic legends, serving both as a place of worship and a visual narrative of India’s rich cultural heritage. The colossal monolithic Nandi sculpture, carved from a single rock, showcases the mastery of the temple’s craftsmen. Its size and intricate detailing make it a prime example of the artistic prowess of the Vijayanagara Empire.

4. Preservation Efforts and Tourism:
Recognizing the historical and cultural significance of the Lepakshi temple, the Indian government and heritage preservation organizations have taken measures to safeguard the monument. These efforts include regular maintenance, restoration work, and strict rules to protect the temple from damage due to tourism.
Tourism has also played a significant role in the temple’s preservation. The temple complex attracts visitors from around the world who contribute to its upkeep through entrance fees. This income is often reinvested into the maintenance and restoration of the temple.
5. The Mystique Lives On:
Despite the numerous theories and research attempts, the Hanging Pillar of Lepakshi continues to be shrouded in mystery. Its existence challenges our understanding of ancient architecture and engineering. While modern technology has made significant strides in unraveling the secrets behind the pillar’s suspension, the element of wonder and mystique remains intact, making it a symbol of India’s rich cultural heritage and the enduring allure of history.

6. The Hanging Pillar Of Veerabhadra temple aka Aakaasa Sthambha.

The Lepakshi Temple is also known as the bodyguard of a unique pillar. The unique pillar of Lepakshi is a great achievement of a historical period. It displays wide-ranging diversity and the highest design of architecture. Its only malicious secret is that despite being a pillar, it is not connected to the ground. Out of the 70 stone pillars in the temple, this pillar stands out as a true wonder. This distinctive pillar hangs from the ceiling without the base of the pillar touching the ground. It has been standing still for centuries. This pillar of Lepakshi is a unique example of the uniqueness of Indian architecture which gives it a unique and mysterious form. It has an important role which increases its importance as Indian cultural heritage. This site reveals the specialty of Indian architecture and makes a unique contribution to its development. This hanging pillar of Lepakshi is an important part of the history of architecture of different periods which gives one a unique experience of traveling back in time to those eras.
During the British colonial period, a British engineer tried to unravel the mystery behind the hanging pillar of the Lepakshi Temple. He tried to move it, due to which the pillar moved from its place and got displaced. This incident caused the collapse of a portion of the roof of the temple. This incident was unique and mysterious, which makes the mystery behind this pillar even more mysterious. Compared to different structures and sites, this pillar of Lepakshi Temple is a unique and singular feature which highlights the diversity of Indian architecture. This incident makes the mystery behind this pillar even more mysterious and inspires people to visit and study it.

The Hanging Pillar of Lepakshi stands as an iconic example of India’s architectural and artistic excellence, a testament to the historical significance of the Vijayanagara Empire, and a source of fascination and intrigue for people worldwide. It serves as a reminder that the past holds untold wonders, waiting to be explored and appreciated by generations to come. Lepakshi Temple is not only important as a religious site, but it is a centre of historical, cultural and spiritual experience which inspires the individual to move one step further towards his inner knowledge and soul realization. This attraction of Lepakshi temple still attracts people towards itself. The uniqueness and historical importance of this place shows the glory of Indian culture and embodies its millions of years of heritage.

References

Trendingadda. (2023, June 5). The Hanging Pillar of Lepakshi Temple is Unraveling the Mystery. Medium. https://medium.com/@trendingadda77/the-hanging-pillar-of-lepakshi-temple-is-unraveling-the-mystery-eaeeb603f21e


Ugc. (2023, September 26). Hanging pillar of Lepakshi. Atlas Obscura. https://www.atlasobscura.com/places/hanging-pillar-of-lepakshi-veerabhadra-temple

India, M. (2016). The hanging pillar and other wonders of Lepakshi. Mystery of India. https://www.mysteryofindia.com/2015/01/hanging-pillar-wonders-lepakshi.html

Abhishek. (2020b, July 12). 7 wonders of Lepakshi Temple – the land of legends – The Revolving Compass. The Revolving Compass. https://revolvingcompass.com/lepakshi-temple/

Thadhagathan. (2020, July 18). The hanging pillar of Lepakshi Temple | Atma Nirvana. Hinduism | Spiritual Blogs India | Expanded Consciousness| Awakening People| Subconscious Mind Power | Mindfulness Meditation |. https://atmanirvana.com/hanging-pillar-lepakshi-temple/


Strategies for Achieving Competitive Advantage: The Case of Amazon

Verawati Onggowidjojo

Faculty of Business

Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya, Indonesia

Lena Ellitan

Faculty og Business

Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya, Indonesia

 

ABSTRACT

This article discusses the Amazon company’s efforts to achieve competitive advantage, especially in the field of technology. The development of technology has been very rapid lately, and continues to emerge, which has made many companies concentrate on businesses related to technology. With technological advances, companies have to immediately learn to implement, develop, analyze and modify and continuously innovate technology so that they can learn from the success of the Amazon business which is experiencing phenomenal success both in the United States and throughout the world. Online business has experienced a scientific cycle of evolution that we all know. Online business itself was born because it was triggered by the birth of the internet. One company that can continue to maintain its competitive advantage in the field of technology and become a giant in its online business is Amazon. It is very difficult to compete with the business created by Jeff Bezos, because Amazon is always updating its marketplace with superior technology, one of which is using drone technology which can speed up package delivery compared to other marketplaces. So that more and more people are interested in using the Amazon marketplace because delivery is precise, fast, accurate and trustworthy so that it can maintain its competitive advantage compared to other marketplaces. This article also discusses various comprehensive marketing strategies, especially discussing the competitive advantages of Amazon’s very well-known product, namely Amazon Prime Air. Jeff Bezos’ very strategic leadership style makes the company increasingly leading, and achieves optimal competitive advantage.

Keywords: Competitive advantage,  marketplace, Leadership, Marketing strategy.

INTRODUCTION

In the current era of the 4th industrial revolution, there are several countries that are heading towards the 5th industrial revolution. Almost all of them use technology to run their business, so they can reach levels of society in a region or country. Online business has experienced a scientific cycle of evolution that we have all felt recently. According to Shabazz, 2004; Coffman and Odlyzko, 2001) the resistance is gradual. Online business itself was born because it was triggered by the birth of the internet. One company that has continued to survive well during the growth, decline, and revival of online businesses is Amazon.com (Kha, 2000; Casey and Carroll, 2004).

            Amazon is a world-famous marketplace giant and is very famous and is number one in the world because of its prowess in the field of e-commerce. However, first we have to look at the background of its success story before it became the marketplace giant it is today. The strategy used by Amazon is based on very strategic thinking that is able to create and bring competitive advantage to the company, will increase the value of the company itself and will increase the quality of competition in the industry it operates in (Porter, 1994).

From a strategic point of view to achieve competitive advantage, according to Porter and Villar (1985), competitive advantage as a company’s ability to achieve economic profits above the profits that competitors in the same industrial market can achieve. Companies that have a competitive advantage always have the ability to understand changes in market structure and are able to choose effective marketing strategies (Porter, 1994). The marketing strategy is developed in several stages, namely: analyzing trends or tendencies based on patterns, environmental analysis (SWOT), making choices about the strategy to be chosen, choosing the strategy that is considered most appropriate, transforming the strategy into action (Pearce and Robinson, 2003). Salah One form of strategy to achieve competitive advantage is Value Chain Management (Porter, 1994), which is a collection of activities to design, manufacture, market and deliver products to consumers so that consumers can experience added value in addition to the products or services they purchase (Porter, 1994) . Strategy can provide sustainable competitive advantage so that companies can have an advantage in strategic resources. These strategic resources have the characteristics of value, rare, imperfectly immitable (difficult to imitate), and non-substitutable (irreplaceable) (Henry, 2008). And this is what Jeff Bezos implemented for his company called Amazon.

Jeff Bezos started Amazon for the first time on July 5, 1994 in his garage located in Bellevue, Washington DC, United States. The initial capital came from Jeff Bezos’ own personal money, which was worth 10,000 US Dollars because he saw the potential opportunity from growing internet usage by 2,300% per year by opening a business selling goods online (Kotha, 1998; Mc Carthy, 1999). Jeff Bezos’ initial goal in starting his own business was to create a small-scale bookstore, and his hope was that the bookstore he presented could be purchased by consumers throughout the world using an online system. The first book that was successfully sold through the Amazon site was a science book entitled Fluid Concepts and Creative Analogis by Doug Hofstadte, on April 3, 1995.

            At the beginning of its founding, Amazon succeeded in receiving orders from consumers in the United States in 50 states and 45 countries throughout the world. In 2011 Amazon became one of the eleven most expensive brands in the world of information technology with a brand value of US$ 18.6 BILLION (Interbrand in Business Insider, 2012). Amazon.com’s growth was achieved through four strategic pillars, namely: (1) service, (2) customer connection, (3) supply chain management, and (4) diversification (Amazon Watch, 2012). Customer service involving all existing employees without exception. Consumer connection involves building websites in various languages. Supply Chain Management involves building many Amazon.com warehouses in metropolitan areas and diversifying Amazon.com by expanding the business beyond just selling books and online retail stores.

Amazon is starting to spread its wings to become an octopus company by employing 341,400 employees with revenues of $136 billion dollars in 2016 with a profit margin of 1.74% (Pramisti, 2017). From initial capital worth 10,000 US dollars, Jeff Bezos has been very successful in developing Amazon into a company or organization with a capitalization value of 1,670 trillion US dollars in 2021.

             Amazon is a multinational marketplace company based in Washington DC, United States which has become the largest in the world because of its competitive prices and only adds small profits but plays a large number of consumers. Currently, Amazon has turned into an e-commerce giant whose products do not only offer books but have turned into a marketplace that provides daily necessities products such as Vesta (which sells household robots), Amazonetube (online videos that want competing with YouTube), providing entertainment content such as technology-based video games, compact discs, computer software, Amazon Prime Air (a membership service that offers fast delivery), Amazon Fresh (a form of delivery service for fresh products that has been available in various countries such as: Tokyo, London, and Germany), Amazon Web Services / AWA cloud services (services in the field of renting server space to companies and other individuals such as cloud services), Aexa (a digital assistant like Bixby), Kindle Tablet (service which was originally for electronic book readers, which functions completely as a tablet and more functional media equipment), Amazon TV Streaming (a form of service that competes with equipment from Google Chromecast and Apple TV, Amazon entered the television set system market which provides streaming facilities others), Speaker Echo (a search engine assistant in the form of a speaker called Echo), and development of other service products. This is a business strategy implemented by Amazon to continue to spread its wings so that it continues to achieve sustainability and be famous in the world (Collins Willis et al., 2022; Nunes et al., 2020; Gereffi, Gary and Wu, 2018; Zhu & Liu, 2018; Li, 2018, Majed et al., 2018).

Amazon’s main strategy is:

Product choice  price  convenience (Jeff Bazos’ version of Three Big Needle Movers. Meanwhile, Amazon’s business line in general can be divided into three forms, namely:

Online retail  Internet services  Kindle ecosystem

The strategies for various types of business in online retail are products sold by Amazon as a traditional retailer, which are products with low costs such as clothing, media, baby products, health goods, and many other variations. Another retail strategy is to become a platform for selling goods intended for other retailers and take a small profit, which is for Amazon’s own income. Furthermore, Amazon has become a long tail retailer which provides a wide variety of goods by selling used goods through sellers from Amazon’s own marketplace. Amazon’s development certainly applies its main focus to market intelligence such as: customers, creating its own market, and mastering the competitive environment optimally.

             Amazon’s main vision is to become a customer centric company in the world. In this way, Amazon creates a site that is customer friendly and linked to the needs of each type or characteristic of customers. This is in accordance with one of the principles of market intelligence which focuses on customers with its main elements such as measuring customer satisfaction in real time, this is to avoid losing customer loyalty and make customers as customers a source of innovative creative ideas (co-creation). In order to fulfill the principle of controlling a competitive environment, Amazon continues to develop product differentiation strategies while still paying close attention to its competitors. One way is to see the potential of big data, such as studying consumer behavior well, because it can gather all the information from consumers regarding their needs, can provide a service that consumers really need, consumers can absorb products from Amazon and an integrated distribution system (using artificial intelligence or continuous technological updates) making it difficult for Amazon’s competitors to beat it. In carrying out its mission, Amazon implements a dynamic pricing strategy. There are four types of dynamic pricing strategies for the marketplace, such as:

Time-based price purchasing strategy, dynamic marketing strategy, market segmentation strategy and limited supply, comprehensive use of the three types above. Dynamic pricing referred to in e-commerce can be defined as a dynamic modification of the price of a product which depends on the value given by customers to a product or service. This model can be achieved by combining data from customers and pre-programmed pricing with the aim that customers meet certain criteria (Cheng & Wang, 2009). This article reviews how Amazon achieves competitive advantage through marketing strategy, the leadership style of Amazon’s founders, and success analysis.

Literature review

Competitive advantage

                        According to Porter and Armstrong (2014) competitive advantage is an advantage over competitors that is obtained by offering consumers more value. Competitive advantage strategy is the most important thing in marketing. According to (Pakpahan, 2016) it is an advantage over existing competition that cannot be achieved by competitors and can be applied over a long period of time. Meanwhile, according to Sudaryono (2016), competitive avantage is a benefit that exists when a company has and produces a product or service that can be seen by its target market as better than its closest competitors. Meanwhile, according to Hill and Jones in Bunga Aditi and Sopi Pentana (2018) stated that competitive advantage is a company’s specific strength which can enable the company to make products that are different from the products offered by competitors and have lower prices than competitors.

E-Commerce

The definition of E-commerce according to Harmayani et al., (2020) is the distribution, sale, marketing, purchase of goods or services using electronic means such as computer networks, television, websites and other internet networks. Meanwhile, according to Kotler and Armstrong (2014) E-commerce is an online channel that can be reached by someone via a computer, which is used by business people in carrying out their business activities and used by consumers to obtain information using the help of computers, the process begins with providing information services to consumers in determining choice. Meanwhile, according to Wong (2010), e-commerce is the process of buying and selling and marketing goods and services through electronic systems, such as radio, television and computer networks or the internet. Meanwhile, according to Mc Leod Pearson (2008) e-commerce is the use of communication networks and computers to carry out business processes. The popular view of e-commerce is the use of the internet and computers with Web browsers to buy and sell products.

Marketplace

According to Opiida (2014) E-marketplace is an internet-based online media where business activities and transactions between buyers and sellers are carried out. Buyers can search for as many suppliers as possible with the desired criteria, so as to obtain market prices. Meanwhile, as a seller, you can find out what buyers want.

E-marketplace can be interpreted as a place where sellers and buyers meet virtually, where they can carry out buying and selling transactions through the platform. In Indonesia, the marketplace is regulated in article 1 paragraph 4 of the Regulation of the Minister of Finance of the Republic of Indonesia number 210/PMK.010/2018 concerning Tax Treatment of electronic trading transactions. It can be explained that the marketplace is an electronic means of communication used for transactions aimed at buying and selling activities via electronic (Minister of Finance Regulation, 210/PMK.010/2018).

The function of this electronic market is the same as traditional markets, namely a place where buyers’ demand and sellers’ supplies meet. The difference between the two is that electronic markets process buying and selling transactions using information technology devices online without face to face. According to Priorita, 2021, there are advantages or benefits compared to making payments in cash, including convenience and accessibility. And all information related to buying and selling transactions can be updated in real time between buyers and sellers, according to Yohanes Kurniawan and Wibowo Kosasi in their Relationship Commitment on E-Marketplace.

Leadership

Every organization of course requires cooperation between people and of course requires a leader. The most important component in an organization, whether small, medium or large, requires a very strategic leader, who can provide direction to his subordinates, so that the vision and mission of an organization can be achieved optimally.

According to Moejiono (2002) leadership is a one-way influence, because leaders can have certain qualities that differentiate themselves from their followers. Voluntary theorists (compliance induction theorists) tend to view leadership as coercion or exerting influence indirectly and as a means of forming a group in accordance with the wishes of the leader. Meanwhile, according to Wahjosumidjo (1999) states that a leader has intelligence, responsibility, is healthy and has characteristics including maturity, freedom of social relations, self-motivation, and a drive for achievement as well as an attitude towards humanitarian work relations. On the other hand, in modern social reality, charismatic leaders are also known, especially in social and political environments.

Marketing strategy

Strategy is a series of grand plans that can describe how a company must operate well to achieve the core of the company’s goals. Meanwhile, marketing is a very effective tool for companies that distribute products, both goods and services, in order to gain profits in accordance with all the sacrifices they have made, and in turn consumers have received satisfaction from the products they buy or use. According to David (2013), strategy can be defined as a shared means with long-term goals to be achieved. Strategy is a potential action that requires top management decisions and large amounts of company resources. So it can be said that strategy is an action or activity carried out by a person or company to achieve the targets or goals that have been set at the beginning of its founding. Marketing strategy according to (Kotler and Armstrong, 2014) is a marketing logic where the company hopes to create value for customers and achieve profitable relationships with customers.

A marketing strategy is a plan that outlines a company’s expectations of the impact of various marketing activities or programs on demand for its product or product line in a particular target market. Companies can use two or more marketing programs simultaneously, because each type of program such as advertising, sales promotion, sales personnel, customer service, or product development has a different influence on demand. Therefore, a mechanism is needed that can coordinate marketing programs so that the programs are in line and integrated synergistically. This mechanism is referred to as a marketing strategy. Generally, the best marketing opportunities are obtained from efforts to expand primary demand, while the best growth opportunities come from efforts to expand primary demand, while the best growth comes from efforts to expand selective demand (Kotler and Armstrong, 2014). Meanwhile, according to Assauri (2012), marketing strategy is a series of goals and objectives, policies and rules that provide direction to a company’s marketing efforts from time to time, at each level and its references and allocations, especially as a company’s response to the environment and ever-changing competitive conditions.

Amazon: Lesson Learned

Many people both in Indonesia and around the world have heard and seen the information available so far, based on Companies Market Cap data, Amazon is ranked first in the list of e-commerce companies with the largest market capitalization value up to now, namely 2023. Everyone understands that the e-commerce industry is currently developing very quickly both in Indonesia and throughout the world. Every day, transactions that occur in the e-commerce sector continue to emerge, both those that have existed for a long time, and even those that have just been initiated. This was triggered by a surge in the number of consumers accessing online shopping via e-commerce.

As stated by a report from eMarketer entitled Global E-Commerce Forecase 2022, spending incurred on transactions using retail and retail e-commerce throughout the world is expected to continue to stabilize in 2022 after the previous two years due to the Covid-19 pandemic that hit the whole world. As a result, online business is very popular, due to regulations limiting face-to-face meetings to carry out transaction activities. According to an eMarketer report, e-commerce sales transactions worldwide will exceed US$ 5 trillion for the first time in 2022. The growth of online businesses is caused by various factors, such as the increasing need for shopping, the popularity of social media (digital marketing), and the ever-expanding subscription services market.

According to the Companies Market Cap page, Amazon is ranked first in the world in the list based on its capitalization reaching US$ 971.91 billion or equivalent to Rp. 14,905 trillion as of January 13 2023. Meanwhile, this multinational technology company based in the United States is one of the companies largest in the world and is one of the top five technology companies in the world, along with Alphabet (Google), Apple, Meta (Facebook), and Microsoft.

Amazon has become synonymous with online shopping. And continuously develops new products, acquisitions, and provides various service offerings that are different compared to others, so that this is useful for expanding its customers. Amazon has expanded its segmentation by reaching as many customers as possible. Amazon’s popularity is undeniable, and the numbers can explain everything. The Amazon application is one of the most popular shopping applications in the United States, with 98.07 million users accessing it at least once a month (Statistics, 2021). Amazon app usage also outperformed targets by a mile. By shopping online it becomes very simple and free from the stress of shopping offline.

Customers trust Amazon and for good reason too. Based on a survey of over 2,000+ customers in the United States, approximately 87% of shoppers agree that they are more likely to purchase products from Amazon than from other e-commerce sites (Freedvisor, 2022). Many people cannot deny that Amazon is the center of e-commerce. The trust that Amazon builds with its customers is based on a consistent and transparent product experience. According to Forbes, Amazon earns trust by delivering products that customers want on time, intact, and accurately, thereby fostering maximum customer trust.Amazon’s Prime membership program continues to reach more and more online shoppers. There are 168 million Prime subscribers in the United States (CIRP Amazon, 2022).

Amazon Prime is a paid subscription service offered by Amazon. This program was launched in 2005 and is available internationally. The benefits provided to customers include free shipping for two days (or faster), music and video streaming, as well as exclusive access offers. Of all the product categories, home and kitchen are currently the most popular product categories for businesses selling on Amazon. Nearly a third (32%) of all small and medium businesses on Amazon list products in this category (Jungle Scout, 2022). The second most popular category is beauty and personal care. Products in this category are sold by 23% of small to medium-sized businesses (SMBs) on Amazon.

The threat from new competitors is very high in online titles. This can be seen from Amazon’s efforts to capture the existing market in India with new players such as: Flipkart, Snapdeal, Paytm, and so on. This has resulted in Amazon Overseas operating on paid services and free service differentiation, but in India they are forced to follow a free model due to stiff competition. India, a growing market, has many online retail stores with various differentiations. The bargaining power of buyers is very high, because buyers/consumers will switch to other e-commerce if the prices and services offered do not match consumer expectations. With the presence of price comparison sites, consumers can be directly influenced by price factors. The growing number of coupon code sites could pose a real challenge for Amazon itself. Therefore, Amazon must also adapt by following, adopting according to current market trends.

Amazon also emphasizes the power of suppliers which is low until now in the online retail market, there has been a periodic growth in commission rates by the online retail market, but suppliers have little choice to choose which ones save more and can make a profit even if the profit is small. The threat for Amazon is that there are very high substitute products, buyers/consumers can easily switch to other online markets and even other local stores too. This was identified by Amazon and other online retail stores, and they began competing to start offering free delivery of goods/products and fast delivery in big cities within minutes or hours (Amazon Prime Air), as well as continuing to provide discount coupons. which is almost always on Amazon.

Amazon Prime Air customers or consumers can receive personalized promotions, and this can be captured by Amazon in increasing total consumer decision-making engagement as well. Amazon has created a strong customer base for the company and has led to Amazon’s dominance of the e-commerce market, an online market for commercial transactions which can result in online purchasing decisions (Sheth, 2021; Welch, 2015; Jung, Sunghun & Kim Hyunsu , 2017; Rodrigue, 2020).

There are retailers and consumers who are still not too happy with waiting times (because the Amazon Prime Air service, which consists of a fleet of drones, is able to deliver small packages directly to consumers’ doorsteps within half an hour after making a purchase on Amazon.com) and when they are looking for information and shopping though. Most retailers and consumers are slowly turning their attention to Prime Air by claiming the most efficient time possible for goods or products to be brought to your table (tools related to shopping baskets) within 30 minutes of searching (Welch, 2015). Even though internet searches show that it is a global affair and there are more than 2 billion people online around the world, the use of Amazon Prime Air is very effective when compared to the use of internet searches and shopping. Consumers will be able to enjoy the ease and comfort of shopping in their own homes and very fast service from Amozon Prime Air. Amazon can also do this through various methods such as perceptual mapping, direct and indirect methods (Hawkins et al., 2013). This method can help in determining evaluative criteria. Perceptual mapping can enable consumers to first assess the similarity of alternative brands. This can give consumers the possibility to make decisions about the products they want to buy. While the evaluation method involves Amazon asking customers what criteria they used in a particular purchase and recording what consumers say about the product and its attributes.

With the launch of Amazon Prime Air it will be able to ensure delivery of packages to customers much faster and waiting time windows will be reduced more quickly. Because drones (unmanned aircraft) deliver packages to customers by flying to a predetermined delivery location, and descending to the consumer’s yard by releasing the package in a safe way, then flying at a safe height that has been agreed upon by the United States Government and other parties. Amazon itself. Amazon Prime Air really cuts down on time. This delivery drone is only capable of carrying packages weighing up to 3 kg to customers in half an hour. This tool can fly as far as 24 km. Amazon is investing heavily in artificial intelligence (Artificial Intelligence) which helps drones navigate very safely to their destination and deliver packages comfortably and safely. With AI, it will be able to detect telephone cables, people, property and even small animals on land, thus preventing the risk of drones from colliding (Singireddy & Daim, 2018; Kim, 2020; Ramadan, Farah, & Kassab, 2019; Shavarani, Nejad, Rismanchian, & Izbirak, 2018; Martinez-Sanchez, Nicolas-Sans, & Bustos Diaz, 2021).

The segment most widely adopted by Amazon is destination buyers (Hawkins et al., 2013). These are individuals who are motivated or driven by the anticipated benefits of acquiring brand names and image-enhancing products and not through other factors involving socializing. This is the segment that can be most widely adopted by Amazon Prime Air since individuals using the service prioritize fast delivery and not necessarily other businesses such as entertainment services. Apart from that, the other segment that is most widely adopted by Amazon Prime Air is the basic segment of consumers or buyers. These are people who are motivated by what they want least, such as time, recreation, entertainment, or social services. And since the launch of Amozon Prime Air is in order to increase delivery in the shortest possible time, it will be more effective and efficient for customers (consumer behavior regarding purchase intention and willingness to pay which is studied by Amazon Prime Air). (G. Schiffman, 2015).

Drones from Amazon Prime Air can also serve the military, for surveillance (wildlife), to assist in search and rescue processes, and in filmmaking because they can take pictures from above (for example: using Amazon Prime Air drones) and sports (Singireddy & Daim, 2018).

The temporal perspective forms the main situational perspective that will influence customers purchasing from Amazon. This characteristic is of course related primarily to the effect of time on consumer behavior. This explains the time available for purchasing which has a significant influence in the decision-making process among consumers. Time is the main factor that Amazon Prime Air wants to solve to improve fast delivery compared to others. An innovation that can have a broad impact in the future, because it turns out that the use of drones can reduce the amount of gas emissions in the world, and consumer behavior will be a form of excellent service that can be provided by Amazon Prime Air (Shavarani, Nejad, Rismanchian, & Izbirak , 2018).

             According to Phaal and Muller (2007) suggest that road maps and their derivatives have become one of the most widely used management techniques to support innovation and strategy, both at the company, sector and national levels. According to Rinne (2004) describes a roadmap as a tool for managing the future of technology, and Amazon Prime Air implements this.Amazon Prime Air can be described as a continuous innovation that falls into the dynamic category because it always follows technological developments on a regular basis, indicating that the technology used by Amazon Prime Air is contemporary technology/continuously updated. This is based on the type of innovation that requires moderate changes in consumer behavior that are significant or major changes in consumer behavior that are of low or moderate significance for the individual (Singireddy & Daim, 2018; Jung, Sunghun & Kim Hyunsu, 2017; Sheth, 2021; Welch, 2015).

            Amazon’s airbase was established to deliver packages safely to customers in 30 minutes rather than having to wait two hours as before (Welch, 2015). A number of customers are still getting deliveries, and Amazon Prime Air has brought a change in the time span between ordering and delivery to customers faster than other competitors (Sheth, 2021). Even though the world of technology is developing more rapidly, like it or not, many companies are required to quickly adapt optimally, so that their customers and consumers are not left behind. What happens with Amazon is that many online buyers still use desktop rather than mobile when they make purchases on Amazon. About 67% of Amazon shoppers prefer to shop using their desktop or laptop computer (CPC Strategy, 2018). Online buyers aged 35 years and under are clearly more likely to prefer mobile devices, while online buyers aged 55 years and over are more likely to prefer desktop or laptop devices.

There are many small and medium enterprises (SMEs) throughout the world, around millions of them, all collaborating with Amazon. On average, Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) located in the United States sell more than 4,000 types of items per unit (Amazon, 2019). It is interesting to note that more than half of the items sold on Amazon stores worldwide are sourced from Small and Medium Enterprises. This is one measure of success achieved by Small and Medium Enterprises that collaborate with Amazon. It can be said that Amazon has offered great opportunities for Small and Medium Enterprises to develop and collaborate with Amazon, so that they can create jobs which are not small, namely 1.6 million jobs throughout the world.

If we look at the marketing strategy carried out by Amazon so far, it still uses strategies in product selection, price and ease of use. Amazon greatly utilizes technology as a source of competitive advantage in gaining profits. Utilizing Supply Chain Management well, namely establishing logistics bases near ports, making it easier to move goods, using drone strategies to send packages faster with technological advances owned by Amazon, the next strategy becomes a top priority on search engines, making it easier for consumers to accessing it, Amazon’s strategy is based on increasing technological capabilities for business success and following a cost leadership strategy that aims to offer maximum value to its customers at the lowest prices, by making Amazon a place to get inspiration in making purchases. Recent Amazon statistics have shown that it’s not just businesses that are turning to the popular online marketplace. However, according to the results of existing surveys, it shows that more than half (56%) of consumers start their purchasing journey on Amazon (Feedvisor, 2022). Understanding the customer journey map on Amazon’s platform can help existing brands and online retailers develop their strategies. Amazon is the place most buyers go to. Nearly three weeks out of every week, shoppers choose to check customer reviews as a factor in shopping online.

As we all know, to date Amazon has become the largest online retailer in the world and has consistently been a leader in the market segment. Amazon’s marketing business strategy focuses on costs. There are strategic steps such as providing discounts for all Amazon Prime members. Amazon Prime is a membership-based service that offers free two-day shipping when orders meet all requirements. After getting the free trial, the customer’s credit card will automatically be charged around $99 for membership for one year. Amazon’s other marketing strategy does not focus solely on technology but rather actualizes the benefits of economies of scale by exploiting efficiencies between external and internal resources. The Amazon team also uses big data analysis as a tool to map consumer behavior. Amazon’s next marketing strategy is to provide convenience where customers don’t need to leave the house to buy the products they want. Simply by using or accessing e-commerce from Amazon, all existing needs will arrive at the customer’s destination.

If we analyze Jeff Bezos’ leadership style, this leadership style usually produces higher performance than transactional leadership (Bass and Avolio, 2000), and this has also been researched by (Garcia-Morales, Liorens-Montes, & Verdu-Jover, 2008) . The survival of an organization depends greatly on the effectiveness and efficiency of its leaders. Requiring business leaders to reassess their styles and tactics in line with the urgency (Jones, George, 2006; Kew & Stradwick, 2008). Because strategic leadership is recognized as one of the main research directions in mainstream strategic management (Malewska & Sajdak, 2014). And supported by internal organizational sources because it can encourage competitive advantage. Valuable, rare, inimitable and non-substitutable resources (Barney, 1991) enable a business to develop and maintain its competitive advantage, to utilize its resources and competitive advantages for superior performance (Collis and Montgomery, 1995; Grant, 1991 ; Wernerfelt, 1984). Amazon also continues to strive to make the company or organization a good learner, one form of which is by directly monitoring consumer needs, hopes and anxieties through a customer service program that all employees must follow without exception. Another program whose aim is to understand consumer behavior, one of which is developing a multilingual website.

Because innovation is a key process that allows us to create, exploit, renew, and apply knowledge flows in new ways to create critical competencies for improving organizational performance (Barret and Sexton, 2006; Grant, 1996); Hurley and Hult, 1998; Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995). A strategic leadership style can influence innovation and knowledge (Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995; Senge et al., 1994). This is based on research from (Swanson, Kim, Lee, Yang, & Lee, 2020) that employees who perform well can achieve assets and leaders play an important role in influencing employee performance and organizational success in the future. And Amazon’s organizational culture also really demands creativity, so that new ideas can be maintained that can bring gradual change to Jeff Bazos’ company.

Sharing knowledge has been recognized as an important social asset for organizations that can improve organizational performance and success (Masa’deh et al., 2016; Razmerita, Kirchner, & Nielsen, 2016). This is evident from the leadership style of Jeff Bezos, who often shares his creative ideas with interested parties. According to Wang and Ahmad (2003) suggest several ideal contexts regarding knowledge in which individual knowledge creation and sharing can encourage the characteristics of trust, and that is very helpful for organizational culture change.According to research (Babalola, 2016) more complex and sophisticated places require educated leadership to face global competitiveness, and be able to compete with similar industries, in maintaining business continuity. According to Robins (2005), the relationship between superiors and subordinates is very important, because the benefits return to the organization, organizational effectiveness, career development and employee welfare.

            Amazon collaborates with millions of Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) by holding various events to educate sellers (Amazon, 2021), this includes events such as Amazon Academy throughout Europe, a special Boost Conference for businesses that use FBA services, and selling partners New Summits in all states of the United States. Selling Partner Summits is a series of six conferences designed to help sellers grow their businesses on Amazon’s platform. This can be said to be an example of the implementation of a strategic leadership style. Amazon is actively and dynamically working to attract more sellers to join its platform. And this really proves that a strategic leadership style can make more than 3,000 seller courses available for Small and Medium Enterprises who collaborate with Amazon to take.

Conclusion

Amazon is an online marketplace (e-commerce) company with a very large capitalization, number one in the world, and this is based on Companies Market Cap data. Amazon has been the originator of e-commerce (online shopping. From a financial perspective, Amazon shows that the company has succeeded in generating revenue with sales of $ 125.6 billion (Amazon, 2021), and continues to grow rapidly every year. Almost all of the product categories on Amazon are the most popular. Because there is so much product diversification, customers can surf to choose the products offered so that customers feel at home and stay loyal to using e-commerce from Amazon. Existing survey results show that price is the most important factor in customers or consumers deciding to purchase on Amazon, with around 82% of Amazon buyers listing it as an important shopping consideration (Statista, 2019). This is also balanced by low shipping costs and positive product reviews, so it is considered to be the main trigger for purchases on Amazon. Many customers also really enjoy the flexibility offered so far in terms of product returns and the fast shopping times offered by Amazon. Nearly half of Amazon shoppers say this is a very crucial factor to think about when shopping on Amazon. The suitability of the prime air offered by Amazon is also a key factor for customers or consumers to consider when using Amazon’s services.

Analytical data referring to the latest Amazon statistical data shows that it is not only businesses that are turning to more popular online markets. Existing survey results show that more than half (around 56%) of consumers start their purchasing journey on Amazon (Freedvisor, 2022). By using Amazon e-commerce, customers and consumers can understand the customer journey map to help brands and online retailers know that most people look for inspiration online when customers or consumers have not yet thought about a particular product to buy, and they can potentially influence other buyers based on the results of previous consumer reviews. Amazon remains a very popular first point of contact for online shoppers who are not thinking about the product they are planning to purchase. Amazon is the most targeted top ranking compared to Google, the world’s largest search engine, stating that around 72% of online buyers always check product reviews on Amazon. With customer review ratings being one of the main reasons people shop online, Amazon is great at attracting potential buyers. This paper can be used as a reference for other research that has the same object regarding the Amazon. The competitive advantage of the business developed by Jeff Bazos is very inspiring for business people engaged in e-commerce which is related to technology. However, business developments related to technology are developing very rapidly and we are expected to quickly adapt to technological developments as well, so as not to be left behind. This research can also provide an example in terms of leadership, in order to bring progress to a business (strategic leadership).

References

Aditi, Bunga dan Sopi Pentana. (2018). Analisis Pengaruh Pengembangan UMKM, Trust dan Keunggulan Bersaing terhadap Perkembangan Ekonomi Kreatif. Jurnal Ilman, Vol. 6, No. 2. p-ISSN 2355-1488, e- ISSN 2615-2932.

Aarker, David., 2013. Manajemen Pemasaran Strategis. Edisi 8. Jakarta: Salemba Empat

Assauri, Sofjan. 2012. Manajemen Pemasaran. Jakarta: Rajawali-Gramedia Pustaka Utama.

Babalola, S. S. (2016). The effect of leadership style, job satisfaction and employee-supervisor relationship on job performance and organizational commitment. Journal of Applied Business Research32(3), 935–946. https://doi.org/10.19030/jabr.v32i3.9667

Collins Willis, A. O., Kinyua PhD, G., & Muchemi PhD, A. (2022). Strategic Leadership as an Antecedent of Competitive Advantage: A Review of Literature. International Journal of Managerial Studies and Research10(1), 18–33. https://doi.org/10.20431/2349-0349.1001003

García-Morales, V. J., Lloréns-Montes, F. J., & Verdú-Jover, A. J. (2008). The effects of transformational leadership on organizational performance through knowledge and innovation. British Journal of Management19(4), 299–319. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8551.2007.00547.x

Gereffi, Gary and Wu, X. (2018). Amazon and Alibaba: Internationalization Strategies International Business in the Information and Digital Age. International Business Research, Volume 13, 327–35613, 327–356.

G. Schiffman, L. W. (2015). Consumer Behavior Consumer behavior (Vol. 27, Issue 23).

feedvisor.com/resources/amazon-marketing-advertising-strategies/brands-amazon-and-changing-landscape-of-emarketplaces/. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juni’2023.

Hawkins, DI, Mothersbaugh, DL, & Terbaik, RJ (2013). Perilaku Konsumen: Bangunan Strategi Pemasaran. McGraw-Hill Irwin.

H. Harmayani, D. Marpaung, A. Hamzah, N. Mulyani, and J. Hutahaean, E-Commerce: Suatu Pengantar Bisnis Digital. Medan: Yayasan Kita Menulis, 2020.

Ivy Panda. (2021, 20 Juli). Strategi Kompetitif Amazon.com. https://ivypanda.com/essays/amazon-com-competitive-strategies-report/

Jung, Sunghun, & kim hyunsu. (2017). Analysis of Amazon Prime Air UAV Delivery Service. Journal of Knowledge Information Technology and Systems12(2), 253–266. https://doi.org/10.34163/jkits.2017.12.2.005

Kim, S. H. (2020). Choice model-based analysis of consumer preference for drone delivery service. Journal of Air Transport Management84(September 2019), 101785. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jairtraman.2020.101785

Laporan, T. (n.d.). 2 0 2 1.

Li, E. Y. (2018). Amazon Go concept. Journal of Business and Management24(1), 79–92.

Martínez-Sánchez, M. E., Nicolas-Sans, R., & Bustos Díaz, J. (2021). Analysis of the social media strategy of audio-visual OTTs in Spain: The case study of Netflix, HBO, and Amazon Prime during the implementation of Disney +. Technological Forecasting and Social Change173(September). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121178

Majed, S., Nuraddin, S., & Hama, S. (2018). Analyzing the Amazon success strategies. Journal of Process Management. New Technologies6(4), 65–69. https://doi.org/10.5937/jouproman6-19264

McLeod Pearson. 2008. Sistem Informasi Manajemen. Salemba. Jakarta.

Moejiono. 2002. Kepemimpinan dan Keorganisasian. Yogyakarta: UII Press

Nunes, S., Gastauer, M., Cavalcante, R. B. L., Ramos, S. J., Caldeira, C. F., Silva, D., Rodrigues, R. R., Salomão, R., Oliveira, M., Souza-Filho, P. W. M., & Siqueira, J. O. (2020). Challenges and opportunities for large-scale reforestation in the Eastern Amazon using native species. Forest Ecology and Management466(December 2019), 118120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foreco.2020.118120

Opiida, I. (2014, April 18). Pengertian E-Marketplace. From tokokhalista: https://tokokhalista.wordpress.com/2014/04/18/pengertian-emarketplace/

Pakpahan, Manuntun. 2016. Manajemen Pemasaran. Medan: CV. Rural Development Service.

Peraturan Mentri Keuangan (PMK) RI, “210/PMK.010/2018, tentang Perlakuan Perpajakan atas Transaksi Perdagangan melalui Elektronik (E-Commerce) Pasal 1 Ayat 4,” (01 April 2019).

Phaal, R., & Muller, G. (2007). Menuju Strategi Visual: Kerangka Kerja arsitektural untuk pemetaan jalan. PICMET’07- Konferensi Internasional Portland 2007 tentang Manajemen Rekayasa & Teknologi. N. hal. Web.

Porter, M. E., 1994. Keunggulan bersaing: menciptakan dan mempertahankan kinerja unggul. Alih bahasa tim binarupa aksara, binarupa aksara.

Kotler, Philip & Gerry Armstrong, (2014): Principle Of Marketing, 15th edition. New Jersey: Pearson Pretice Hall.

Priorita Damalies Aurora, “Tinjauan Yuridis Hubungan Hukum para Pihak dalam Transaksi Digital Sistem Marketplace,” (Skripsi Universitas Muhammadiyah Surakarta, 2021): 4

Ramadan, Z. B., Farah, M. F., & Kassab, D. (2019). Amazon’s approach to consumers’ usage of the Dash button and its effect on purchase decision involvement in the U.S. market. Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services47(November 2018), 133–139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jretconser.2018.11.018

Rinne, M. (2004). Peta jalan teknologi: Infrastruktur untuk inovasi. Peramalan Teknologi dan Perubahan Sosial, 71 (1-2), 67-80.

Rodrigue, J. P. (2020). The distribution network of Amazon and the footprint of freight digitalization. Journal of Transport Geography88(August), 102825. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jtrangeo.2020.102825

Shavarani, S. M., Nejad, M. G., Rismanchian, F., & Izbirak, G. (2018). Application of hierarchical facility location problem for optimizing a drone delivery system: a case study of Amazon prime air in San Francisco. International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology95(9–12), 3141–3153. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-017-1363-1

Sheth, J. (2021). New areas of research in marketing strategy, consumer behavior, and marketing analytics: the future is bright. Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice29(1), 3–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/10696679.2020.1860679

Singireddy, S. R. R., & Daim, T. U. (2018). Technology Roadmap: Drone Delivery – Amazon Prime Air. Innovation, Technology and Knowledge Management, 387–412. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-68987-6_13

Sudaryono. 2016. Manajemen Pemasaran Teori dan Implementasi. Yogyakarta: C.V Andi Offset.

Swanson, E., Kim, S., Lee, S. M., Yang, J. J., & Lee, Y. K. (2020). The effect of leader competencies on knowledge sharing and job performance: Social capital theory. Journal of Hospitality and Tourism Management42(September 2019), 88–96. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhtm.2019.11.004

Wahjosumidjo. 1999. Kepemimpinan Kepala Sekolah. Jakarta: Raja Gravindo Persada.

Welch, A. (2015). A cost-benefit analysis of Amazon Prime Air A Cost-Benefit Analysis of Amazon Prime Air Project Director : Bruce Hutchinson. University of Tennesse Theses, 57.

Wong, Jony. (2010). Internet Marketing for Beginners. Didapat dari https://www.kajianpustaka.com/2013/04/perdagangan-elektronik-e-commerce.html

Yohannes Kurniawan dan Wibowo Kosasih, dkk., Relation Commitment pada E- Marketplace, 45.

Zhu, F., & Liu, Q. (2018). Competing with complementors: An empirical look at Amazon.com. In Strategic Management Journal (Vol. 39, Issue 10). https://doi.org/10.1002/smj.2932

https://aws.amazon.com/id/personalize/customers/. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’ 2023.

https://aws.amazon.com/id/machine-learning/ml-use-cases/. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://bbs.binus.ac.id/gbm/2021/01/21/amazon-sebagai-toko-ritel-online-terbesar-di-dunia-bagaimana-bisa-yuk-belajar-dari-amazon/. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://www-theverge-com.translate.goog/2023/5/18/23728528/amazon-prime-air-drone-delivery-jeff-bezos?_x_tr_sl=en&_x_tr_tl=id&_x_tr_hl=id&_x_tr_pto=tc&_x_tr_hist=true. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://indianexpress-com.translate.goog/article/technology/amazon-prime-air-cargo-india-launch-8400830/?_x_tr_sl=en&_x_tr_tl=id&_x_tr_hl=id&_x_tr_pto=tc. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://simpleflying-com.translate.goog/rise-of-amazon-air/?_x_tr_sl=en&_x_tr_tl=id&_x_tr_hl=id&_x_tr_pto=tc. Diakses Tanggal 23 Juni’2023.

https://www-aviationtoday-com.translate.goog/2022/06/16/amazon-prime-air-drone-deliveries-2022/?_x_tr_sl=en&_x_tr_tl=id&_x_tr_hl=id&_x_tr_pto=tc. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://www.inilah.com/amazon-mulai-gunakan-drone-untuk-antar-paket-di-texas-dan-california. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://emka.web.id/2022/06/pengiriman-drone-amazon-prime-air-mengambil-penerbangan-akhir-tahun-ini.html. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://www.cnbcindonesia.com/tech/20190606115031-37-76942/pangkas-waktu-amazon-resmi-kirim-paket-pakai-drone. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://dataindonesia.id/ekonomi-digital/detail/8-ecommerce-dengan-kapitalisasi-pasar-terbesar-amazon-juaranya. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://www.cnnindonesia.com/teknologi/20161230172714-185-183183/ide-gila-amazon-bangun-gudang-terbang-raksasa. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://www.finansialku.com/10-fakta-amazon-yang-belum-pernah-anda-ketahui-sebelumnya/. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://side.id/dn/anti-mainstream-amazon-gunakan-drone-untuk-mengirim-paket-ke-konsumen. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juni’2023.

https://amp.kompas.com/tekno/read/2021/05/05/20210037/sejarah-amazon-toko-buku-online-yang-berubah-jadi-raksasa-marketplace. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juni’2023.

https://id.investing.com/equities/amazon-com-inc-income-statement. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juni’2023.

https://www.macroaxis.com/financials/AMZN/Amazon-Inc. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juni’2023.

https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/accounting/financial-statements-example-amazon-case-study/. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juni’2023.

https://goodstats.id/article/daftar-5-e-commerce-terbesar-di-dunia-2023-china-mendominasi-pasar-cWkZX. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juni’2023.

https://www.dictio.id/t/bagaimana-strategi-amazon-dapat-bertahan-di-tengah-persaingan-bisnis-ecommerce-saat-ini/15556/3. Diakses Tanggal 16 September’2023.

Epidemiological Trends and Therapeutic Strategies for Fungal Infections: A technical Report

Majedul Hoque, Iftear Kazim Rafi

1,2Department of Pharmacy, Jahangirnagar University, Dhaka, Bangladesh

Corresponding author’s contact: +8801896301786

Abstract

Fungi are primarily opportunistic pathogens that can only enter the body if its natural defence are drastically depleted. The majority of risk factors for an invasive fungal infection cannot be avoided since they are entwined with the underlying illnesses and the therapies used to treat them. In individuals with chronic illnesses and immune-compromised patients, fungi are a significant predictor of mortality. Bangladesh has a wide range of fungi infections, and numerous studies have shown how common they are there. Although viruses and bacteria are the primary causes of these illnesses, opportunistic fungal infections in humans and animals are becoming more common on a global scale. To achieve better results, it is essential to comprehend the epidemiology, clinical characteristics, and diagnostic process of fungal infection. In this report, we examine the emergence of fungus infections as well as the clinical signs, prognosis, and care of several fungi that are widespread in our nation. It will give a brief understanding of infectious diseases and creating awareness among people.

Keywords: Infection, fungus, aspergillus, clotrimazole

1. Background: Much of the time, humans and the microbes that surround them coexist peacefully; infections only occur when the immune system is compromised or when the pathogen population reaches very high densities. The majority of infections go unnoticed, but occasionally the infecting organisms do cause the body to react, which results in clinically evident signs and symptoms, a condition known as an infectious disease. Why did fungi develop to become such potent adversaries of critically ill patients? First off, it is obvious that fungi, despite their ability to make bread rise, provide us beer and wine, and impart flavour to cheese and other foods, are mostly associated with the end of biological existence[1]. Following cardiovascular disorders, infectious diseases are the second biggest cause of death worldwide [2]. Even though fungal infectious propagules are abundant in the environment, making contact with them inevitable, fungal infections are relatively infrequent diseases in healthy and immunocompetent humans and animals compared to bacterial and viral infections [3,4]. It is believed that dermatophyte fungi are the primary cause of superficial skin, hair, and nail fungal infections in nearly one-fourth of the world’s population. A staggering 75% of women will experience at least one vulvovaginal fungal infection caused by a Candida species over their lifetime, making oral and genital mucosal fungal infections extremely prevalent[5]. 3 million cases of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and 10 million cases of fungal-associated asthma are directly caused by Aspergillus species. Although far less frequent, invasive fungal illnesses brought on by the species of Cryptococcus, Candida, Aspergillus, and Pneumocystis are linked to extremely high fatality rates, ranging from 30% to 90%, depending on the fungus and patient group[6]. Like all other living things, fungi are recognised and classified according to their shapes, structures, and behavioural traits. Moulds (also known as hyphal fungi) are the common name for fungi that exist primarily as independent single cells and are known as yeasts for those that are founded on hyphal threads. Yeast and hyphae are almost invariably tiny cell types. A mycelium is a collection of hyphal strands, hyphal branches, and any related spore-bearing structures. Both yeast and hyphae grow vegetatively through asexual, mitotic cell division, generally as a daughter-burst from an already-existing fungal cell[7]. Numerous formerly harmless fungus species have evolved to become infectious agents as a result of climate changes brought on by anthropogenic pressure[8,9]. Globally, there are different categories into which fungal infections might be placed[10]. Opportunistic fungi prefer environments that are apart from the host organism and only accidentally breach host-immune defence barriers to spread infections [11]. Contrarily, truly pathogenic fungi depend on the host, and many obligate-pathogen species depend on the host organism for development, reproduction, and the acquisition of nutrients[12]. There are several ways for infectious pathogens to spread between people and from animals to people, including fecal-oral contact, direct or indirect contact, and vector-borne routes[12-14]. Additionally, reports about the potential transfer of fungal diseases from people to animals have been published in the literature[15]. It’s also crucial to consider the potential for silent infections and the animal carriers of fungal diseases that could serve as an ambiguous source of infection[16–18]. Thus, FIs are growing with time and turning into a major worldwide health issue with high rates of morbidity and mortality and dire socioeconomic repercussions.

2. Risk of fungal infection: The most common conditions that lead to allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis (ABPA) are cystic fibrosis and asthma. People who have other lung disorders like tuberculosis frequently develop aspergillomas[19]. Known also as a “fungus ball.” Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), sarcoidosis, and tuberculosis are among the additional lung conditions that frequently coexist with chronic pulmonary aspergillosis [20]. People with compromised immune systems are more susceptible to invasive aspergillosis, such as those who have undergone organ or stem cell transplantation, are undergoing chemotherapy for cancer, or are taking high amounts of corticosteroids. Severe influenza patients admitted to hospitals have been reported to have invasive aspergillosis [21]. Patients on immunosuppressants, those getting chemotherapy for cancer, and those with persistent, incapacitating illnesses. patients who have been using tocilizumab or high dosages of steroids for a long time. COVID-19 severity cases. Patients who needed nasal prongs, a mask, or ventilator support and were on oxygen.

3. Different types of fungal infection: According to the location of the infection, the kind of virulence, and the method of acquisition, fungi infections are divided into three groups. They are further divided into four categories: superficial, cutaneous, subcutaneous, and deep, depending on the site of infection. Mycoses are referred to as “Superficial mycoses” when they merely affect the stratum corneum and do not cause inflammation. Infections of the integuments and appendages, such as the hair and nails, are known as cutaneous infections. Infection of the subcutaneous tissues occurs with subcutaneous mycoses typically at the site of traumatic inoculation. Internal organs such as the lungs, central nervous system, abdominal viscera, and bones are affected by deep mycoses. The gastrointestinal system, blood arteries, and respiratory tract are the three most typical entrance points for fungal infections. Mycoses are classified as exogenous or endogenous depending on the method of acquisition. Exogenous infections can spread by the air, the skin, or a percutaneous route. An endogenously acquired fungal infection is caused by the colonization or reactivation of a fungus from a dormant infection. Additionally, fungi can be categorized as primary or opportunistic pathogens based on their level of pathogenicity. A primary pathogen may start an infection in a host with a healthy immune system, whereas an opportunistic pathogen needs to undermine the host’s defences in order to start an infection[22].

Figure 1. several types of fungal infection with example (Source: academia)

There are over 180 different species of Aspergillus, but only about 40 of them are known to infect people. The most typical source of human Aspergillus infections is Aspergillus fumigatus. The common species A. flavus, A. terreus, and A. nigeria are also present[23]. Anywhere on the body might develop fungal skin infections. Among the most prevalent are yeast infections, jock itch, athlete’s foot, and ringworm[24].

4. Diagnosis & treatments: A doctor can diagnose athlete’s foot by looking at the skin symptoms. A small patch of skin can be scraped off and checked for the fungus if the doctor is unsure. Aspergillus is a living organism. Most individuals inhale fungal spores every day because Aspergillus, the mould (a type of fungus) that causes aspergillosis, is quite widespread both inside and outdoors[25]. Most likely, it is difficult to totally avoid inhaling Aspergillus spores. Inhaling Aspergillus is safe for those with strong immune systems. Breathing in Aspergillus spores, however, can result in an infection in the lungs or sinuses that can spread to other regions of the body in persons with compromised immune systems[26]. Diagnosis is primarily clinical but may be aided by imaging, histopathology, specimen staining,culture and Galactomannan antigen test on serum and bronchoalveolar lavage fluid.

Antifungal medications, often known as topical medications, are frequently used to treat fungi infections. These medications are applied topically to the diseased area. Creams, gels, lotions, solutions, shampoos, and creams are all examples of topical medications. Antifungal medications can also be ingested orally. In addition to drugs, people may use measures to keep the affected areas dry, such as applying powders or wearing open-toed shoes. Some available antifungal drugs are Amorolfine, Butoconazole, Butenafine, Ciclopirox, Clotrimazole, Econazole, Gentian violet, Ketoconazole, Sulconazole, Terbinafine, Terconazole, Tioconazole, Tolnaftate, Undecylenate, Oxiconazole, Miconazole, Naftifine,Voricanazole, Amphotericin B, Capsofungin etc.

5. Summary: Even if the list is limited to only those species for which there is available proof of infection, the total number of fungi that have been implicated as opportunistic human pathogens may likely approach 400 species. Fewer than 100 fungal species are close to the position of common human infections since many of the species listed would have been encountered clinically on very infrequent times, frequently only once or twice. A critical point has been reached in the epidemiology of invasive fungal diseases. Fungi have developed into a big worldwide health issue from being rare in the early 20th century when the world was beset by bacterial diseases. If these are identified and treated early, the morbidity and mortality from deep fungal infections can be effectively decreased. All indicators point to an increase in the burden of fungi-related diseases in the twenty-first century, necessitating additional funding for research into this class of infectious diseases in order to better prepare people for this epidemic.

Compliance with ethical standards

Disclosure of conflict of interest 

There is no conflict of interest regarding this paper. 

Availability of data and materials 

The data and materials used to support the findings of this study are publicly available. 

Author contribution 

All author contributed significantly to design and development of this work.

References

  1. Sequeira JH (1906) the Varieties of Ringworm and Their Treatment. British Medical Journal 2: 193-196
  2. World Health Organization (2018) WHO – The Top 10 Causes of Death, 24 Maggio. Geneva, Switzerland: WHO.
  3. K€ohler, J.R., Casadevall, A. and Perfect, J. (2015) The spectrum of fungi that infects humans. Cold Spring Harb Perspect Med 5, a019273.
  4. Gnat, S., Łagowski, D. and Nowakiewicz, A. (2020a) Major challenges and perspectives in the diagnostics and treatment of dermatophyte infections. J Appl Microbiol 129, 212–232
  5.  https://www.cdc.gov/fungal/diseases/candidiasis/genital/index.html
  6. Kainz K, Bauer MA, Madeo F, Carmona-Gutierrez D. Fungal infections in humans: the silent crisis. Microbial Cell. 2020 Jun 6;7(6):143. https://doi.org/10. 15698/mic2020.06.718. PMid: 32548176 PMCid:PMC7278517
  7. F. Rochette M, Engelen H, Vanden Bossche (2003) Antifungal agents of use in animal health-practical applications. J Vet Pharmacol Ther 26: 31-53.
  8. de Crecy, E., Jaronski, S., Lyons, B., Lyons, T. and Keyhani, N. (2009) Directed evolution of a filamentous fungus for thermotolerance. BMC Biotechnol 9, 74
  9. Casadevall, A., Kontoyiannis, D.P. and Robert, V. (2019) On the emergence of Candida auris: climate change, azoles, swamps, and birds. MBio 10, e01397-19
  10. Dworecka-Kaszak, B., Bieganska, M.J. and Dabrowska, I. (2020) Occurrence of various pathogenic and opportunistic fungi in skin diseases of domestic animals: a retrospective study. BMC Vet Res 16, 248.
  11. Casadevall, A. and Pirofski, L.A. (2000) Host-pathogen interactions: basic concepts of microbial commensalism, colonization, infection, and disease. Infect Immun 68, 6511–6518
  12. Seyedmousavi, S., Guillot, J., Tolooe, A., Verweij, P.E. and de Hoog, G.S. (2015b) Neglected fungal zoonoses: hidden threats to man and animals. Clin Microbiol Infect 21, 416–425.
  13. Gnat, S., Nowakiewicz, A., Łagowski, D. and Ziezba, P. (2019b) Host- and pathogen-dependent susceptibility and predisposition to dermatophytosis. J Med Microbiol 68, 823–836.
  14. Richard, M., Knauf, S., Lawrence, P., Mather, A.E., Munster, V.J., M€uller, M.A., Smith, D. and Kuiken, T. (2017) Factors determining human-to-human transmissibility of zoonotic pathogens via contact. Curr Opin Virol 22, 7–12.
  15. Łagowski, D., Gnat, S., Nowakiewicz, A., Osinska, M., Troscianczyk, A. and Ziezba, P. (2019a) In search of the source of dermatophytosis: epidemiological analysis of Trichophyton verrucosum infection in llamas and the breeder (case report). Zoonoses Public Health 66, 982–989
  16. Gnat, S., Łagowski, D., Nowakiewicz, A. and Ziezba, P. (2018) Tinea corporis by Microsporum canis in mycological laboratory staff: unexpected results of epidemiological investigation. Mycoses 61, 945–953
  17. Gnat, S., Łagowski, D., Nowakiewicz, A., Osinska, M. And Dylazg, M. (2020b) Identification of emerging trends in the prevalence of dermatophytoses in alpacas (Vicugna pacos) farmed in Poland. Transbound Emerg Dis 67, 2702–2712.
  18. Łagowski, D., Gnat, S., Nowakiewicz, A., Osinska, M. And Dylazg, M. (2020) Intrinsic resistance to terbinafine among human and animal isolates of Trichophyton mentagrophytes related to amino acid substitution in the squalene epoxidase. Infection 48, 889–897
  19. Kainz K, Bauer MA, Madeo F, Carmona-Gutierrez D (2020) Fungal infections in humans: the silent crisis. Microbial Cell 7: 143-145.
  20. Queiroz-Telles F, Fahal AH, Falci DR, Caceres DH, Chiller T, et al. (2017) Neglected endemic mycoses. The Lancet. Infectious Diseases 17: 367-377.
  21. Seyedmousavi S, Bosco SM, de Hoog S, Ebel F, Elad D, et al. (2018) Fungal infections in animals: a patchwork of different situations. Medical Mycology 56: 165–187.
  22. Walsh TJ, Dixon DM. Spectrum of Mycoses. In: Baron S, editor. Medical Microbiology. 4th edition. Galveston (TX): University of Texas Medical Branch at Galveston; 1996. Chapter 75
  23. Nwokolo NC, Boag FC (2000) chronic vaginal candidiasis Management in the postmenopausal patient. Drugs & Aging 16: 335-9.
  24. Akpan A, Morgan R (2002) Oral candidiasis. Postgrad Med J 78: 455-9.
  25. Sehgal M, Ladd HJ, Totapally B (2020) Trends in Epidemiology and Microbiology of Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock in Children. Hospital Pediatrics 10: 1021-1030
  26. Song G, Liang G, Liu W (2020) Fungal Co-infections Associated with Global COVID-19 Pandemic: A Clinical and Diagnostic Perspective from China. Mycopathologia 185: 599-606.

Enhancing Safety Analysis with Surrogate Methods: A Focus on Uncontrolled Traffic Intersections

Shashikant Nishant Sharma

Enhancing safety analysis at uncontrolled traffic intersections is a critical endeavor, and surrogate methods provide a transformative approach to achieve this goal. Uncontrolled traffic intersections, lacking conventional traffic control mechanisms, often present heightened safety risks. Surrogate safety analysis methods offer an innovative way to overcome the challenges posed by the absence of historical crash data. By utilizing surrogate measures like vehicle trajectories, speeds, and accelerations, these methods allow for a proactive assessment of potential safety risks. Instead of relying solely on past accident records, surrogate safety analysis leverages real-time or simulated data to predict conflict points and hazardous events, enabling timely and targeted safety interventions. This forward-looking methodology holds immense promise in improving safety outcomes at uncontrolled intersections, ultimately contributing to a safer and more efficient road network.

Uncontrolled traffic intersections pose a significant challenge for traffic engineers and planners in ensuring safety for road users. These intersections, lacking traffic signals or stop signs, require advanced analytical approaches to comprehend and mitigate potential safety risks effectively. One such promising approach is the use of surrogate safety analysis methods, which offer a proactive means to identify potential safety concerns and implement appropriate countermeasures.

Understanding the Challenge

Uncontrolled traffic intersections, often found in suburban or rural areas, demand a careful examination of vehicle interactions to predict and mitigate potential collisions. The absence of traffic control devices necessitates a thorough analysis of driver behavior, traffic flow patterns, and geometric design to assess safety implications accurately.

Traditional safety analyses rely heavily on historical crash data, making it challenging to predict and prevent accidents in areas with minimal crash records. Surrogate safety analysis methods address this limitation by utilizing real-time or simulated traffic data to predict potential safety issues and recommend appropriate safety enhancements.

The Surrogate Safety Analysis Method

The surrogate safety analysis method involves utilizing surrogate measures, such as vehicle trajectories, speeds, accelerations, and lane positions, to estimate the likelihood of safety-critical events. These surrogate measures act as proxies for actual safety outcomes, providing insights into potential conflicts or risky situations without relying on historical crash data.

Key Components and Techniques

  1. Conflict Analysis: Surrogate safety analysis focuses on identifying conflicts or near-miss events, providing crucial insights into potentially hazardous scenarios. By analyzing vehicle trajectories and behaviors, engineers can pinpoint locations and patterns where conflicts are likely to occur.
  2. Microscopic Simulation: Utilizing microsimulation models allows for the generation of a virtual representation of traffic behavior at uncontrolled intersections. This enables a comprehensive analysis of various parameters, such as traffic density, vehicle speed, and maneuvering patterns, aiding in predicting potential conflict points.
  3. Safety Performance Indicators (SPIs): SPIs are quantitative measures derived from surrogate measures that provide a structured approach to assess safety. Common SPIs include time to collision (TTC), post-encroachment time (PET), and speed profiles. Analyzing these indicators helps in identifying critical areas and evaluating the effectiveness of safety interventions.

Advantages of Surrogate Safety Analysis

  • Proactive Safety Assessment: Surrogate methods enable a proactive safety assessment by predicting potential safety concerns before accidents occur, allowing for timely interventions and proactive planning. Surrogate methods play a pivotal role in enabling a proactive safety assessment of intersections. By utilizing surrogate measures like Time-to-Collision (TTC) and Post-Encroachment Time (PET), potential safety concerns can be predicted before actual accidents occur. This predictive capability allows traffic engineers and safety experts to take timely interventions and plan proactive measures to mitigate identified risks. This proactive approach significantly contributes to improving overall traffic safety by addressing issues before they escalate into serious accidents.
  • Cost-Effective Analysis: Unlike traditional safety analyses that heavily rely on crash data collection and analysis, surrogate methods are cost-effective as they leverage readily available real-time or simulated data. Surrogate safety analysis presents a cost-effective alternative to traditional safety analyses that heavily rely on crash data collection and analysis. The reliance on readily available real-time or simulated data means that there is no need for extensive and expensive crash data collection efforts. This translates to cost savings in terms of data acquisition, processing, and analysis. Moreover, the efficient utilization of existing data sources enhances the overall cost-effectiveness of implementing safety improvements at intersections.
  • Enhanced Decision-Making: By providing a deeper understanding of conflict points and risk factors, surrogate safety analysis supports informed decision-making for implementing targeted safety improvements. Surrogate safety analysis provides a deeper and more nuanced understanding of conflict points, risk factors, and potential safety hazards at an intersection. This enhanced understanding empowers decision-makers, including traffic engineers, urban planners, and policymakers, to make well-informed and evidence-based decisions regarding safety improvements. By identifying critical areas and conflicts, decision-makers can strategically allocate resources and implement targeted countermeasures, such as geometric improvements, traffic signal optimizations, or signage enhancements. Informed decision-making based on surrogate safety analysis helps optimize safety interventions and maximize their effectiveness in reducing accidents and improving overall traffic safety.

Implementing Surrogate Safety Analysis for Uncontrolled Intersections

  1. Data Collection and Analysis: Gather real-time or simulated traffic data, including vehicle trajectories, speeds, and lane positions. Analyze this data to identify patterns and potential conflict points. To comprehensively understand traffic dynamics at an intersection, a thorough data collection process is essential. Real-time or simulated traffic data should be gathered, encompassing various parameters like vehicle trajectories, speeds, and lane positions. This data can be obtained through advanced traffic monitoring systems, such as video cameras, sensors embedded in the road, or connected vehicle technologies. The collected data is then subjected to rigorous analysis using statistical and data analytics techniques to identify patterns, trends, and potential conflict points within the intersection.
  2. Surrogate Measure Identification: Choose appropriate surrogate measures (e.g., TTC, PET) relevant to the intersection type and traffic conditions to estimate safety performance. In order to gauge the safety performance at the intersection, appropriate surrogate measures need to be identified. Surrogate measures serve as proxies for actual safety outcomes and are crucial for evaluating the safety of a given intersection under different traffic conditions. Common surrogate measures include Time-to-Collision (TTC), Post-Encroachment Time (PET), and others that are relevant to the intersection type and the prevailing traffic conditions. These measures provide valuable insights into potential conflicts and near-miss events.
  3. Conflict Identification and Countermeasures: Utilize surrogate measures to identify conflicts and critical areas within the intersection. Implement appropriate countermeasures such as geometric improvements, signage enhancements, or traffic calming measures. Leveraging the identified surrogate measures, conflicts and critical areas within the intersection can be pinpointed. Conflicts are instances where the surrogate measures suggest a heightened risk of a collision or unsafe traffic interactions. Through a thorough analysis of these conflicts, specific critical areas within the intersection can be identified. To enhance safety and mitigate conflicts, appropriate countermeasures should be implemented. These countermeasures could encompass a range of strategies, including geometric improvements to the intersection layout, optimizing lane configurations, enhancing visibility through improved signage and lighting, employing traffic calming measures such as speed bumps or roundabouts, or implementing intelligent traffic signal control systems. These interventions aim to create a safer environment by reducing conflict points and minimizing the risk of accidents. Ultimately, this holistic approach involving data collection, surrogate measure identification, and conflict analysis coupled with targeted countermeasures is essential for enhancing intersection safety and optimizing traffic flow. Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of these measures are crucial to ensure sustained safety improvements at the intersection.

Conclusion

The adoption of surrogate safety analysis methods represents a significant leap forward in improving safety at uncontrolled traffic intersections. By relying on real-time or simulated data, traffic engineers can predict potential conflicts and hazardous scenarios, enabling the implementation of proactive safety measures. Embracing this approach is crucial for achieving a safer and more efficient transportation network, ultimately saving lives and reducing the overall societal cost of traffic accidents. In summary, surrogate safety analysis offers a proactive and cost-effective approach to evaluating and enhancing traffic safety at intersections. It enables the prediction of safety concerns, optimizes resource allocation, and supports well-informed decision-making, all of which are critical aspects for creating safer road environments and reducing the likelihood and severity of accidents.

References

Mohamed, M. G., & Saunier, N. (2013). Motion prediction methods for surrogate safety analysis. Transportation research record2386(1), 168-178.

Sharma, S. N. (2019). Review of most used urban growth models. In International Journal of Advanced Research in Engineering and Technology (IJARET) (Vol. 10, Issue 3, pp. 397–405). Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/ZENODO.8169002

Sharma, S. N., & Singh, D. (2023). Understanding mid-block traffic analysis: A crucial tool for road safety. Think India Journal26(3), 5–9. https://www.thinkindiaquarterly.org/index.php/think-india/article/view/20406

Singh, D., & Das, P. (2023). A review on surrogate safety measures in safety evaluation and analysis. In Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference of Transportation Research Group of India (pp. 113–129). Springer Nature Singapore.

Singh, D. (2023). Surrogate safety evaluation at uncontrolled intersection in non-Lane base traffic conditions. European Transport93, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.48295/et.2023.93.11

41 UNESCO World Heritage Sites in India

Shashikant Nishant Sharma

India, with its rich tapestry of culture and history, boasts a multitude of UNESCO World Heritage Sites that have been recognized for their outstanding universal value to humanity. Each of these sites tells a unique story, reflecting India’s diverse heritage and its profound contributions to human civilization. In the latest addition to this esteemed list, Santiniketan, an educational haven in West Bengal, earned its well-deserved place among these architectural and historical treasures.

Santiniketan’s recent UNESCO recognition is a testament to the legacy of Rabindranath Tagore, who founded this institution in 1901. Beyond its educational role, Santiniketan embodies a vision of human unity, transcending religious and cultural boundaries. In 1921, it evolved into a ‘world university’ known as “Visva Bharati,” symbolizing the unity of humanity. Santiniketan’s distinctive architectural and cultural character sets it apart from its contemporaries.

Some of India’s other remarkable World Heritage Sites:

  • Agra Fort (1983): Agra Fort, a marvel of Mughal architecture, stands as a testament to the grandeur of the Mughal Empire
  • Ajanta Caves (1983): These rock-cut caves in Maharashtra are adorned with exquisite paintings and sculptures, showcasing India’s ancient artistic prowess.
  • Archaeological Site of Nalanda Mahavihara (2016): Nalanda, Bihar, was an ancient center of learning, making it a site of historical and educational significance.
  • Ahmedabad (2017): This walled city in Gujarat reflects centuries of cultural and historical influences.
  • Buddhist Monuments at Sanchi (1989): The Great Stupa at Sanchi is a symbol of Buddhism’s architectural and artistic excellence.
  • Champaner-Pavagadh Archaeological Park (2004): This park in Gujarat boasts historical, architectural, and archaeological treasures dating back to the 8th century.
  • Chhatrapati Shivaji Terminus (formerly Victoria Terminus) (2004): This iconic railway station in Mumbai is a masterpiece of Victorian Gothic architecture.
  • Churches and Convents of Goa (1986): These structures bear witness to the unique blend of Indian and European cultures during the colonial era.
  • Dholavira: a Harappan City (2021): Dholavira in Gujarat is one of the five largest Harappan cities in the Indian subcontinent.
  • Elephanta Caves (1987): These caves house rock-cut temples dedicated to Lord Shiva, adorned with intricate sculptures.
  • Ellora Caves (1983): The Ellora Caves are a mesmerizing fusion of Hindu, Jain, and Buddhist temples, showcasing India’s religious diversity.
  • Fatehpur Sikri (1986): This Mughal city is a fine example of architectural splendor.
  • Great Himalayan National Park Conservation Area (2014): The park in Himachal Pradesh is a sanctuary for diverse flora and fauna.
  • Great Living Chola Temples (1987): These temples in Tamil Nadu are exquisite examples of Chola dynasty architecture.
  • Group of Monuments at Hampi (1986): Hampi’s ruins take you on a journey through the glorious Vijayanagara Empire.
  • Group of Monuments at Mahabalipuram (1984): These coastal temples in Tamil Nadu are renowned for their stunning rock carvings.
  • Group of Monuments at Pattadakal (1987): These Karnataka temples showcase a harmonious blend of architectural styles.
  • Hill Forts of Rajasthan (2013): This cluster of forts includes Chittorgarh, Kumbhalgarh, and others, portraying Rajasthan’s rich history.
  • Humayun’s Tomb, Delhi (1993): This garden tomb in Delhi is an architectural marvel and precursor to the Taj Mahal.
  • Jaipur City, Rajasthan (2019): The “Pink City” of Jaipur is known for its magnificent palaces and forts.
  • Kakatiya Rudreshwara (Ramappa) Temple, Telangana (2021): This stunning temple is celebrated for its intricate carvings and remarkable engineering.
  • Kaziranga National Park (1985): Known for its one-horned rhinoceros, this park in Assam is a biodiversity hotspot.
  • Keoladeo National Park (1985): This Rajasthan bird sanctuary is a paradise for birdwatchers.
  • Khajuraho Group of Monuments (1986): These temples in Madhya Pradesh are famous for their intricate erotic sculptures.
  • Khangchendzonga National Park (2016): This Sikkim park boasts India’s highest peak and rich biodiversity.
  • Mahabodhi Temple Complex at Bodh Gaya (2002): This Bihar temple marks the spot where Buddha attained enlightenment.
  • Manas Wildlife Sanctuary (1985): Located in Assam, this sanctuary is home to diverse wildlife species.
  • Mountain Railways of India (1999): These railway lines offer scenic journeys through the Himalayas, Nilgiris, and Darjeeling.
  • Nanda Devi and Valley of Flowers National Parks (1988): These Uttarakhand parks are a haven for nature enthusiasts.
  • Qutub Minar and its Monuments, Delhi (1993): The Qutb Complex in Delhi is renowned for its Indo-Islamic architecture.
  • Rani-ki-Vav (the Queen’s Stepwell) at Patan, Gujarat (2014): This intricately designed stepwell is a testament to ancient water management and artistry.
  • Red Fort Complex (2007): A symbol of India’s struggle for freedom, the Red Fort in Delhi is a masterpiece of Mughal architecture. 
  • Rock Shelters of Bhimbetka (2003): These rock shelters in Madhya Pradesh house prehistoric paintings and rock art.
  • Sun Temple, Konârak (1984): The Konârak Sun Temple in Odisha is a marvel of intricate stone carvings.
  • Sundarbans National Park (1987): The Sundarbans in West Bengal are the largest mangrove forest and a vital tiger habitat.
  • Santinikentan (2023): Founded in 1901 by the iconic poet and philosopher Rabindranath Tagore, Santinikentan is a unique institution with deep roots in India’s rich cultural heritage.
  • Taj Mahal (1983): Perhaps India’s most iconic monument, the Taj Mahal in Agra is a masterpiece of Mughal architecture and a symbol of eternal love.
  • The Architectural Work of Le Corbusier, an Outstanding Contribution to the Modern Movement (2016): This UNESCO recognition includes buildings by Le Corbusier in Chandigarh, Gujarat, and other locations.
  • The Jantar Mantar, Jaipur (2010): These astronomical observatories in Jaipur are remarkable for their architectural and scientific significance.
  • Victorian Gothic and Art Deco Ensembles of Mumbai (2018): These ensembles in Mumbai represent a fusion of Victorian and Art Deco architectural styles.
  • Western Ghats (2012): These lush mountain ranges are a hotspot of biodiversity, home to countless species of flora and fauna.

These UNESCO World Heritage Sites in India are not just landmarks, they are windows to India’s rich cultural and natural heritage. They offer a glimpse into the country’s diverse history, art, architecture, and ecosystems. Santiniketan’s recent addition to this prestigious list only strengthens India’s position as a custodian of some of the world’s most remarkable treasures, each narrating a unique story of India’s past and its enduring contributions to the world’s heritage. 

References

Bloch, N. (2016). Evicting heritage: spatial cleansing and cultural legacy at the Hampi UNESCO site in India. Critical Asian Studies48(4), 556-578.

Deb, M., & Lomo-David, E. (2021). Determinants of word of mouth intention for a World Heritage Site: The case of the Sun Temple in India. Journal of Destination Marketing & Management19, 100533.

Geary, D. (2017). The rebirth of Bodh Gaya: Buddhism and the making of a World Heritage site. University of Washington Press.

Joshi, A. U., Gorania, P., Limaye, M. A., Chauhan, G. D., & Thakkar, M. G. (2022). Geoheritage Values of the Champaner-Pavagadh Archaeological Park, UNESCO World Heritage Site, Gujarat, Western India. Geoheritage14(3), 88.

Singh, R. P., Dar, V., & Rana, P. S. (2001). Rationales for including Varanasi as heritage city in the UNESCO World Heritage List. National Geographical Journal of India47(1-4), 177-200.

Evolution of Feminist Discourse in Canadian Literature: From Expressive Realism to Empowering Narratives

Veronica Bhonsle

Department of English

Mumbai University

Abstract:

The complicated and dynamic narrative of feminism in Canadian literature reflects the country’s greater social and cultural changes. Before the 1980s, expressive realism, a literary strategy that sought to portray reality in a vivid and emotional way, was the main characteristic of English-Canadian feminist writing. But literary critics and academics of the era frequently emphasised portraying women as passive objects of observation rather than active contributors to the formation of knowledge and discourse. This strategy did not address representation, gender, or language issues theoretically. In this setting, women were frequently portrayed as subjects of study rather than knowledge makers, which maintained their marginalised position. Women writers from England-Canada were encouraged to experiment with their writing techniques in order to subvert the country’s predominate expressive realist discourse. By deviating from accepted norms, these authors aimed to investigate topics and viewpoints that had previously been disregarded or repressed. This article looks into Canadian narratives, especially women’s contributions to literature.

Keywords: Canadian narrative, feminism, realism, women’s contributions, intellectual thinking, historical aspects etc. 

Introduction:

            It is crucial to remember that up until recently, women’s contributions to literature and intellectual thinking were routinely neglected or marginalised. Because women’s lives and opinions were not historically recorded, it was believed that they did not write or engage in significant intellectual pursuits. Women’s history was frequently considered as a subset of social history, distinct from more general intellectual or cultural history, which made the situation worse. Methodological issues have presented a barrier to academics and researchers interested in women’s history. They needed to figure out how to hear the voices and understand the experiences of women who were frequently shut out of formal education, illiterate, and restricted to private spaces. In order to shed light on the contributions that women made to society, culture, and intellectual thinking, this project attempted to shine light on the experiences of women who were mostly absent from the historical record. The representation and victimisation of women in Canadian history were significantly altered by Canadian feminists. Their work attempted to challenge the dominant narratives that had consigned women to the background by highlighting the experiences, views, and accomplishments of women. These feminists contributed to a more complete and accurate understanding of Canadian history and literature by highlighting the value of women’s perspectives and stories. As the feminist movement gained momentum, it prompted a re-evaluation of the canons of literature and history and increased understanding of the diversity of voices and experiences in Canadian literature. A more broad and nuanced approach to understanding literature, history, and culture in Canada was made possible by this revisiting of the past.

            Without a doubt, Canadian literature is rich and varied, covering a vast range of genres and themes that have been inspired by numerous elements, such as geography, history, and the particular Canadian experience. Early Canadian literary narratives were significantly shaped by the colonial period, and authors like Susanna Moodie and Catherine Parr Traill have had a lasting influence on the field. Sisters from England who came to Canada in the 1830s, Susanna Moodie and Catherine Parr Traill, wrote about their adventures as explorers in the Canadian wilderness. Their writings, like Parr Traill’s The Backwoods of Canada (1836) and Moodie’s Roughing It in the Bush (1852), offered first-person tales of living in the difficult and untamable Canadian environment. These stories emphasised the hardships, strategies for surviving, and fortitude needed to prosper in the new environment. Their writings included thoughts on how people interact with the natural world, a major theme in early Canadian literature, in addition to tales of their own experiences. The harsh Canadian environment, with its enormous forests and erratic weather, took on a key role in their tales. Throughout Canadian literature, the concepts of survival and the interaction between humans and nature persisted.

            It is interesting to note that these themes appeared in later works by well-known Canadian authors like Margaret Atwood. Atwood examined the idea of survival as a recurrent subject in Canadian literature in her book Survival: A Thematic Guide to Canadian Literature (1972). She looked at how Canadian authors, like Moodie and Parr Traill before them, struggled with survival—both literally and figuratively—as they dealt with the difficulties of a harsh environment and defended their cultural identity against outside influences. The way later generations of Canadian writers approached issues of survival, adaptation, and the complexity of the country’s geography is a good indication of Moodie and Parr Traill’s influence. Their contributions provided the groundwork for the literary study of distinctly Canadian experiences, and they still serve as an inspiration for authors today.

            Canadian poetry underwent a tremendous transition in the 1960s and 1970s, establishing itself as a vibrant and dynamic literary form. Poets like Margaret Atwood, Margaret Avison, Phyllis Webb, and Gwendolyn MacEwen, noted for their avant-garde and experimental approaches to poetry, became important players during this time. By embracing postmodernist methods, these poets gave Canadian verse a fresh new energy. Their poetry covered a wide range of subjects, reflecting the changing social and cultural climate of the time. Within their lyrics, political issues, analyses of popular culture, feminism, discussions of environment, and inquiries into scientific humanism all found a home. Particularly notable among the prolific poets was Margaret Atwood, who was also a renowned novelist and literary critic.

            Other notable Canadian writers rose to prominence during the 20th century as well. Among the eminent authors who significantly influenced Canadian writing were Margaret Laurence, Gabrielle Roy, and Carol Shields. Furthermore, Alice Munro has the distinction of being regarded as one of the best current short story authors in the English language thanks to her mastery of the short story genre. Collectively, they helped Canadian literature gain international recognition by showcasing its distinctive voices, viewpoints, and narratives. It is important to remember, though, that the Canadian literary scene wasn’t always as active. Few works with true literary worth were published in Canada during the post-war decades. The difficulty Canadian writing had in standing out from bigger international literary currents and creating its own unique voice is highlighted by this scarcity. The rise of the writers previously listed was a watershed event that contributed to making Canadian literature a major player on the world literary scene.

Victimization in Writing:

            The way victimisation and power dynamics are portrayed in fiction has been greatly influenced by Canadian women writers. They have offered nuanced and complex representations of women’s power and strength throughout their works. These representations cover a wide range of images that reflect both traditional and modern views on the agency and impact of women. Tradition-based representations of women’s power are among the many that Canadian women writers have examined. These include more complicated ideas like witchcraft and the maternal role as well as demonstrations of power through symbols like clothing and hairstyles. These authors also look at how women have historically taken on tasks that society typically assigns to men, such as using weapons like knives and guns and succeeding in fields that have historically been dominated by men. The investigation of women’s sexual liberation and their usage of male terminology push the boundaries of preconceived concepts of authority.

            New and innovative depictions of women’s power have also been made by contemporary women writers. Advocating for individual freedom of choice, embracing androgyny, and expressing and processing strong emotions are a few examples. The capacity to convey one’s distinct vision, frequently through artistic expression, has developed into a crucial means of making one’s power known. Women writers have been integral to the growth of Canadian literature from the beginning and are frequently undervalued for their contributions. Women’s diaries and memoirs from the early periods of settlement show that they were actively involved not just in home domains but also in family management and helping to meet the needs of the land. This historical event shows that women weren’t just restricted to parlours and drawing rooms. This heritage of active participation is still there today, with many women writers succeeding not only in literature but also in many other professions. Because they authentically convey tradition and explore the search for reality, the works of Canadian women authors are appealing. Their stories provided insight into the oppression that both individuals and groups experienced, bringing up these concerns for debate and analysis. In this sense, Canadian women writers have paved the way for writing that challenges power dynamics, celebrates resiliency, and elevates the voices of people who are frequently silenced or ignored.

Feminism by Reading:

            The study of women’s experiences and voices in literature is where feminism first emerged. Of Woman Born by Adrienne Rich is a key piece of feminist literature that is intricately woven into the very fabric of feminism. Women now have the space to think beyond their existing circumstances thanks to literature and the intellectual world. Early feminism raised questions about the future of the traditional family unit. The family has had tremendous power throughout history and is still a powerful force in modern society, so this worry was not unwarranted. Although there have been a few pieces on women’s issues included since 1940, the biggest addition was in 1979. The education of young girls from different social backgrounds is sometimes given only passing consideration in even current feminist analyses of ideology.

            It is interesting to note that intellectual historians have mostly focused on researching Canada’s conservative ideological characteristics. A constrained examination of the feminist movement and its contributions is the outcome of this perspective. Early English-Canadian feminists pursued political compromise, respectability, and the opportunity to vote rather than advocating for complete liberation. It is crucial to remember that these early feminists had a different viewpoint from radical nationalism. Although some authors, including Micheline Johnson, Yolande Pinard, and Jennifer Stoddart, have asserted that feminism and nationalism are incompatible, it is important to note that this is not a universally held opinion. The interaction between feminism and nationalism is complicated and varies based on the situation and the individual’s personal views. In Canada, there is a complex web of connections between feminism, literature, ideology, and nationalism. The study of these topics contributes to a better understanding of the historical and social forces that have influenced the women’s movement and its interactions with other sociopolitical currents.

            Feminists were searching for historical examples that supported their more extreme beliefs in the 1970s. But the agendas of intellectual historians may diverge from the specific objectives of the feminist movement. While historians must admit that both feminists and conventional authorities perceived women as engaging in similar activities, feminists may believe that historical narratives were shaped to fit with prevailing orthodoxies. These included self-help, moral growth, wifely and household obligations, as well as involvement in charitable and religious activities. Feminists should understand that, while suffrage was one aspect of a variety of initiatives that spurred feminist efforts in the early 20th century, it was only one part of the difficult battle for women’s suffrage in Quebec against conservative and ecclesiastical resistance.

The idea of “separate spheres” can irritate historians who are attempting to identify the intellectual and ideological foundations of the discrimination and oppression experienced by women. males and women should naturally belong in various social spheres, with males in the public sphere and women in the domestic sphere, according to the idea of separate spheres. This ideology supported gender-based disparities and was frequently used to defend women’s exclusion from public life. In light of this, historians’ dissatisfaction as they look into how certain beliefs persist is reasonable. The idea of “separate spheres” has been ingrained in historical accounts and has influenced society conventions. Historians can help us understand the causes of gender inequality and the challenging fight for women’s rights by closely examining the historical roots of women’s oppression and exclusion. Overall, this text emphasises the conflict between the historical study of gender roles and the developing feminist viewpoints that want to question and topple established customs and hierarchies of power.            

Intellectual History:

            Intellectual historians in Canada have frequently focused their research on nationalism, and their work started to garner attention during the Quiet Revolution. Their research has centred on how the country is portrayed. These historians have unintentionally neglected women’s existence and accomplishments due to their focus on nationalism. Women are frequently portrayed as flimsy reflections of what these historians might have wished them to be when they are mentioned. Feminism and nationalism’s meeting point could lead to a novel method of intellectual history. Researchers could dive into the genesis and transmission of ideas by examining the roles that women played in constructing ideology, potentially giving fresh light on how intellectual thought is formed. The danger of “presentism,” which entails putting contemporary ideals and viewpoints onto historical contexts, is another typical pitfalls in existing feminist studies that this strategy may help to avoid. To ensure a more accurate understanding of past ideologies, it is imperative to balance this risk.

            Notably, intellectual history has typically been followed without giving careful account to the contributions that women made to the development of the ideas of significant male thinkers. The influence of women on the intellectual landscape has frequently been underappreciated because males have made up the bulk of intellectual historians. In conclusion, historians can uncover hitherto unrecognised aspects of historical ideologies and the creation of ideas by including both feminism and nationalism into the study of intellectual history. A more nuanced and inclusive understanding of the intricate web of thought and ideology throughout history may be achieved by addressing the exclusion of women’s contributions and points of view from traditional intellectual history.

            The broader feminist movement that was taking place in Western cultures throughout the 1970s had a considerable influence on the rebirth of interest in women’s history, a development that was also clearly noticeable in Canada. Intellectual historians should take particular note of the fact that this feminist movement offered a theoretical framework that had a profound impact on women’s history. The ideals of patriarchy and the relationships between genders served as the driving forces behind the feminist movement and later shaped the narrative of women’s history. Both ideas posed a challenge to the dominant historical narrative, which frequently focused on class conflict and the dominance of one class over another. Instead, they highlighted how crucial gender dynamics were in determining the course of history. These connections were seen as significant historical factors, whether they were purely dominated by male dominance (patriarchy) or had more complex interactions involving different facets of society, including family, religion, politics, the economy, and ideas.

            According to this viewpoint, the status accorded to women at any particular time can be used to judge how far a society has come. In addition to economic, demographic, and political issues, the predominate views and representations of women in that society also had an impact on this status. As a result, the advancement of women’s standing and the acknowledgment of their historical agency were entwined with the greater backdrop of societal advancement. Women’s history is a rich and uncharted region for intellectual historians looking for fresh areas to explore. Historians can learn more about the intricate interaction of ideas, cultural norms, and historical changes that have impacted relationships between men and women across time by examining the theoretical foundations of gender dynamics. In short, intellectual historians now have a fascinating opportunity to delve into a hitherto uncharted area of human history thanks to the feminist movement’s influence on women’s history and the ensuing change in viewpoint regarding the importance of gender relations in historical narratives. Understanding historical processes and cultural change more thoroughly requires acknowledging the agency, viewpoints, and contributions of women.

Historians of Feminism:

            Intellectual historians might study the early 20th century feminist movements, particularly those that were prevalent in Western countries like Canada. This investigation might help historians comprehend the feminism’s fall in the 1920s by highlighting the intellectual contributions made by women to the movement. This area of research may also interact with feminist theorists who see the entire ideological superstructure as a further manifestation of patriarchy that upholds the inferior status of women. Studying these movements could also shed light on the processes through which ideas are passed down through the generations. Intellectual historians need to focus on the demise of feminism in the 1920s. Investigating this trend may aid women’s history scholars in explaining the circumstances that led to the waning of the feminist movement at that time. This investigation may shed light on the intricate interactions between societal, political, and intellectual advancements that shaped the course of feminist movements.

            The role women played in supplying intellectual sustenance for the broader feminist ideology is another significant component that intellectual historians should investigate. Historians can gain a wealth of knowledge about the philosophical underpinnings of feminism and the manner in which women interacted with and developed its ideas by examining the writings, speeches, and intellectual contributions of women within these movements. The idea that entire intellectual systems could be viewed as continuations of patriarchy, maintaining women’s subordination, is a source of debate. This viewpoint calls on intellectual historians to critically analyse feminist theory. While some feminist theorists suggest that ingrained conceptions support patriarchy, others assert that these systems may be overturned by changing these ideals. Intellectual historians have the chance to analyse and add to this discussion by participating in it. A historical analysis of the topic of idea transmission between generations would also be very beneficial. Feminist historians have identified the clergy, educational systems, and families as agents of transmission. It is interesting to note that modern feminists frequently view some of these agents as conservative and constrictive influences, especially the clergy and the family. This irony highlights the intricate interaction of historical elements that affects how people view and interact with these organisations.

            In the end, modern feminists of the 1970s acknowledged that one of their most important battles involved overcoming deeply ingrained stereotypes and attitudes about women, particularly those that are instilled from a young age. Investigating these facets can help us gain a thorough grasp of the connections between concepts, assumptions, and attitudes as well as broader cultural shifts and intellectual advancements.

Conclusion:

            In fact, the writings of female authors like Susan Howe and male avant-garde writers from movements like Tish and Open Letter have linkages with Canadian feminist writing. These connections highlight how feminist literature has several facets and engages with a variety of literary influences and strategies. Canadian feminist authors have been influenced by the Tish group, a Vancouver-based group of avant-garde poets, and Open Letter, a literary journal that published avant-garde and experimental work. Feminist writers were drawn to their experimental and cutting-edge work because it provided fresh viewpoints and literary techniques that they could use to communicate their own distinctive stories and struggles. Canadian feminist novelists have also benefited greatly from the inspiration of authors like Susan Howe. Howe’s writing frequently explores language, history, and the nuances of identity; these are topics that are central to feminist literature. Canadian feminist writers have discovered a way to investigate and articulate their own thoughts and experiences in novel and thought-provoking ways by relying on Howe’s writings and methods. The dynamic character of feminist literature, which aims to engage with a diverse variety of voices and viewpoints to form a more inclusive and nuanced discourse, is shown by this merging of influences. The complexity and diversity of the feminist literary scene in Canada is illustrated by the appropriation of concepts and methods from both male avant-garde writers and female literary pioneers like Susan Howe.

References

Atwood, Margaret. Second Words: Selected Critical Prose. Toronto: Anansi. 1982b.

De Lint, William. Conclusion: Security and Everyday Life. In Security and Everyday Life. Edited by Vida Bajc and Williem de Lint. New York: Routledge. 2011.

Deleuze, Gilles, and Felix Guattari. A Thousand Plateaux. Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. 1987,

Derrida, Jacques. Of Grammatolgy. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press 1997.

Kristeva, Julia. Strangers to Ourselves. New York: Columbia University Press.

1991.

LINK TO DOWNLOAD PDF

Increasing Purchase Intention through Reciprocity, Corporate Image and Brand Image: Case of the Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya

Julieta Natania Sukamto,

Faculty of Business, Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya

Indonesia

Lena Ellitan,

lena@ukwms.ac.id

Faculty of Business, Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya

Indonesia

Abstract

The brand image and corporate nature of your product is one of the secrets of business success. The accurate brand image of your product can increase the sales of your product and create a foundation for the success of your company. In view of many employees who want to buy formal, yet trendy, high quality and price in The Executive, this brand identity of a company may be the right option.  The principle of reciprocity is a very important component in the literature on consumer interest and is one of the most important steps to achieve competitive advantage. In a build, defined as the consumer behavior, all its consequences can be combined. They have a large store in Tunjungan Plaza Mall to enhance the customer’s purchasing intention to support the executive brand image. This research will analyze about: the impact of reciprocity on purchase intention, The impact of reciprocity on corporate image;  The reciprocity on brand image; The corporate image impact brand image; The impact of corporate image on purchase intention and the impact of image on purchase intention at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya.

Key words: reciprocity, brand images, corporate images, purchase intentions

Introduction

When discussing fashion trends in Indonesia, it is definitely impossible to separate the names of fashion designers and events that took place in here during the growth of fashion trends. Fashion trends are fashions that have been popular for a time, including clothing or jewellery. The word fashion is often used in a positive way, primarily as a synonym for glamour, beauty, and lifestyle or styling that has a tendency to change on occasion. Moreover, fashion trends also represent social and economic status, and these are positions in which visibility is taken into account. The rise of world-famous designers and fashion magazines is increasingly making style or design a lucrative industry within the country. 

Fashion trends are driven mostly by fashion designers who create and make clothes. In this case, the word Fashion Industry would be used as an innovative enterprise created and manufactured by fashion designers in the sense of a fashionable apparel or clothing industry. Given the growing trend in the fashion world, people are becoming more aware of their appearance and paying attention to it so that buying activities in the fashion sector are increasing. 

Fashion is the kind of items that men and women buy most often. Shopping trends data from the above graph, which began in 2019, shows that men or women are purchasing fashion products. 39.3 percent purchased fashion items and accessories for the general male customers, led by 36.8 percent electronics and 18 percent household appliances. While 55 percent of total female consumers bought fashion items and cosmetics, 41 percent bought health and beauty items.

Brand image is one of the main factors affecting the intentions of consumers in the field of fashion. Since this industry has been reported to be cost-sensitive and low labor standards, it has become a serious social issue in the global market (Cookeand He, 2010). Thus, fashion companies regard CSR as an essential part of their image and sales improvement.  

Fashion companies need to be scattered through a wide range of brands with regard to corporate businesses and maximize opportunities (Arrigo, 2013; Lopez and Fan, 2009). The fashion industry should therefore study how perceptions of reciprocity affect company photo, brand image and the buying intention of consumers. 

The Management is a company from Indonesia. It is obvious that South East Asian countries like Malaysia and Indonesia have been able to achieve this fashion business. Once it first appeared, male managers looked for its goods in Indonesia. Everyone who works in an office always looks luxury and has always been a favorite of the executive brand. 

On the basis of a 2014 survey of the Indonesian Original Brand (IOB), the management managed to transform into a dress that men wanted. Moreover, the brands available in several centers do not prevent contemporary fashion inventions by the time. The Management has created fashion items that are not less suitable for women. In Indonesian malls, this company also trades shoes , bags and wallets for managers. 

Revenue from the Executive is about 2 million. So for men and women approximately one million. Sales are more or less the same, so that we can’t protect anything else. For a month we sold approximately 200,000 parts. If it’s about 2.4 million for one year, it means growth. For men alone, the highest (shirts) are about 400,000, since 40 percent of men’s items compensate that top.

Regardless of the company, consumers base their purchasing decisions on product or service reciprocity. Therefore, it is critical that we know how to best emphasize the reciprocity of business. The greater the reciprocity, the greater the consumer’s intent to purchase the product. For The Executive to increase purchases, reciprocity is therefore necessary. 

The subject in this research is The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya, because The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya is the biggest store that opened in Surabaya. The Executive has competitive rates to compete with another company. Consumers can be drawn to the store at worthwhile prices.

The brand image and corporate nature of your product is one of the secrets of business success. The accurate brand image of your product can increase the sales of your product and create a foundation for the success of your company. In view of many employees who want to buy formal, yet trendy, high quality and price in The Executive, this brand identity of a company may be the right option. 

The principle of reciprocity is a very important component in the literature on consumer interest and is one of the most important steps to achieve competitive advantage. In a build, defined as the consumer behavior, all its consequences can be combined. They have a large store in Tunjungan Plaza Mall to enhance the customer’s purchasing intention to support the executive brand image.

Research Questions

This research will analyze about:

1. Does reciprocity impact purchase intention at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya?

2. Does reciprocity impact corporate image at The Executive Tunjungan 

Plaza Mall Surabaya?

3. Does reciprocity impact brand image at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya? 

4. Does corporate image impact brand image at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya?

5. Does corporate image impact purchase intention at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya?

6. Does brand image impact purchase intention at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya?

Hypothesis Development

Relationship Between Reciprocity And Purchase Intention

The course of an activity evolves through interactive dialog through the acquisition of information. This two-way dialog can help firms to learn from a customer or group (Sawhney et al . 2015). The wealth of an interaction grows because the virtual community of customers helps companies open themselves to social science in addition to the knowledge of customers. Fader & Winner (2012 ) states that content (ultrasound) generated by users is being developed.  Ultrasound not only helps advertisers encourage one-way, but also communicate with brands and consumers in two ways. The interaction between musicians and fans is also influencing one of the factors of the strength, namely reciprocity. The shared behavior and acts of artists are reflected by fans understood and valued. But the fans remembered and helped the singer, this always happened. In this context, reciprocity is not necessary if there is no successful interaction, which may help and promote a sense of reciprocity with a higher degree of interaction (Daellenbach et al. 2014). The hypothesis to be evaluated in the following research are based on these studies: 

H1 : Reciprocity give impact on purchase intention.

Relationships between Reciprocity And Corporate Image

According to Veljkovic (2011), Keller’s (2003) theory that suggests the dimensions of corporate image and reciprocity relationships can be shown as follows. Corporate names or brands can draw large customers together with a high level of marketing innovations. The company identity is evident in the workers’ attributes, such as customer relations.  The identity of the company can be found in the organization’s principles and services which do not relate to the goods sold, such as social welfare, environmental conservation. The identity of the company can be reflected in the form of views or decisions concerning the company and in its attitude of faith with respect to the company that is qualified to market goods and offer its services and in the like level and value of its clients. 

H2 : Reciprocity give impact on corporate image.

Relationships between Reciprocity And Brand Image

No work in the field of relationship marketing has so far been undertaken on the role of brand identity as a moderating influence on consumer loyalty. This work will also mask this vulnerability. The research followed the model used by Hsieh & Li (2018) to view brand identity as a moderating variable, which looked at the effects of brand image public reciprocity as a moderating variable in Taiwanese insurance firms.  Results from research by Hsieh & Li (2018) show that brand images are shown to moderate consumer loyalty impacts on PRP. Consumers with a positive brand identity tend to be more faithful to the product, and consumers with a poor brand image appear to be faithful to the product. Hanzaeen & Farsani (2011) have also published related work. They would like to learn how brand identity reduces the impact of perceived PPRs on LG model electronics’ market loyalty. The findings of this analysis find that brand identity has already been shown to serve as a moderating effect on PPR on customer loyalty. The following hypotheses is therefore proposed by this research: 

H3 : Reciprocity give impact on brand  image.

Relationship Between Corporate Image And Brand Image

Many previous studies have shown that the effect of company advertising on brand images is important. In fact, Write. J (2018) at Mudambi et al . ( 1997) proved that brand branding is an relevant precedent. Hyun and Kim (2011 ) find that Corporate Branding mediates brand recognition and brand recognition in marketing combination activities. Such previous research have clearly shown that client photos add to the brand’s image. This presumption will boost the public identity of CSR initiatives and have an important impact on the market value with a stronger corporate picture.  Their public identity is valued by businesses as it has a positive impact on promotions and business accomplishments; Lee and Kotler 2011; Brown and Dacin, 1997 Sen and Bhattacharya, 2001). Many experiments have found that company and advertising identities have a significant effect on success factors, for example buying intentions. The company image has an effect on consumer buying intentions and reinforces trust in corporate communication according to Lee. J(2018), Yoon et al . ( 1993). Bloom and Gundlach (2001 ) also found that the image of a company influences buying intent either directly or indirectly. Francis et al . ( 2010). 

H4 : Corporate Image give impact on brand  image.

Relationship Between Corporate Image And Purchase Intention

KurniaSih (2012) ‘s analysis “Effect of price and quality of service on consumer loyalty by satisfaction variables” (Astra Motor Siliwangi Semarang, study at AHASS 0002 workshop) further confirms this report, which is an significant corporate picture of transactions again. This shows that good standard of service allows consumers to continue the company. This is more likely that consumers who are disillusioned will not buy potential goods. To businesses, customer delivery may be a powerful tool. Results of Hellier et al (2003) analysis. Srivastava and Sharma ( 2013) have also verified this study, which has shown service efficiency. 

H5 : Corporate image give impact on purchase intention.

Relationship Between Brand Image And Purchase Intention

In Sugiharti (2012) Zeithml and Bitner note that consumers may be affected by consumer imaging ‘s interpretation of products and/or services offered. The hypothesis indicates that, with respect to lifestyle and social status, the markers in the customer photographs will affect people’s desire to purchase a product. So the customer identity is one of the considerations that consumers weigh when choosing the product they want to fulfill their requirements. Fahrian et al(2013), Rachman et al(2014) and Jotopurnomo et al(2014) affirm work findings that have a direct impact on the value in sales. 

H6 : Brand image give impact on purchase intention.

Research Framework

After the report, the reciprocity and the plan to buy from the management includes. Accorporate identity and brand value are determined by reciprocity and purchasing intention in the management process, this model shows that reciprocity and purchasing intention is deciding the organizational reputation and image. First and foremost. If the client thinks of the management, it will create an image of the company and brand. The reciprocity and purchase intent impacts from this consumer. Finally, the customer-executive relationship will be established.  The role of customer self mediation in the relationship between brand identity, corporate image and potential buying intentions is explored in this report. The hypothesis suggests that mutual reciprocity not only strengthens future purchasing intentions, but also offers an alternate path that integrates brand identity with corporate awareness and future buying intentions. Management believes that businesses can boost their efficiency in maintaining their current clients by leveraging the informal reciprocity of retailers in accordance with business relationships.

RESEARCH METHOD

Research Design

This study used the assumption that objects were identified. This work was developed in a sample format and was specifically dependent on the data collection and analysis. The data used were primary data in which the data were collected from the respondents directly. Researchers would demonstrate in this analysis that there was any impact on corporate image and brand image through reciprocity and purchase intentions. Quantitative research was used in this study. The exploratory research design would be used for this particular study at the beginning, in order to gather data for a deeper understanding of the problem involved.

The operational definitions of each variable are as follows in this study:

Reciprocity Perceptions ( RP)

Reciprocity measures the distance and social trust of the clients are the operating definition used in this research for perceptions of reciprocity. The customer’s confidence level and the close social distance from the employee can bring hope of reciprocity. In Luigino(2008), two factors have seen to have a major effect on the reciprocity, according to Zahidah (2015). There are two of them:

  1. Contact and communication exists between one person and another in two ways, which are between staff and customers.
  2. Customers benefit from being a trendsetter, since they use the company’s products as a reward.

Purchase Intention (PI)

The intention to buy is described as the possibility for consumers to buy products offered by the store, the possibility for consumers to consider buying products offered by the store, the possibility for consumers to propose this product to others and the possibility for consumers to buy the product. The metrics used were derived from the following: In & Kang in Tariq et al . ( 2013), which was :

  1.  Expressly buy products.

Customers will buy product whenever they want or buy whatever goods are discount. 

  •  Thinking of buying products in the future .

Customer decided to buy product in this store when there is a new arrival. 

  •  Buying certain products in the future may not be in a hurry to decide to shop for a long time.

Customers will buy the product in this store when they need something.

Corporate Image ( CI)

The organizational definition used for corporate image in this research is a general summary of a business identified to customers on the basis of general knowledge circulated within the community, or the perception of the behavior of a business by the public. What can be measured from: indicators that, according to Mayer in Palupi, 2015, affect the image of the company are:

  1. Products given to consumers are good.
  2. Customers are interested with the products.
  3. Customers are satisfied with the overall appearance and feel of the product.

Brand Image (BI)

Brand Image is an idea or definition of a brand when customers hear feelings about a brand. Additionally, if anyone thinks that The Executive Goods don’t ignore, it will always help us remember the brand in the consumer’s mind. The measure brand image indicators as per Jin et al . , 2012) are as follows: 

1. This retail brand has a trendy image.

2. This retail brand has a reputation for quality.

3. This retail brand is already well known.

In this study measurement of variables used a Likert scale of five points. Likert scale is a psychometric scale that is commonly used in questionnaires, and is the most widely used scale in survey research. Likert scale is widely used to measure one’s social phenomena attitudes, perceptions and perceptions (Sugiyono, 2017:158). 

Type and Source of the Data

A quantitative analysis is used in this study. Quantitative data are numerically measured data (Kuncoro, 2013: 124). Numerical scale or number. This study data uses numbers or numerics for the presentation of data. The primary data sources in this study are because they come from interviewees. In this study , the data source is data directly obtained from respondents. These data have also been directly collected and analyzed from the previous data. Customers and users of The Executive, Surabaya participated in this study.

Tools and Data Collection Methods

A questionnaire provided directly to respondents is the method used to collect data in this report. Questionnaires are techniques for collecting data to answer questions from respondents (Sugiyono, 2014: 199). The data collection method in this study is a survey, specifically by providing questionnaires in writing to the participants. The respondents, namely the executive customers, will answer these questions.

 Population, Sample, and Sampling Techniques

Population, Sample and Sampling Technique

People are all classes (objects or subjects) with unique properties selected to test and then draw conclusions (Sugiyono, 2014: 115). Population is a whole. The sample for this research is all who use the product.

The sample is part of the population number and features (Sugiyono, 2004: 116). The sample used for this study was 161 respondents using the executive product. In order to eliminate errors and invalidity of the questionnaire, the number of respondents is 161. A survey of 100–200 people (2006: 605) is adequate to represent a study, so this study employs a survey of 161 respondents, according to Hair , Babin, Anderson and Tatham.

The sampling technique used is non-probability purposive sampling which means that sampling is done randomly (Soewadji, 2012: 140). Where the sample characteristics that have been determined in this study are as follows: 
1. Age ≥ 17 years (that age is considered to have the ability to make choices).

2. Have used  The Executive’s product for at least the last 1 year.

3. Live in Surabaya.

3.6. Technical Data Analysis

Structural equation modeling ( SEM) is the data analysis methodology used in this particular study. SEM is a statistical technique according to Yamin and Kurniawan (2009), which can also directly assess the relationship model between the latent building and its indicators. The computational method used in the analysis using the SmartPLS 3.0 Software is the Partial Least Square (PLS). PLS-SEM is similar both conceptually and functionally to a multiple regression analysis. The key goal is the maximisation of the variance described in the dependent design and the measurement of data quality based on the measuring model. Here is the explanation for the SmartPLS model fit assessment: The hypothesis exams determine the pattern of structural relations between variables. Hypothesis evaluations can be calculated in two ways: p-value and T-value. When the p-value is 0.05 for each of two variables, the relation between two is essential and the hypothesis is accepted. Meanwhile, with a T-value of < 1.96 > the relationship between two variables is meaningful and hypotheses accepted.

Characteristic of Respondents

To collect research samples, this study uses Google Form as a tool. To be able to fill out the questionnaire, the respondent must meet the requirements. The requirements are at least 17 years old, lived in Surabaya, and have used The Executive in the past one year. The questionnaire was distributed via Line, What’s app, and also Instagram. Then filled in by 171 respondents and found 161 respondents who qualified to meet the requirements. The non-qualified answers will be removed and excluded from research. Table 4.1 below is a summary of the characteristics of respondents with the majority of the respondents’ age are 17-23 years old, female and student or college student.

Data Analysis

            In this study the effect is measured by partial least square (PLS) on reciprocity perceptions, corporate image, and brand image on purchase intention. There are four variables in this research that have been used: 

(1) Reciprocity Perceptions → RP (RP1, RP2, RP3, RP4)

(2) Purchase Intention → PI (PI1, PI2) 

(3) Corporate Image → CI (CI1, CI2, CI3, CI4) 

(4) Brand Image→ BI (BI1, BI2, BI3) 

The model for research is shown below :

Outer Model Evaluation (Measurement)

The goal of the outer model analysis is to gain a better understanding of the relationship between the variable layout and the indicator by examining the convergent validity, the composite’s discriminating validity and reliability.

 Convergent Validity

Convergent validity is the construction calculation should have a positive correlation with the other alternative construct (Hair et al., 2014:119). The convergent validity analysis can be calculated by looking at external loading with the 0.70 cutoff to validate the data. Table 4.7 includes the outer load data for each variable indicator and each indicator must meet the requirements in this research with the 0.70 cut off. It indicates that the predictor and its attribute match very well.

Table 4.7

Outer Loading

VariableIndicatorFactor LoadingCut OffOutput
  RPRP10.7240.700Valid
RP20.8080.700Valid
RP30.8130.700Valid
RP40.8440.700Valid
PIPI10.9290.700Valid
PI20.8770.700Valid
  CICI10.8210.700Valid
CI20.8050.700Valid
CI30.7950.700Valid
CI40.7120.700Valid
 BIBI10.7830.700Valid
BI20.9270.700Valid
BI30.8800.700Valid

The Average Variance Extracted (AVE) evaluation is another method for calculating convergent validity with the 0.50 cut off. Table 4.8 shows appropriateness of the AVE value for this research.

Table 4.8 

Average Variance Extracted (AVE)

VariableAverage Variance Extracted (AVE)Cut OffResult
RP0.6370,500Valid
PI0.8160,500Valid
CI0.6150,500Valid
BI0.7480,500Valid

 Discriminant Validity

            Discriminatory validity differs from the other building by empirical standards (Hair et al., 2014:121). The convergent validity analysis can be calculated by looking at the cross-loading of each indicator marked bold, and the bold number from the same horizontal line must be higher than any other attribute. It can be seen from Table 4.9, that each indicator ‘s cross load is higher than any other variable. This data shows the indicator for each variable is distinct

Table 4.9

Cross Loading Discriminant Validity

 BICIPIRP
BI10.7830.5760.3860.484
BI20.9260.5530.4820.527
BI30.8790.4860.5000.486
CI10.4600.8200.3990.429
CI20.6090.8040.4180.469
CI30.4940.7950.3450.412
CI40.3580.7120.3720.427
PI10.5040.5030.9280.567
PI20.4460.3680.8770.405
   RP10.4810.4120.4170.724
RP20.4620.4900.4050.808

The Average Variance Extracted in Root Squares (AVE) is another way of calculating the discriminant validity. Increased correlation between the latent structure should be given to the square root AVE (Hair et al . 2014). Table 4.10 below shows the product of square root AVE. Due to the measurements of Square Root AVE in Table 4.10, the overall indicators for all variables produce AVE root values higher than those for correlation in other variables. These data illustrate the strong racial validity of the framework of this study.

Table 4.10

Root AVE Square

 RPPICIBI
RP 0.3160.5550.336
PI    
CI 0.163 0.435
BI 0.244  

Composite Reliability

            By examining Cronbach’s alpha and composite reliability, the composite reliability assessment provides an estimate of reliability based on the correlation between indicator variables. The alpha and composite reliability parameters of Cronbach in order to ensure precision of the data are measured by the cutoff = 0,70 for each component. The alpha and composite reliability evaluation in all Cronbach’s Table 4.11, indicates that all the component has a value from 0.738 to 0.811, indicating that all the variables are reliable and stable.

Table 4.11

Cronbach’s Alpha and Composite of Reliability

VariableCronbach’s AlphaComposite of Reliability
RP0.8280.875
PI0.7710.898
CI0.7910.864
BI0.8280.898

Inner Structural Model Evaluation

            The internal model explained the latent variable ‘s relation. The estimation of the internal model can be determined with the help of R-square, F-square significance, statistical importance, the direction coefficient impact dimension and the testing of hypotheses.

R-Square (R2)

            The Determination Coefficient (R2) is used to determine the endogenous variables capability to explain the diversity of exogenous variables, that is, the exogenous variables’ contribution to endogenous variables. Table 4.12 shows that the reciprocity perceptions variable R-square value amounts to 0.560 or 56.0%. In addition words Reciprocity Perceptions, brand image and corporate image contributions to purchase intention can be explained through quality variable of 56.0%, while the remainder of 44.0% is added by other variables not listed in this study.

Table 4.12

Value of R-Square

 R SquareR Square Adjusted
RP0.5600.551

F-square (F2)

            In addition , in order to consider the effects of latent variables on positive simulations, the PLS model is often tested by looking at the F-square value (effect size). If F-square value is 0.35, medium if 0.15, and small if 0.02, latent varibles have a strong impact.

            The results on Table 4.13 show that the effect size value (F2) of the purchase intention has a medium impact on reciprocity perception, but brand image and purchase intention have large impact on reciprocity perceptions .

Table 4.13

Check Analysis of F-Square Impact Size

 Independent VariableDependent Variable
PI
BI0.051
CI0.245
RP0.445

Path Coefficient

            Path coefficient is the estimated path relationship between -1 and +1 in the structural model. Estimated track coefficients close to +1 show a strong relationship with the track. If the path coefficient near the -1 means the path is negative and the coefficient near the 0 shows that the relationship is weaker (Hair et al., 2014). The following explanations are shown in Table 4.15, which shows that the path coefficient is from 0.163 to 0.555 :

1. Purchase intention has positive path coefficient of 0.244. This shows that if Purchase intention variable increase, then brand image variable also increased by 24.4%.

2. Brand image has positive path coefficient of 0.435. This shows that if brand image variable increase, then corporate image variable increase by 43.5%.

3. Purchase intention has positive path coefficient of 0.163. This shows that if purchase intention variable increase, then corporate image variable also increased by 16.3%. 

4. Brand image variable has positive path coefficient of 0.336. This shows that if brand image variable increase, then reciprocity perceptions variable increase by 33.6%. 

5. Corporate image variable has positive path coefficient of 0.555. This shows that if corporate image variable increase, then reciprocity perceptions variable also increased by 55.5%. 

6. Purchase intention has positive path coefficient of 0.316. This shows that if purchase intention variable increase, then reciprocity perceptions variable increase by 31.6%.

Table 4.15

Coefficient of Path

 RPRelationship
BIPI0.244Positive
CIBI0.435Positive
CIPI0.163Positive
RPBI0.336Positive
RPCI0.555Positive
RPPI0.316Positive

Testing of Hypotheses

            The aim of hypothesis testing is to determine the hypothesis of the research in chapter 2. The hypothesis criteria are T-statistical as long as 1.96 and P-values as long as 0.005. The hypothesis check results for the analysis sample are shown in Table 4.16 below:

Table 4.16

Testing of Hypotheses

HypothesisPathT StatisticsP ValuesResult
H1BI -> PI2.1940.0287Accepted
H2CI -> BI4.8450.0000Accepted
H3CI > PI1.5860.1133Rejected
H4RP -> BI4.0020.0001Accepted
H5RP -> CI8.2120.0000Accepted
H6RP -> PI3.2320.0013Accepted

The explanation of the research hypothesis given in Table 4.16 can be seen as follows: 

1. Hypothesis 1 (Brand image has significant impact on purchase intention). Based on the test result in the table 4.16, it can be concluded that the T-statistics value is 2.194with P-value of 0.0287. This has exceeded the minimum requirements of both T-statistics and P-value, meaning that brand image has significant impact on purchase intention of The Executive, thus it can be interpreted that the better of brand image tends to increase purchase intention to The Executive. Therefore, hypothesis 1 is accepted.

2. Hypothesis 2 (corporate image has significant impact on brand image). Based on the test result in the table 4.16, it can be concluded that the T-statistics value is 4.845with P-value of 0.0000. This has exceeded the minimum requirements of both T-statistics and P-value, meaning that corporate image has significant impact on brand image of The Executive, thus it can be interpreted that the better of corporate image tends to increase brand image to The Executive. Therefore, hypothesis 2 is accepted.

3. Hypothesis 3 (Corporate image has significant impact on purchase intention). Based on the test result in the Table 4.16, it can be concluded that the      T-statistics value is 1.586 with P-value of 0.1133. It does not fulfill the T-statistics minimum requirement which is greater than 1.96 and P-value minimum requirement which is below than 0.005. Therefore, hypothesis 3 is rejected.

4. Hypothesis 4 (Reciprocity perceptions has significant impact on brand image. Based on the test result in the Table 4.16, it can be concluded that the      T-statistics value is 4.002with P-value of 0.0001. It fulfill the T-statistics minimum requirement which is greater than 1.96 and P-value minimum requirement which is below than 0.005. Therefore, hypothesis 4 is accepted . 

5. Hypothesis 5 Reciprocity perceptions has significant impact on corporate image). Based on the test result in the Table 4.16, it can be concluded that the      T-statistics value is 8.212 with P-value of  0.0000. It is fulfill the T-statistics minimum requirement which is greater than 1.96 and P-value minimum requirement which is below than 0.005. Therefore, hypothesis 5 is accepted. 

6. Hypothesis 6 (Reciprocity perceptions has significant impact on purchase intention).Based on the test result in the table 4.16, it can be concluded that the T-statistics value is 3.232 with P-value of 0.0013. This has exceeded the minimum requirements of both T-statistics and P-value, meaning that reciprocity perceptions has significant impact on purchase intention of The Executive, thus it can be interpreted that the better of reciprocity perceptions tends to increase purchase Intention to The Executive. Therefore, hypothesis 6 is accepted.

 Discussion

The Impact of Reciprocity Perceptions on Purchase Intention

                        Based on the result of hypothesis testing, Reciprocity perceptions has significantly impact on purchase intention at The Executive. This can be proven that positive customer’s assessment of high product reciprocity of brand will cause high purchase intention to the product. Descriptive statistics of the reciprocity perceptions variable have a mean value of 3.87. The average value proves that most respondents agreed to the measurement of the reciprocity perceptions variable that the costs they incur are in accordance with the quality of The Executive products.If consumers buy The Executive Product, The Executive products give the worth quality of product.

            The results of this research are consistent with research conducted by Sawhney et al., 2015which states that the customers helps companies to open up to social science in addition to knowledge from customers (individual customer knowledge).  It is important for organizations to be able to build strong reciprocity perceptions to the consumers, because reciprocity perceptions will be associated with the future of the company. The level of reciprocity perceptions  of The Executive is good, supported also by discounts and promotions conducted by The Executive, making The Executive well known in the minds of consumers.

            In this research, the reciprocity perception by most of the respondents are great, and resulting in customer. This result is in accordance with the research’s result from (Daellenbach et al. 2014).which prove that reciprocity perception has direct significant positive impact on customer purchase intention; and Fader & Winner (2012 ) which confirm that customer reciprocity perception significantly influence customer purchase intention on  shopping environment. 

The Impact of Corporate Image and Brand Image 

            Based on the results of testing the hypothesis in this research indicate that corporate image has a positive and significant effect on brand image. These findings can be explained that a positive consumer assessment of a good product image on a brand will create high corporate image also in the minds of consumers towards a product brand. Descriptive statistics of the brand image variable have a mean value of 4.08. The average value proves that most respondents agreed to the measurement of the Brand Image variable.

            This result is in accordance with the research’s result from Write. J (2018) at Mudambi et al . ( 1997)  which indicates that corporate image is positively related to brand image; and also from research conducted by Hyun and Kim (2011 )  which indicate that corporate image has significant impact on customer brand image. From this result, it can be concluded that corporate image not just affecting purchase intention, but also affecting the brand image. This shows the importance of maintaining image, meaning that they should maintain to monitor the image of their brand, and keep improve and check the development.

            The results of this study are consistent with research conducted by Kotler (2011) Companies are interested in their corporate image because it positively influences marketing activities and company. Which ultimately consumers will feel satisfied with what is offered by The Executive, thus affecting brand image for The Executive products. In other words, the results of this study are in accordance with research conducted by Du et al  (2010) that found that a company’s image either directly or indirectly influences brand image positively. 

The Impact of Reciprocity Perceptions on Corporate Image And Brand Image

            The results of testing the third hypothesis in this research indicate that reciprocity perceptions has a positive and significant impact on corporate image and brand image. These findings explain that customer who already have a good quality perception of a product, will cause remember to the product. Descriptive statistics of the variable corporate image and brand image has a mean value of 4.01 and 4.08. The average value proves that most respondents agreed with the measurement of the variables. While customer’s reciprocity perceptions was seen to have a significant impact on brand image, the researchers found that a high level of customer reciprocity perceptions still does not create high image in the brand. In other words, there were other variables that have increased image in the brand. The end result of the average brand image still indicates that average respondents respond that think the respondents rely on The Executive reciprocity, making customers feel comfortable with The Executive.

            The results of this study are consistent with research conducted by Zeithml and Bitner in Sugiharti (2012) state that consumers’ perceptions of goods or services sold can be influenced by Consumer Imagery. Referring to the theory, it can be concluded that the indicators contained in the Consumer Image include lifestyle and social status can influence the interest of individuals to make a purchase of a product. The finding in this research is consistent with the research findings from Fahrian et al(2013), Rachman et al(2014) and Jotopurnomo et al(2014), which confirm the positive effect of reciprocity perceptions on corporate image. This means that retailers like The Executive need to please the customer to build image in the brand.

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

This research explores the effect of reciprocity, brand images and corporate images in the purchase intentions of The Executive. The results are derived from the hypothesis research results and the discussion in the last chapter. Based on the result of research analysis and discussion in accordance with the purpose of the research, the conclusion can be drawn as follows:

First, The Executive, which means that perceptions of reciprocity strongly affect the purchase intention, decides the buyer. Reciprocity is positive and significant. Customers can recognize and remember a brand more effectively and increase purchase intention. More reciprocity is shown. Second, The Executive’s reciprocity perception has a positive impact on the corporate image.  Further, it means in order to raise the corporate image by consumer that The Executive gather  more event, The Executive should increase the corporate image, it can be either with joint event or bazaar. Third, reciprocity perceptions positively and significantly influence brand image on The Executive, which means good assessment or perception of product in satisfying customer’s needs will able to increase brand image. This shows that the role brand image is said to be important. Fourth, Corporate image positively and significantly influence brand image on The Executive, which means good assessment or perception of corporate image influences consumer purchase and strengthens their trust in company’s image either directly or indirectly influences brand image. Fifth, Corporate image affects purchase intention positively and significantly on The Executive, which means that corporate image can be used to encourage customers to increase The Executive’s purchase intention. Therefore, the higher corporate image that The Executive has also means that it would eventually affected purchase intention to The Executive indirectly through the purchase intention of the consumer itself. Sixth, Brand image positively and significantly influence purchase intention on The Executive, which mean brand image has a strong effect on consumer needs to make the buyer decision. It means that having brand image are important in order to create customers purchase intention towards The Executive.

            One of the limitations of this research is the object too general. The goal is to ensure that all executive products are generated without relying on one type. And this study differs independently from the particular case of the individual consumer. Often a brand image goal can shift when other incentives such as advertising and discount affect it.

            The researcher makes a number of suggestions and guidelines based on the following hypothesis which must be taken into consideration: In potential studies, the study of a particular commodity form is proposed The Executive Report for further research, which may become more comprehensive and precise. In comparison to other factors and metrics, for example the real actions of respondents purchasing repurchases and word of mouth will also be included. First, on the basis of research results that perceptions of reciprocity have a favorable and important effect on the purpose of purchasing from the executive, it is recommended to try to work in favor of the executive by the use of a variety of goods in customers and prospects. Innovative and informative marketing advertising such as Instagram and Youtube must be maintained by management, truthful information must be given, product specifications fulfilled, the monthly open air balloon at Indonesian centers must be maintained and public activities organized. Second, the findings show that the corporate image and the brand image have a positive and significant influence on the executive. In order for it to improve its role and make a difference with other well-known and more specialized and exclusive retail brands, the business must retain a strong mark and improve its clothes production.  Third, on the basis of the results from the report, which found that the brand image has a significant and important effect on the Executive’s purchasing decision, it recommended that the company remain conscious of the consistency and the production of new ideas, and employ trustworthy people to improve the quality of goods and services and encourage loyalty to others.  Fourth, in order to gain wide variety business to reach any sector of the industry from low-class to high-class and to do it every generation or years, The executive should be recommended to continue to be creative and produce new products.

REFERENCES

Buxbaum, O. (2016). Key insights into basic mechanisms of mental activity
        Key Insights into Basic Mechanisms of Mental Activity. 

Carvajal-trujillo, E., & Bons, E. (2015). In fluence of trust and perceived value on the intention to purchase travel online : Integrating the effects of assurance on trust antecedents. 

Chinomona, R. (2016). Brand Communication, Brand Image and Brand Trust as antecedents of Brand Loyalty in Gauteng Province of South Africa African Journal of Economic and Management Studies. 

Yang, X. (2018). How perceived social distance and trust influence reciprocity expectations and eWOM sharing intention in social commerce. Industrial Management & Data Systems

Defranc, A., Van Den Broucke, S., Leroy, R., Hoppenbrouwers, K., Lesaffre, E., Martens, L., … Declerck, D. (2008). Measuring oral health behaviour in Flemish health care workers: An application of the theory of planned behaviour. Community Dental Health.

Delone, W., & McLean, E. (2003). The DeLone and McLean Model of Information Systems Success: A Ten-Year Update. J. of Management Information Systems (Vol. 19). 

Ge, M., & Helfert, M. (2007). A Review of Information Quality Research – Develop a Research Agenda. Proceedings of the 2007 International Conference on Information Quality, ICIQ 2007

Gefen, D. (2002). Reflections on the dimensions of trust and trustworthiness among online consumers. ACM SIGMIS Database, 33(3), 38–53. 

Haque, A., Anwar, N., Yasmin, F., Sarwar, A., Ibrahim, Z., & Momen, A. (2015). Purchase Intention of Foreign Products: A Study on Bangladeshi Consumer Perspective. SAGE Open, 5(2). 

He, Li, & Harris. (2012). Impact of Customers Satisfaction And Customers Retention on Customer Loyalty. International Journal of Scientific & Technology Research, 1(2), 106–110. 

Hsin Chang, H., & Wang, H. W. (2011). The moderating effect of customer perceived value on online shopping behaviour. Online Information Review (Vol. 35). 

Jarvenpaa, S. L., Tractinsky, N., & Vitale, M. (2000). Consumer trust in an Internet store. Journal of Computer Mediated Communications. 

Lee, J, & Yuri. (2018). Effects of multi-brand company’s CSR activities on purchase intention through a mediating role of corporate image and brand image. International Journal of Scientific & Technology Research.

Srivastava, R. (2016). Measuring the effectiveness of the communication strategy by using the brand score technique – a conceptual study. Journal of Asia Business Studies.

Yang, X. (2018). How perceived social distance and trust influence reciprocity expectations and eWOM sharing intention in social commerce. Industrial Management & Data Systems

Zhu, T, Tse, D & Fei, Q. (2017). Effects of online consumer reviews on firm-based and expert-based communications. International Journal of Scientific & Technology Research. Journal of Research in Interactive Marketing

The Role of Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing and Brand Trust in Increasing Repurchase Intention

Lena Ellitan

Faculty of Business Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya, Indonesia

lena@ukwms.ac.id

            Abstract

As the internet and digital technology advances, everything becomes limitless. Many claim that the industrial revolution era had an impact on several elements of society, including the economy. In order for the organization’s desires and goals to be achieved and developed, as well as to contain competition, businesses must decide on new marketing strategies that are in line with the evolution of the times. The exchange of information in the form of marketing, sales, and customer support is one example of how internet use is still growing. Additionally, businesses can use the internet to strengthen their brands, defend their products, and build production and marketing plans. In the 21st century, several aspects of customer behavior, including perception, information processing, information sharing, views, attitudes, purchases, and follow-up behavior, have been influenced by social media. With the availability of web-based entertainment, companies can engage with their customers and receive feedback from them, and consumers can communicate with other consumers and share information about products and companies. Brand trust and intention to repurchase certain company products influence. To provide deals, agreements and associations with their buyers, many brands are now turning to online entertainment. Information and opinions can be easily announced using communication platforms. Buyer’s trust in a brand (brand trust) according to Ngabiso et al (2021) is a brand limit that is trusted by customers when an item or administration can overcome problems that occur with the buyer’s brand both in terms of certainty and focus on the buyer’s needs, then that is seen by the company can trust and be responsible for customer needs and welfare. This article discusses the role of Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing, and Brand Trust in increasing Repurchase Intention. This article can be used as a reference for other research that has similar variables to this research, namely experiential marketing, social media marketing, repurchase retention, and brand trust. The author hopes that this research can further assess the variables of experiential marketing, social media marketing, and brand trust as factors that can damage repurchase interest.

Keywords: experiential marketingsocial media marketingrepurchase intention,  brand trust.

Introduction

The 4th industrial revolution is now underway, where technology has been assimilated into everyday life. As the internet and digital technology advances, everything becomes limitless. Many claim that the industrial revolution era had an impact on several elements of society, including the economy. Even though this period provides benefits, many people also view it negatively. The Internet of Things (IoT), Big Data, Artificial Intelligence (AI), and Additive Manufacturing have all entered this revolution. Examples can be found all over the world, including Indonesia.

The changes brought by the fourth industrial revolution have increased competition in the Indonesian business sector as businesses continue to gain market share and new clients. For the sake of sustainability and organizational goals to achieve and develop, as well as outperform the competition, businesses must decide on new marketing strategies that are in line with the evolution of the times. The exchange of information in the form of marketing, sales, and customer support is one example of how internet use is still growing. Additionally, businesses can use the internet to strengthen their brands, defend their products, and build production and marketing plans.

People in Indonesia have felt the impact of advances in information technology through the use of platforms and devices. In Indonesia, there will be 210 million internet users in 2022. In Indonesia, there were 175 million internet users before the pandemic. In other words, the number of people using the internet rose by 35 million during the pandemic. According to the AAJI report, 77.02% of people had access to the internet at that time. For comparison, in 2018 the level of internet access was still 64.8% and in 2019-2020 it was around 73.7%.

Every year, the number of Indonesians who use social media continues to increase. According to the We Are Social report, the number of active social media users in Indonesia increased from 170 million in January 2021 to 191 million in January 2022 or 12.35%. WhatsApp is the application most widely used by Indonesian people. This figure reached 88.7% after Instagram which reached 84.8% and Facebook with a percentage of 81.3%. Meanwhile, 63.1% and 62.8% are Telegram and TikTok users. Companies use social media to promote their brands and get customers to buy from them again, due to the large number of social media users in Indonesia. Customers are also given the opportunity to interact directly with businesses through social media marketing. Social media marketing can also see how customers respond to the offer. Samsung is interested in utilizing social media as a means of promotion and communication with customers because of the close relationship between social media and consumer interest in making repeat purchases.

In the 21st century, several aspects of customer behavior, including perception, information processing, information sharing, views, attitudes, purchases, and follow-up behavior, have been influenced by social media. With the availability of web-based entertainment, companies can engage with their customers and receive feedback from them, and consumers can communicate with other consumers and share information about products and companies. According to a survey conducted in 2019 by content management service website HootSuit, revealed that there are 130 million mobile social media users in Indonesia, out of a total population of 268.2 million, which shows the growth of Instagram in the country. 80% of Indonesians, or more than 100 million people, are Instagram users. Indonesia ranks third on the list of countries that experience the most incidents of internet fraud, according to the findings of a 2016 examination conducted by Kaspersky Lab. As an illustration of fraud, Samsung Indonesia distributed free smartphones via WhatsApp.. 

Brand trust and intent to repurchase a particular company’s products are affected. To provide correspondence, deals and associations with their buyers, many brands are now turning to online entertainment. Information and opinions can be easily shared using this communication platform. Web-based entertainment is seen as truer to buyers because it conveys the brand. An important consideration to expand repurchase interest is to make buyers recall a brand again with the help of special media through online entertainment. Buyer trust in a brand (brand trust) according to Ngabiso et al (2021) is the limit of a brand that is trusted by customers when an item or administration can overcome problems that occur with the brand both in terms of buyer certainty and focusing on the buyer’s needs, then it is seen that the company trustworthy and responsible for customer needs and welfare. This article discusses the role of Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing and Brand Trust in Repurchase Intention

Experiential Marketing

A marketing method called experiential marketing aims to provide customers with more than just facts about goods or services. Experiential marketing is an effort that focuses on analyzing customers as emotional and selfish humans who utilize consumption as a method to create meaningful experiences, according to Skandalis et al (2019). Meanwhile, experiential marketing is defined by Andriani and Fatimah (2018) as adding value to a good or service by influencing consumers’ feelings when using the good or service.

Kustini in the journal Fahmi (2019) also said that something that is not much different is that experiential marketing is the practice of marketing products or services through positive experiences and emotional stimulation. From the definition above, it can be concluded that experiential marketing is a way that must be understood by companies in approaching and retaining consumers, from the experience gained and through products or services produced by the company by adding positive things and a sense of impression for consumers when carrying out the process of purchasing products or services. services, as well as presenting something unique and having characteristics that other products do not have.

According to Priansa (2017) experiential marketing includes five dimensions, namely as follows:

          a) Sense is an important and obvious part of a brand that is captured by the five human senses, including sight, sound, smell, taste and contact. The purpose of sense is to produce sensory experiences through touch, taste, smell, and sound. By attracting customers and providing positive value to products or services, sense can also be used as a competitive advantage for businesses and products.

          b) Feel, namely from a moderate mood to very strong sentiments of joy and pride, feelings and emotions are used to influence events. The purpose of feel is to attract consumers’ attention and emotions by creating an experience of positive mood and soul that can evoke happiness or sadness. The way feel works is by having a strong understanding of certain emotional stimuli that can move emotions and the willingness of consumers to take part in views and empathy.

          c) Think, namely encouraging someone to think innovatively and critically which has the potential to significantly increase the evaluation of company products. Think aims to create cognition by appealing to consumer intellectuals and solving problems that involve consumers creatively. The target of think is to bring consumers to think in a centered and different way through surprise, collaboration and provocation.

          d) Act is a person’s long-term effort to develop consumer experiences connected to their physical body, behavioral habits, and lifestyle based on contact with other people. Act has a target, namely improving consumer experience through physical experiences and real behavioral patterns in doing something.

e) Relate, namely the relationship experienced by consumers, whether with the company or with the community of people who use the company’s products or services. Relate contains aspects of sense, feel, think, and act. But relate develops quickly through the consumer’s personal abilities and feelings, thereby connecting the consumer’s personality with something outside themselves. Relate aims to increase individuals’ willingness to improve themselves. Companies interact with consumers through a wider social system.

Social Media Marketing

Social media marketing is a type of digital marketing that utilizes websites and social media to advertise products or services for businesses. This gives marketers an incredible opportunity to connect with customers in social groups and forge more intimate bonds with them. With social media marketing, it is easier for manufacturers or company owners to communicate with clients or customers online. Additionally, there are few costs involved and no time limits as long as they have access to the internet. Social media marketing according to Gunelius in the journal Mileva and Dh (2018) is all direct and indirect marketing that is used to increase awareness, recognize, remember and take action on using social media, such as managing blogs, writing ideas, social media, social bookmarks , providing information, companies, businesses, goods, and individuals can communicate. According to Mileva and Fauzi (2018), social media marketing is a method involved in empowering individuals to advertise their sites, works and products through friendly channels on the web and convey it using a much larger local area that has greater opportunities for promotion rather than through regular advertising channels.

According to Nunik et al (2019), social media marketing is an interactive marketing communication activity between businesses and customers, and vice versa, which helps these businesses generate sales of their goods and services. According to the definition given above, the practice of encouraging individuals to market their websites, products or consumer services through online social media channels and to communicate with each other is known as social media marketing. It taps into a much larger community with more opportunities for marketing than traditional advertising channels.

According to Afifah (2016), social media marketing has several indicators, namely as follows:

1. Online Communities, namely a business must create a community to offer its products to that community and encourage customer loyalty. Local area souls to build resilience, support conversations, and contribute data that is helpful in the turn of events and business progress.

2. Interaction, namely the company must engage with customers by responding to their comments, direct messages and broadcasts to make it easier for customers to obtain information from the business. Through continuously updated and relevant information from users, social media enables increased participation from online communities.

3. Sharing of Content, which is a dimension that utilizes social media marketing as a way for individuals to trade, distribute and receive material in situations that allow content to take the form of photos, videos or status updates.

4. Accessibility, namely enabling consumers who have internet access to engage in social media conversations, accessibility emphasizes ease of access and low operating costs in social media marketing.

5. Credibility, namely the company must be able to show its credibility by providing information, helping customers in resolving problems, and responding to customer suggestions or criticism. The term “credibility” refers to sending a clear message to a brand that encourages it to establish credibility through actions or statements that have an emotional connection with the intended audience.

Repurchase Intention

According to Pham et al (2018) Repurchase is described as the client’s real activity in purchasing or reusing the item. When customers purchase a particular item, they can make subsequent purchases. This indicates that customers frequently purchase similar services or goods from the same vendor. While repurchase is an actual action, repurchase intention indicates a customer’s decision to engage in future activities with the seller. Repurchase intention, as defined by Hellier et al in the journal Christine R (2018), is a cycle in which an individual plans to repurchase comparable services and products based on past experiences. If the value of a product or service is great, customers will be more inclined to buy it again because it makes them feel good and is interesting. Due to emotional desire, consumers often intend to repurchase, which increases repurchase intentions even further.

Repurchase intention according to Ali Hasan (2018) is the intention to make a purchase based on previous history. High repurchase interest reflects a high level of consumer satisfaction with the decision to use or obtain a product. Once a consumer tries a product and determines whether they like it or not after doing so, they decide whether to buy it or not. When customers believe that the goods they use are of high quality and able to satisfy their needs and expectations, liking for the product will develop. Based on this definition, it can be concluded that repurchase intention is a customer’s desire to repurchase goods or services in the future because they are happy with the brand previously used. The degree to which consumers are committed to obtaining a good or service influences how likely they are to repurchase. The better opportunities consumers have to make further purchases, the more they want or are interested in a product. The likelihood that consumers will repurchase a used good or service decreases in proportion to the level of interest they have in it. Consumer desires arise from the experience of using a product or service by having a positive experience that makes the product or service the main choice in the future. Apart from that, consumers also provide recommendations for products or services to other people because consumers have had positive experiences, so consumer recommendations to other people do not make other people feel disappointed.

According to Saraswati et al (2021) there are 4 types of repurchase intention indicators, namely:

1. Transactional Interest is an individual’s tendency to carry out product transactions.

2. Referral Interest is where the customer’s action recommends goods to other individuals.

3. Preferential Interest is that customers can cause things that have been used as primary decisions.

4. Explorative Interest is the interest of someone who carries out a constant search for product-related information.

Brand Trust

Brand trust is consumers’ belief that the company or brand they choose can solve their problems and deserves respect and provides more value. According to Murthy in the journal Anang Firmansyah (2019), brand trust is a business that successfully builds a long-lasting customer brand experience based on the principles of politeness, honesty and integrity. According to Munuera in the journal Ngabiso et al (2021) defines brand trust as when a product or service can meet the needs implemented in the brand based on consumer trust and prioritizing or prioritizing consumer needs, then it has a brand capacity that is trusted by consumers.

Brand trust is a type of buyer’s desire to depend on a brand that is in danger because of the assumption that the brand will provide profitable results, according to Lau and Lee in the journal Putu et al (2018). Customer loyalty to a brand is influenced by customer trust in it. According to relationship marketing theory, brand trust will be a major factor in determining initial brand loyalty. According to the description given above, brand trust can be defined as a customer’s willingness to believe that a brand will provide favorable outcomes for them, which leads to loyalty and trust in a brand.

According to Delgado in the journal Anang Firmansyah (2019), brand trust indicators are divided into 2 elements, namely:

1. Brand reliability, namely the buyer’s certainty that the goods can fulfill what is guaranteed with the view that the brand can solve problems and can also provide satisfaction. As a result, consumers develop trust in a brand when it is able to deliver on its promises and ensure that they will continue to receive the same level of satisfaction. Honesty, convenience, service procedures and services offered to ensure customer satisfaction are all aspects of brand reliability.

2. Brand intention, namely customer assurance that the product can prioritize their needs when unexpected problems with product use develop. Therefore, intentionality refers to the idea that brands will pay attention to what customers need and will not take advantage of their gullibility by offering compensation for problems using the product.

Relationship between Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing, Brand Trust and Repurchase Intention

Someone will be willing to make a repeat purchase because the consumer has experienced, felt, and provided experience by purchasing a product that suits their desires and needs as a consumer. Thus, the higher the consumer’s experiential marketing, the higher the consumer’s repurchase interest in the product they have purchased. Based on research by Yanto (2018) on “The Effect of Experiential Marketing on Repurchase Intention through Experiential Value among Pasa Rame Restaurant Consumers in Surabaya” and research by Khoirunnisa, et al (2021) on “The Effects of Experiential Marketing and Social Media Marketing on Repurchase Intention with Brand Trust as Variable Mediation for Wearing Klamby Hijab Fashion Products” proves that experiential marketing has a significant effect on repurchase intention.

Many companies use social media as a way to connect, sell, and build connections with their consumers. This communication channel is ideal for exchanging knowledge and ideas. Because social media conveys the brand, customers perceive it as more authentic. The purpose of advertising is to inform customers about the company brand, so this will have an impact on their decision to make a repeat purchase. There are various ways to promote, but Instagram is one of them. Making customers remember a brand or product by using promotional advertising on social media is very important to increase repurchase interest. Based on research by Bawono, et al (2020) on “Analysis of the Effect of Social Media Marketing on Repurchase Intention Through Brand Trust as a Mediating Variable on Instagram Adidas Indonesia in Surabaya” and on research by Khoirunnisa, et al (2021) on “The Effects of Experiential Marketing and Social Media Marketing on Repurchase Intention with Brand Trust as Variable Mediation for Wearing Klamby Hijab Fashion Products” proves that social media marketing has a significant effect on repurchase intention.

Experiential marketing is a marketing effort carried out by a company to focus on creating impressive experiences for consumers. Consumer confidence in the product’s ability to fulfill the brand’s promises of value and goodwill based on consumer confidence in the brand’s ability to prioritize consumer interests is the basis of brand trust. It can be concluded that the relationship between experiential marketing and brand trust is that consumers will be willing to make repeat purchases because these consumers have a sense of trust and feel comfortable with the fulfillment of their desires and needs in purchasing products, because the better the brand experience, the higher the level of consumer trust in the brand. . Based on Oktafia’s (2016) research on “Analysis of the Effect of Experiential Marketing on Brand Trust and Customer Loyalty by Mediating Customer Satisfaction (Case Study on Garuda Indonesia Airline Customers in the West Jakarta Region)” and Andriny’s (2015) research on “The Effect of Experiential Marketing on Brand Trust and J.CO Donuts & Coffee Customer Loyalty in Pontianak City (Survey of J.CO Donuts & Coffee Customers in Pontianak City)” proves that experiential marketing has a significant effect on brand trust.

One of the keys to establishing a better relationship with a brand is trust, which can also be used to build relationships with future customers. Social media marketing is a new medium for transaction processes when it comes to sharing information and promoting items of business. Using social media as a tool because this marketing tactic has the ability to help businesses achieve their goals, especially through increasing brand trust. Based on research from Irawan et al (2020) on “The Influence of Social Media Marketing Activities on Brand Trust, Brand Equity and Brand Loyalty on the Instagram Social Media Platform” and research by Zulfikar (2017) on “The Effect of Social Media Marketing on Brand Trust on Instagram Followers Dompet Dhuafa Yogyakarta Branch” shows the extraordinary impact of social media marketing on brand trust.

According to Ngabiso et al (2021), brand trust is the capability of a product that is believed by customers when a product or service can meet the demands made on the brand, both based on consumer trust and prioritizing consumer needs. Because it directly influences repurchase intention, building and maintaining brand trust is very important (Dharmayana & Rahanatha, 2018). Based on research by Juwairiyah (2019) on “The Influence of Brand Image, Brand Trust, and Perceived Value on Repurchase Intention on Lion Air Airplane Tickets (Study on Undergraduate Students at Universitas Brawijaya Malang)” and Dellasari (2020) on “The Influence of Customer Experience and Brand Trust on Repurchase Intention in the Erigo Fashion Brand” has a fairly large impact on brand trust on intention to repurchase.

Consumers believe that with positive feedback from experiential marketing, consumers are willing to make repeat purchases. If someone uses an item repeatedly, then it can be said that the consumer is experienced in using the item and can be judged by trusting the product, so that the consumer has the intention to buy the product repeatedly, and vice versa. This means that the better and increased customer trust that results from experiential marketing, the more likely consumers are to increase their repurchase intentions.

It is recognized that one of the keys to strengthening consumer bonds with a particular brand is trust, which is a factor in long-term bonds with customers. Social media is used as a marketing tool because this approach provides several options to meet company goals, one of which is increasing brand trust. A trusted brand is a brand that succeeds in providing consumers with a memorable brand experience that is built on honesty, politeness and integrity (Murthy in the journal Anang Firmansyah, 2019). Building and maintaining brand trust is very important because orders directly influence a customer’s tendency to make more repeat purchases (Dharmayana & Rahanatha, 2018). Based on research by Bawono, et al (2020), it is proven that social media marketing has a significant effect on repurchase intention through brand trust.

Conclusion

Experiential marketing and social media marketing can significantly influence consumers’ repurchase intentions through brand trust because marketing through experience and social media is an effective marketing method in helping consumers more easily and efficiently find out consumer beliefs that arise from repeated consumer views that arise. arises from the product purchased, so that if consumers have a good view of a product, it is more likely that consumers will repurchase the product. This article can be used as a reference for other research that has similar variables to this research, namely experiential marketing, social media marketing, repurchase intention, and brand trust. The author hopes that this research can further assess the variables of experiential marketing, social media marketing, and brand trust as factors that can experience repeat purchase interest.

References

Afifah, K. (2016). Pengaruh social media marketing Instagram terhadap Tingkat Brand Awareness Roaster and Bear Coffee Lounge & Kitchen. Universitas Gadjah Mada.

Andriani, R., & Fatimah, R. (2018). Strategi experiential marketing Sebagai metode Pendekatan DalamMeningkatkan revisit intention Wisatawan Sabda Alam    Garut.    Jurnal    Kajian    Ilmiah,    18(3),    206.

https://doi.org/10.31599/jki.v18i3.287

Andriny, Nova. (2015). PENGARUH EXPERIENTIAL MARKETING TERHADAP BRAND TRUST DANLOYALITAS PELANGGAN J.CO

DONUTS & COFFEE DI KOTA PONTIANAK (Survey Pada Pelanggan J.CO Donuts & Coffee di Pontianak). (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Tanjungpura,         Pontianak,            Indonesia)        Didapat        dari https://jurnal.untan.ac.id/index.php/ejmfe/article/view/12016

Christine R. Pardede, S. L. H. V. Joyce Lapian & Merinda Pandowo. (2018). The Influence Of Perceived Value and Trust On Repurchase Intention In Shopee Online Shopping “ Jurnal EMBA , Vol.6 no.1 Januari 2018

Dellasari, Devy. (2020). Pengaruh Customer Experience dan Brand Trust terhadap Repurchase Intention padaBrand Fashion Erigo. (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Telkom, Bandung, Indonesia) Didapat dari https://openlibrary.telkomuniversity.ac.id/pustaka/files/162979/jurnal_eproc

/pengaruh-customer-experience-dan-brand-trust-terhadap-repurchase- intention-pada-brand-fashion-erigo.pdf

Dharmayana, I., & Rahanatha, G. (2018). PENGARUH BRAND EQUITY, BRAND TRUST, BRAND PREFERENCE, DAN KEPUASAN KONSUMEN  TERHADAP  NIAT  MEMBELI  KEMBALI.  E-Jurnal

Manajemen, 6(4), 2018-2046.

Durianto, D., Sugiarto, dan Sitinjak, T. (2017). Strategi Menaklukan Pasar Melalui Riset Ekuitas & Perilaku Konsumen. Jakarta: Gramedia.

Ghozali, L., & Latan, H. (2012). Partial Least Square : Konsep, Teknik dan Aplikasi SmartPLS 2.0 M3. Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro.

Hair, Joseph F., G. Tomas M. Hult., Christian M. Ringle., and Marko Sarstedt. 2017. A Primer on Partial Least Squares Structural Equation Modelling (PLS-SEM). 2e Edition USA: Sage.

Irawan, Alfian Dally & Aswin Dewanto Hadisumarto. (2020). Pengaruh Aktivitas Social Media Marketing Terhadap Brand TrustBrand Equity, dan Brand Loyalty Pada Platform Social Media Instagram. (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Indonesia, Depok, Indonesia) Didapat dari https://scholarhub.ui.ac.id/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1045&context=jmui

Juwairiyah, Syaima. (2019). Pengaruh Brand ImageBrand Trust Dan Perceived Price Terhadap Repurchase Intention Pada Tiket Maskapai Penerbangan Lion Air (Studi Pada Mahasiswa/I S1 Universitas Brawijaya Malang). (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Brawijaya, Malang, Indonesia) Didapat dari https://repository.ub.ac.id/id/eprint/174626/

Khoirunnisa, A., & Astini, R. (2021). The effects of experiential marketing and social media marketing on repurchase intention with Brand Trust as variable mediation for wearing KLAMBY hijab fashion products.European Journal of Business and Management Research6(6), 35–41. https://doi.org/10.24018/ejbmr.2021.6.6.1145

Mileva, L., & DH, A. F. 2018. Pengaruh social media marketing terhadap Keputusan Pembelian (survei onlinepada Mahasiswa Sarjana Jurusan Ilmu administrasi bisnis angkatan 2014/2015 fakultas Ilmu Administrasi Universitas Brawijaya Yang Membeli starbucks menggunakan line). Jurnal Administrasi                                                Bisnis.

http://administrasibisnis.studentjournal.ub.ac.id/index.php/jab/article/view/2 421

Ngabiso, F., Radji, D. L., & Kango, U. (2021). Pengaruh Citra Merek (Brand Image) Dan Kepercayaan Merek (Brand Trust) Terhadap Loyalitas Merek (Brand Loyalty) Pada Produk Air Minum Dalam KemasanMerek Aqua (Studi Pada Konsumen Amdk Merek Aqua Di Kota Gorontalo). Jurnal Ilmiah Manajemen Dan Bisnis4(1), 1-12.

Pham, Q., Tran, X., Misra, S., Maskeliūnas, R., & Damaševičius, R. (2018). Relationship between convenience, perceived value, and repurchase intention in online shopping in Vietnam. Sustainability10(2), 156. https://doi.org/10.3390/su10010156

Priansa, D.J. (2017). Komunikasi pemasaran terpadu pada era media sosial, Edisi Pertama. Cv Pustaka Setia.

Ratnasari, N., Susandy, G., & Apriandi, D. W. (2019). THE INFLUENCE OF SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING AND ONLINCE CONSUMER BEHAVIOR IN THE CITY OF SUBANG ON THE BRAND STORY OF THE INSTANT MESSENGER LINE APPLICATION . Diskursus Ilmu

Manajemen STIESA (Dimensia) , 1-10.

Saraswati, K. D., Sanjaya, P. K. A., & Trarintya, M. A. P. (2021). Pengaruh Variasi Produk Dan Store Atmosphere Terhadap Repurchase Intention. Widya Amarta: Jurnal Manajemen, Kewirausahaan Dan Pariwisata1(2), 431-442.

Sari, N.N., Fauzi, A. and Rini, E.S. (2021) ‘The effect of electronic word of mouth (E-wom) and brand image on repurchase intention moderated by Brand Trust in the Garuda Indonesia airline’, International Journal of Research and Review, 8(9), pp. 81–91. doi:10.52403/ijrr.20210912.

Sekaran, U. (2014). Metodologi Penelitian untuk Bisnis (Research Methods for Business). Buku 1 Edisi 4. Jakarta: Salemba Empat.

Skandalis, A., Byrom, J., & Banister, E. (2019). Experiential marketing and the changing nature of extraordinary experiences in post-postmodern consumer culture. Journal of Business Research97, 43–50. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2018.12.056

Tong, T. K. P. B. (2020). Analisa Pengaruh Social Media Marketing Terhadap Repurchase Intention Melalui Brand Trust Sebagai Variabel Mediasi Pada Instagram Adidas Indonesia di Surabaya. Jurnal Strategi Pemasaran.

Wicaksono, B. E., & Budiatmo, A. (2017) PENGARUH EXPERIENTIAL MARKETING  &   EMOTIONAL   BRANDING   TERHADAP

REPURCHASE MELALUI BRAND TRUST (Studi Kasus pada Konsumen Garuda Indonesia di KotaSemarang). Jurnal Ilmu Administrasi Bisnis, 7(1), 12-23.

Zulfikar, A. R., & Mikhriani, M. (2017). Pengaruh Social Media Marketing Terhadap Brand Trust Pada followers Instagram Dompet Dhuafa cabang Yogyakarta. Al-Idarah: Jurnal Manajemen Dan Administrasi Islam,1(2),

279. https://doi.org/10.22373/al-idarah.v1i2.1663

LINK TO DOWNLOAD PUBLISHED PDF

Terrorism in Contemporary Nigeria Society: The Case of Boko-Haram

1Kingsley Obumunaeme Ilo

Department of Political Science, University of Nigeria, Nsukka, Enugu State

Email: kingsley.ilo@unn.edu.ng

2Ikegbunam, Uchenna Lilian

Department of Educational Foundations and Administration, 

Nwafor Orizu College of Education, Nsugbe, Anambra State

Email: ucikegbunam1@gmail.com

3Chijioke A. C. Okoye

Department of History and International Studies,

Odumegwu Ojukwu University, Igbariam Campus, Anambra State

Email: ca.okoye@coou.edu.ng  

4*Chukwuemeka Dominic Onyejegbu*

Social Sciences Unit, School of General Studies, University of Nigeria, Enugu Campus, Enugu State

Email: onyejegbudominic@gmail.com

*Corresponding author*

Abstract

This paper examined the issue of terrorism in contemporary Nigeria society paying particular attention to the case of Boko-Haram. Boko-Haram is a form of well-known terrorist group that has caused havoc and displaced many citizens; particularly in the North-Eastern part of Nigeria. The paper utilized secondary data and was anchored on frustration-aggression theory. Amongst other factors, the paper argues that it is evident that the Boko-Haram sect exploits widespread youth unemployment, and a high prevalence of illiteracy in Nigeria to perpetrate their terrorist acts. The reasons ranged from the frustrations of the unemployed youths and some people who dropped out of school. The paper posits that unless something is done to control it, a better, safer and more prosperous society emerging in Nigeria will remain elusive. Thus, the study recommends that there is need to review and restructure current governmental programmes to create sustainable jobs and encourage economic empowerment since current governmental  programmes have not met the employment need of the society. Also, present laws and practices guiding education system in Nigeria should be reviewed in a way that literacy level in Nigeria can be improved. In particular, there is need to explore the extant laws and ascertain the extent to which they are being enforced with a view to establishing their efficacy.

Keywords: Boko-Haram, Terrorism, Unemployment, Indiscriminate violence, Nigeria

1.1 Introduction 

Terrorism is one of the most challenging problems facing Nigeria today. The issue of terrorism and how to control it has remained a recurrent debate among scholars in the Nigerian socio-politics, yet there seems to be no end in sight. According to Ikeke (2015), when terrorism happens in any society, it affects almost every segment of that society. It brings about the destruction of human life and property; and the destruction of bio-cultural diversity. The lives of people and that of society are impeded. To Boff (2006:47), terrorism is today the major threat to the current global order, and its power can strike anywhere in the world.

 Eno, Eno, Ingiriis and Haji (2012) maintained, humans need not justify terrorism of any kind, regardless of whether one is Muslim, Christian or Jew, because it is the axis of evil and devastation of mankind. To Ogudiya and Amzat (2008), terrorism is a socio-political disorder that has grown to the detriment of the international security system and global economy. Acts of terrorism have increased over the years since September 11, 2001 terrorist attack directed at the United States of America. Since then, some nations, including Nigeria, have been suspected as pro-terrorist countries, possible haven for the terrorists and prone to terrorist attack (Ajah, Ajah, Ajah, Onwe, Ozumba, Iyoke & Nwankwo, 2022; Ogudiya & Amzat, 2008).

Terrorism is the use of intentional indiscriminate violence and intimidation such as mass destruction of lives and properties, kidnapping and assassination against members of the public as a means to create fear in order to achieve a political, religious and other aims. According to America’s State Department, terrorism is the premeditated, politically motivated violence perpetrated against non-combatant targets by sub-national groups or clandestine agents, usually intended to influence an audience. Oyeniyi (2010) defines terrorism as any act which is a violation of the criminal laws of a state party and which may endanger the life, physical integrity or freedom of, or cause serious injury or death to any person, any number or group of persons or causes or may cause damage to public or private property, natural resources, environmental or cultural heritage and is calculated or intended to: 

  • intimidate, put in fear, coerce or induce any government, body, institution, the general public or any segment thereof, to do or abstain from doing any act, or to adopt or abandon a particular standpoint or to act according to certain principles; or 
  • disrupt any public  service, the delivery of any essential service to the public or to create a public  emergency; or 
  • create general insurrection in a state.

Wilkinson (2006:328) noted that terrorism can be distinguished from other forms of violence in the following ways: 

  • It is premeditated and designed to create a climate of extreme fear. 
  • It is directed at a wider target than the immediate victims. 
  • It is considered by the society in which it occurs as ‘extra-normal’, that is, it violates the norms regulating disputes, protest and dissent.
  •  It is used primarily, though not exclusively to influence the political behavior of governments, communities or specific social groups.

 Mooney, Knox and Schacht (2002) are of the view that terrorism could be used to publicize a cause, promote an ideology, achieve religious freedom, attain the release of a political prisoner, or rebel against a government. What actually defines terrorism is not the motive but the means utilized in driving the motive (Eze, Okpa, Onyejegbu & Ajah, 2022; Ogundiya & Amzat, 2008).

In Nigeria, Boko-Haram (which loosely interprets to western education is sin) is a well-known terrorist group that has caused havoc and displaced many citizens; particularly in the North-Eastern part of the Country. These acts of terrorism have seriously caused untold hardships to the Nigerian citizens. Beri (2017) asserts that Boko Haram continues to target civilians and government infrastructure despite several rounds of operation conducted by the Nigerian Army. Boko Haram, which came up in 2009, had emerged as the ‘world’s deadliest terrorist organization’ by 2014. In the last eight years, it is said that Boko Haram has taken 20,000 lives, displaced 2.6 million people, created 75,000 orphans and caused about nine billion Naira worth of damage. Links with the ISIS, with leadership tussle between Abubakar Shekau and ISIS favouring Abu Musab al-Barnawi, have turned the situation more complex (Okpa, Ajah, Eze & Enweonwu, 2022; Beri, 2017). 

Despite the havoc and challenges Boko-Haram is causing in Nigeria, slow implementation of counter-terrorism framework by the members of the security agencies has created a security gap which they utilize to perpetrate their evil acts. Similarly, divisions in the country along ethnic, religious, and regional lines in addition to support they receive from some members of the public have boosted their operation.

1.2 Overview of Boko-Haram in Nigeria

Popoola (2012) reports that Boko Haram is a militant Islamic sect based in Northern Nigeria. Otherwise known as Jama’atu Ahlis Sunna Lidda’awati Wal-Jihad, these mean, “people committed to the propagation of the Prophet Mohammed’s teachings and jihad”.  The group was formed around 2002. Nwanze (2014) maintained that the militant group saw society, particularly the government of Mala Kachalla as irredeemably corrupt. So, in the middle of 2002, the group, under its founder, Mohammed Yusuf, embarked on a hijra to Kanama in Yobe state. The quote below vividly captures the Islamic interpretation of Mohammed Yusuf’s hijra:

In Islam, a hijra is a journey from the bad world to go and be closer to God. The Prophet undertook one, from Mecca to Medina. Usman dan Fodio also undertook his own hijra, to Gudu, when Yunfa wanted to kill him (Nwanze, 2014). 

Kanama is probably where they had their first foreign contact. While there, more members joined, some of these new members were the kids of influential Northern leaders, such as the son of Yobe’s governor at the time “Bukar Abba Ibrahim” (Nwanze, 2014). Guided by the meaning of the name “Boko Haram” (western education is sinful), some people view their mission as reformist in nature. In 2004 after the group moved to Kanamma, Yobe state, they set up a base called ‘Afghanistan’ from where it attacked nearby police stations, killing police officers (Eze, Ajah, Okpa & Ngwu, 2022; Poopola, 2012). 

For strategic operational reasons, Yusuf extended the operations of the group to Maiduguri, Borno state, in 2009 where he attacked and killed several political and religious leaders or their families, especially, those who had openly condemned or criticized Boko Haram’s activities. From that moment, the group stepped up their operations and by 2011 several government officials as well as security operatives were killed (Popoola, 2012).  

In the same year 2011, the group struck other targets in the north including the Federal Capital Territory (FCT), Abuja, where they bombed the police headquarters and the United Nation’s office. When the group struck at Damaturu and Potiskum, Yobe state, on November 4th, the police confirmed the death of 65 people (Popoola, 2012).  The devastating effect of the group’s attack has thus forced several government ministries, parastatals, and corporate establishments to step up security measures in an attempt to protect lives and property (Popoola, 2012). Ekwueme (2011:42) argues that Boko Haram is fast becoming Nigeria’s version of Muslim extremists operating with impunity elsewhere, maiming and killing those they consider as infidels. Ekwueme (2011:42) also asserts that the group’s teachings resemble that of the Afghanistan Taliban. They believe that any teaching or education that does not conform to the tenets of Islam is sinful and should not be taught at all. They also believed that it was the influence of western education that is watering down Islamic teaching and weakening Islam itself.  

Ekwueme (2011:43) went further to argue that the group exploited the country’s dysfunctional school system that is plagued with numerous strikes by teachers, widespread youth unemployment, and a high prevalence of illiteracy. The group also exploits the absence of an effective security system in the country.  Taking advantage of these economic frustrations and corrupt leadership of the country, they were able to win many converts. Even highly educated and well-connected members of the society joined the sect, and because their teaching addressed the frustrations of the unemployed youths, some of them dropped out of school, left their homes and joined the group fully (Ekwueme, 2011:43). Guardian newspaper (2011:43) expressed a similar view when she argued that Boko Haram is largely populated by young and often educated unemployed believers who are in circumstance restless and disenchanted with a life of idleness and hopelessness. They are therefore, a ready and willing audience for a preacher who, pooh-poohing western education as valueless in this life and in the life to come, calls on his followers to reject it” (p. 43).  

1.3 Causes of Boko-Haram Terrorism in Nigeria

 Olawale (2016) identified the following as the causes of violence in Nigeria and each of these causes has implication in this study:

Poor economy and unemployment: Olwawale (2016) identified that the escalating state of violence in Nigeria has been incessantly linked to poor economy and high level of youth unemployment.  Nigeria’s economy has been marred by corruption and thorough mismanagement of public funds. This has led to widespread unemployment, frustration and restiveness among the youths which makes them susceptible to violence. Nigeria’s unemployment rate is above the sub region’s average that increased to 23.9% in 2011 compared to 21.1% in 2010 and 19.7% in 2009 (National Bureau of Statistics, 2012).  The youth constitute 60% of the country’s population, and majority of them are unemployed and underemployed. Since they are idle and frustrated, they become susceptible to violence, societies with strong economies and low unemployment rates record low percentage of violence (Olawale, 2016). The appeal of using terror to get one’s way is becoming an acceptable option among Nigerians because of frustration of not being employed. One of the Nigerian newspaper reported that:

 The Boko Haram is largely populated by young and often educated unemployed believers who are in circumstance restless and disenchanted with a life of idleness and hopelessness. They are therefore, a ready and willing audience for a preacher who, pooh-poohing western education as valueless in this life and in the life to come, calls on his followers to reject it” Guardian newspaper (2011:43).

Lack of equality and justice: Nigeria is a rich country with alarming number of poor people. The country is vast in natural resources and oil wealth which is controlled by the political class. While a lawmaker earns bogus salaries and allowances, a classroom teacher is paid meager amount which is usually delayed, sometimes for a few months. Civil servants earn far less and delayed salaries. Also, government tax citizens yet the infrastructural deficit in the country is depressing; intra and interstate roads are extremely poor, power supply is a mirage, public healthcare is lagging behind, fuel/gas scarcity is incessant among others. Inequality and injustice in Nigeria has instigated provocations and led to violence many times. Violence has become an instrument to seek equality and justice (Olawale, 2016). In support of the above mentioned, Bomani (2016), argued that many of the people who take the route of radicalism are raised in marginalized and deprived regions. It must be pointed out that in most cases the terrorist groups face discrimination in the countries they live, leading to feelings of isolation. Growing sentiments of discrimination can lead groups to look to more conservative, and eventually, extremist ideologies.

Religious/ethic sentiments: Nigerians are overwhelmingly obsessed about religious and ethnic identities; sadly, religious and ethnic identities play more important roles in election, appointments, employment and admission into public institutions in Nigeria. The religious and ethnic sentiments have led to violence; this has brought global attention and scrutiny to Nigerians. Religious and ethnic sentiments have triggered major violence in Nigeria. Dempsey (2006) opined that the religious and ethnic differences between the Moslem and Christians cum government loopholes as part of the factors that causes terrorism in Nigeria. Similarly, a study has identified that different factors have rendered Nigeria ineffective to combat the rising wave of terrorism.  The factors include religious liberalization which resulted into the proliferation of different religious groups; emergence of sects with diverse beliefs and practices; and the inability of Nigeria government to censor these religious activities (Ali 2002).

Most religious teachings in Nigeria are all about hatred, in most places of worship today ‘Satan who used to be the traditional enemy of mankind is no longer the enemy, but the hatred inbuilt by the religious leaders and preachers, preaching against the basic tenets of religion to encourage violence among the major religious groups, against one another is the common feature in such places of worship whether you are a Christian or a Muslim’ (Ali, 2002). Also, radical Islamic ideologist believes that anything of western values is declared unhealthy and capable of destroying indigenous value systems and this is one of the main reasons of terrorist acts which threaten the country’s peace (Isyaku, 2013).

Political instability: Nigeria’s political terrain is characterized by clashes of interests, mismanagement, and corruption. Equally, Adeyemi (2012) argued that the contemporary terrorism in Nigeria is a latent function of prolonged failure of the government to deliver purposeful good governance. When the Federal, state and Local Governments steal all the money allocated for building schools, hospitals, industries, etc, the greater percentage of the citizenry especially the youths are denied good education, employment and good health. Consequently, these youths are affected socially, psychologically and economically. Also, frustrations, dejection and hopelessness remain a day to day occurrence in their lives. They can easily be brainwashed and indoctrinated with false doctrines and co-opted into illegal societies (Zumve, Ingyoroko & Akuya, 2013). Leadership failure is a big factor that put this country under the siege of terrorism.

Corruption: According to Ikejiaku (2009), corruption creates absolute poverty. Corruption also undermines democracy, rule of law, good governance and insecurity. It destroys the capacity of institutions to perform well. Corruption creates unemployment and other social vices, that is, corruption as perpetuated by public servants and political office holders. relatedly, Zumve, Ingyoroko and Akuva (2013) argued that terrorism and corruption are destructive, horrific and heinous. Both terrorism and corruption are qualified to be described as “monsters”. Most times, persons who are custodians of the government anti-corruption and anti-terrorist apparatus in Nigeria are variously accused of perpetuating corruption or assisting and sponsoring terrorism (Obuah, 2010).

1.4 Consequences of Terrorism in Nigeria

A lot of resources have been channeled towards countering the acts of terrorism by Boko-Haram. The resources that should be used in building the infrastructures, promoting the general welfare of Nigerians and providing a good platform for Nigerians to work is now being used for national security, rehabilitation and health care expenses. This has affected the socio-economic, political and security development of Nigeria. The worst undoing is that these acts of terror by Boko-Haram have made investors skeptical to invest in Nigeria and citizens are scared to go to work (Olawale, 2016). Obi (2015) argued that the activities of the Islamic sect (Boko Haram) had led to loss of lives and properties in the country especially in the Northern part of Nigeria. Some of these activities include bombing, suicide bomb attacks, sporadic shooting of unarmed and innocent citizens, burning of public places such as police stations, churches and kidnapping of school girls and women, etc.

Olawale (2016) and Udama (2013) identified the following as the consequences of Boko-Haram attacks in Nigeria:

  • Loss of Lives and Properties: Over 2 million Nigerians in the North East have been displaced by Boko Haram attacks. This includes over 800,000 children while thousands of lives have been lost, government, corporate and private properties lost in billions of Naira. This has come with the task of rebuilding the affected communities in a post Boko Haram era. Relatedly, Udama (2013) asserts that the human costs in terms of lives and properties can hardly be valued and quantified since the upsurge of the violence began.  
  • Socio-Economic Stagnation: For states affected by Boko Haram attacks in North Eastern Nigeria, social and economic activities were paralyzed for several months; schools were shut down and pupils withdrawn, businesses were shut down and economic movement in the region became extremely difficult. The violence has stagnated socio-economic activities, since peace is paramount to economic growth. Also, Boko-Haram attacks breed tension in Nigeria, state of emergency/curfew is often declared in the affected areas of the nation (Olawale, 2016). Relatedly, Udama (2013) asserts that Boko-Haram has disrupted and offset the normal social life and number of  lives have been lost. Terrorists’ activities have displaced people from their usual bases to different unintended locations. The mass movement of people creates refugee problems with substantial costs to the individual, host communities and the government. Also, extreme violence repels rather than attract business investors. Boko-Haram attacks have paralyzed the economic activities especially in the northern parts of the country where these incidents are prevalent, thereby worsening the already bad situation. 
  •  Political Effect: Since the rise of Boko Haram, the Islamic sect is spreading terror for years, spreading clouds of fear across the country, and especially in many parts of the north where law and order has collapsed.  Different murderous gangs roam the cities, streets and villages day and night exploding bombs, shooting and killing innocent people. They set homes and business premises on fire, destroying places of worship, and attacking security agents and institutions. The process has promoted anarchy by causing confusion and widespread panic among people in Nigeria. The civil rights of individuals and even their more basic civil liberties as guaranteed by the constitution has been jeopardized. While the Islamic sects unleash terror on the people, the activities of the security agents have become deplorable as well hence the abuses of people’s liberty have become rampant. They have deployed an unconventional and extra-judicial method of shoot at sight which is usually adopted by the government to tackle widespread public disturbances and terrible crimes. The security agents stop people at will, restrict people’s movement by the day and especially at night and kill anyone at the least suspicion. The sects’ activities have spread fear across the length and breadth of not only northern Nigeria but the entire country especially among the political elites. Given the ethnic sensitivity of the country, it has pushed further its political polarization and raised the existing suspicion and distrust especially between the north and south.    

1.5 Theoretical Framework

Frustration- aggression theory of Leonard Berkowitz (1969) was used to explain the phenomenon under discourse.  The theory is a socio-psychological. This theory states that aggression is the result of blocking or frustrating a person’s efforts to attain a goal. This theory has implications in this study because an observation of the Nigerian society, particularly the 20th century and the dawn of the 21st century shows that the Nigeria is pervaded with frustrating events and frustrating circumstances, one in which it could be said that frustration is endemic. Since 1980s, oppression and injustice have been rife, poverty has spread like wild fire, and frustration of the basic needs and aspirations of the vast majority of citizens, including the children and the youth, has been a cardinal feature of decadent society. One result of widespread and severe frustration of the legitimate needs and aspirations of the masses of Nigerians has been the development in the personalities of ordinary Nigerians of varying degrees of hostile and destructive traits, which manifest, in certain cases, in terrorist acts and crises orchestrated by frustrated youths in our societies. Thus, it may defensibly be asserted that a common denominator shared by the phenomena of terrorism, crime and crises in our societies is the existence of hostile and destructive urges in our youths due to frustration. As we have seen, this personality trait, characterized by hostility, and destructiveness, can be traced back to early experiences of frustration, and such experiences come from the environment. It is also interesting to note that, the specific events that trigger violent crises in societies are usually the particular environment of a given society, and can often be seen to involve the frustration or denial of some basic needs. Frustration and denial of basic needs  trigger off terrorism.  Egbue, Nwankwo and Alichie (2015) confirmed that Mohammed Yusuf and his Boko Haram ideology found an echo and appeal within the rank of frustrated members of the peasant class in Northern Nigeria. He capitalized on their dwindling economic situation and the ‘Almajiri’ system to attract large followership especially amongst the commoners (peasant class).

1.6 Conclusion

Boko-Haram has become an intrinsic challenge in Nigeria. This challenge has led to serious infrastructural damage in the areas of education, health and social welfare facilities, poor economy particularly in affected areas, while millions are left homeless.  Egbue, Nwankwo and Alichie (2015) claimed that Boko Haram group has done much harm in the past six years in Nigeria. The loss of lives, loss of government owned and private property, failure of sustainable development initiatives by  Nigerians and government, loss of prospective foreign investments are a few of the fallouts of  Boko Haram insurgency in Nigeria.

1.7 Recommendation 

  1. Boko-Haram in Nigeria did not develop from a vacuum; there are some social and political factors that gave birth to it that is why all hands must be on deck in the fight against Boko Haram irrespective of diverse social, political, ethnic, religious or cultural inclination of Nigerians.
  2. There is need to review the current techniques of fighting terrorism by the security agencies and improve its counter-terrorism approaches.
  3. Since current governmental programmes have not met the employment need of the society, there is need to review the current programmes in a way that they can create sustainable jobs and encourage economic empowerment. Since economic deprivation and frustration leads to radicalism.
  4. Our present political structure needs to be reviewed because instability in our political system and bad governance encourages radicalism and terrorism.
  5. There is need for the government to effectively censor the activities of religious activities. Since the inability of the government to censor religious activities in the country has rendered the authority ineffective to combat the rising wave of terrorism.
  6. There is need to engage all the stakeholders and the youth to negotiate ethnic and cultural differences, this will help restructure the country in a way rancour and acrimony can reduce among the people. It is important to note that growing sentiments of discrimination among the people can lead groups to look to more conservative, and eventually, extremist ideologies.
  7. Since there is still a slow pace of literacy level in the present laws and practices guiding the education system, the present laws and practices should be reviewed in a way that literacy level in Nigeria can be improved. In particular, there is the need to explore the extant laws and the extent to which they are being enforced with a view to establishing their efficacy.
  8. There is a need to start the fight against corruption from the institutional level, since corruption encourages terrorism. Fighting corruption from the institutional level allows the understanding of the root causes of corruption and the machineries that breed corruption. By doing so, we will be able to know the best ways to manage and block the loopholes that breed about corruption.

References

Adeniyi, S. (2006, November 3). Nigeria has Lost $300 Billion to Corruption. This Day   Newspaper. P8.

Ajah, L.O., Ajah, M. I., Ajah, B.O., Onwe, E. O., Ozumba, B.C.,  Iyoke, C.A., & Nwankwo, T.C. (2022). A 20 Year Retrospective Review of Rape Pattern in Ebonyi State, South-East Nigeria. Heliyon, 8, e08894. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2022.e08894

Ali, T. (2002). The Clash of Fundamentalisms: Crusades, Jihads and Modernity.  London, UK:   Verso.

Beri, R. (2017). Rise of Terrorism in Africa. Institute for Defence Studies and Analysis, New       Delhi.

Boff, L. (2006). Fundamentalism, terrorism and the future of humanity. London: Society for        Promoting Christian Knowledge.

Damaging effect of Boko Haram (2011, February 11). The Guardian. P43.

Dempsey, T. (2006).  Counterterrorism in African failed States: Challenges and Potential            Solutions. Retrieved from  http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/.&nbsp;

Egbue, N. G.,  Nwankwo, I. U., & Alichie, B. O. (2015). Curbing Boko Haram Terrorist   Insurgence in Nigeria: Imperatives of Quadruple Action Package of Limited Military Response, Improved Social Services, Conflict Resolution Initiatives and Modified            Pacifism. British Journal of Arts and Social Sciences, Vol. 20 (1), 13-29.  ISSN: 2046-           9578.                                                                                                                                          

Ekwueme, C., & Akpan, C. (2011). Mass media and Boko Haram insurrection: A call for            reportorial paradigm shifts. Ota: ACCE Conference proceedings.

Eno, M. A., Eno, O. A., Ingiriis, M. H., & Haji, J. M. (2012). Slavery and Colonialism: The         Worst Terrorism on Africa. African Rennaissance, Vol. 9 (1), 9-26.

Eze, O.J., Ajah, B.O.*, Okpa, J.T., Ngwu, G. E. (2023). Ethnic-based violence: Nigeria   perspectives. In: Martin, C., V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (Eds), Handbook of anger,     aggression, and violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-98711-        4_182-2

Eze, J.O., Okpa, J.T., Onyejegbu, C.D., & Ajah, B. O. (2022). Cybercrime: victims’ shock           absorption mechanisms. UK: IntechOpen. doi: 10.5772/intechopen.106818.

Ikeke, M. O. (2015). Philosophy and the Problem of Terrorism in Nigeria.  Bassey Andah             Jounal, Vol. 7 (8), 231-241.

Isyaku, A. (2013). Terrorism: A New Challenge to Nigeria’s Stability in the 21st Century.            International Affairs and Global Strategy, Vol 12.  ISSN 2224-574X (Paper)  ISSN 2224-   8951 (Online).         

Mooney, L. A., Knox, D., & Schacht, C. (2002). Understanding  Social Problems (3rd ed.)  US:   Wadworth/Thompson Learning.

National Bureau of Statistics (2013). Nigeria Unemployment Rate.   

Obi, C. K. (2015). Challenges of Insecurity and Terrorism in Nigeria: Implication for National     Development. OIDA International Journal of Sustainable Development, Vol. 8 (2),11-18.

Obuah, E. (2010). Combating Corruption in a “Failed” state. The Nigerian Economic and                         Financial Crimes Commission (EFCC). Journal of Sustainable Development in Africa,         Vol.12 (1).

Okpa, J. T., Ajah, B. O., Eze, O. J., & Enweonwu, O. A. (2022). Communal conflict and violence: Causes and impact. In C. Martin, V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (eds) Handbook         of Anger, Aggression, and Violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030- 98711-4_184-1

Olawale, R. (2016, April 26). Violence in Nigeria: Causes, Effects and Solutions. The Nigerian   Voice. Retrieved from https://www.thenigerianvoice.com/sports/214575/violence-in-        nigeria-causes-effects-and-solutions.html

Oyeniyi, A. B. (2010). Terrorism in Nigeria: Groups, Activities, and Politics. International          Journal of Politics and Good Governance,Vol. 1 (1). ISSN: 0976 – 119.

Popoola, I. S. (2012). Press and Terrorism in Nigeria: A Discourse on Boko Haram. Global          Media Journal ,  Vol 6 (1).

US Department of State (2004). Country Report on Human Rights Practices. Retrieved from       www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/hrrpt/2004/41620.htm.

Wilkinson, P. (2006). Terrorism. The handbook of Security, Basingstoke: Palgrave.

Zumve, S., Ingyoroko, M., & Akuva, I. (2013). Terrorism in Contemporary Nigeria: A Latent      Function of Official Corruption and State Neglect. European Scientific Journal. Vol.9 (8).  ISSN: 1857 – 7881 (Print). e – ISSN 1857- 743

Exploratory study of the internet and business operations in Nigeria

1Ikegbunam, Uchenna Lilian

Department of Educational Foundations and Administration, 

Nwafor Orizu College of Education, Nsugbe, Anambra State

Email: ucikegbunam1@gmail.com

2Chijioke A. C. Okoye

Department of History and International Studies,

Odumegwu Ojukwu University, Igbariam Campus, Anambra State

Email: ca.okoye@coou.edu.ng  

3*Chukwuemeka Dominic Onyejegbu*

Social Sciences Unit, School of General Studies, University of Nigeria, Enugu Campus, Enugu State

Email: onyejegbudominic@gmail.com

Corresponding author*

4Kingsley Obumunaeme Ilo

Department of Political Science, University of Nigeria, Nsukka, Enugu State

Email: kingsley.ilo@unn.edu.ng

Abstract 

Recent cybersecurity reports suggest that cyber-attacks are on the increase, especially as they are mostly deployed innovatively by cyber-criminals to steal personal data, conduct espionage, harm business operations, or deny user access to information and services. In Nigeria, cyber-attacks remain the most notable strategies employed by highly sophisticated cybercrime syndicates in attacking and stealing information from large corporations and Internet users. This study explores how cyber-attacks impinge business operations in Nigeria. Data for the study were gathered from newspapers, e-books, magazines, journals, textbooks and online articles. At the end, the study calls for businesses to strengthen their network of security, engage in aggressive cyber-security awareness training for staff, leverage advanced detection and response technologies, and use mobile protection solutions or corporate internet traffic protection to avoid the damaging effects of malware on their finances and reputation.  It is equally recommended by the study for corporate organisations to spread their data across smaller sub-networks to help contain attacks to only a few endpoints instead of the entire ICT infrastructure.

Keyword: Cybercrime, Cyber-attack, Internet, Business operations, Corporate organizations.

Introduction

In 2017, African economies lost US$3.5 billion to cyber-attacks with Nigeria holding the biggest loss of US$649 million (Eze, Okpa, Onyejegbu & Ajah, 2022; Africa’s Pulse, 2019; Abdi, 2018). This is seconded by Kenya with a loss of US$210 million. For Nigeria, the US$649 million was about 3.3% of its total national budget for that year 2017 which is bigger than 3.1% of the budget that was allocated to Defense and 1.9% of the budget that was allocated to Health (Punch, 2016).  Despite popular metrics, Nigeria is not particularly a wealthy country as it houses a good percentage of the poorest population in the world (Okpa, Ajah, Eze & Enweonwu, 2022; Kazeem, 2018; Saharareporters, 2018). With 3.2% of the national economic activities lost to cybercrime in 2017, a great number of people and businesses were affected and pushed below poverty line (Ukwayi & Okpa, 2018).   Prince (2019) and Jumoke (2019) affirmed that 60% of Nigerian firms experienced cyber-attacks in 2018 and 43% of these attacks went to small and medium scale enterprises. These financial losses meant that some businesses were shut down while others outrightly downsized their workforce to maintain viability, hence causing more unemployment, poverty and hunger across the country (Eze, Ajah, Okpa & Ngwu, 2022). Approximately one in every eleven Nigerians is unemployed and about 50% of the 180million population live in extreme poverty (Yomi, 2018; Timothy, 2018). These metrics raise more concern with the fact that cybercrime steals about 3.3% of national economic activities per year and is responsible for many businesses shutting down and downsizing, resulting to the tremendous unemployment and poverty that troubles the nation.

            These threats are perpetrated by employing the most intelligent methods by either stealing from people without their knowing or deliberately ensnaring people into parting with their resources . In using deliberate methods, cybercriminals tell cascades of stories to their prospective victims either to win their sympathies or interests. Once this step is achieved, they proceed to lure their victims into parting with their savings (Frank, 2019). This use of deliberate method is the popularly known ‘Yahoo-Yahoo’ in Nigeria. Their deliberate methods can come in the forms of love and romance like the case of Jan Marshall who was defrauded $350,000 by a fake Nigerian lover or in the forms of business opportunities like the case of Emmanuel Nwude who sold a nonexistent airport to Brazilian bankers for $242 million (Ajah, Ajah, Ajah, Onwe, Ozumba, Iyoke & Nwankwo, 2022; Frank, 2019; Farida, 2018). In using deliberate methods, they cajole, ensnare and deceive victims into willingly parting with their resources. This does not only happen from Nigerian fraudsters to foreign victims but also from Nigerian fraudsters to Nigerian victims – but Nigerian victims have continuously failed to tell their stories, likely because of shame, stigma or fear of being condemned as weak or stupid. 

Cybercrime in Nigeria

            In earlier Nigeria as well as earlier Africa, crimes existed but they were highly unsophisticated. Stealing was almost horizontal and people simply walked into crimes. There were no fixed definitions of what comprised crime and what did not; people were merely guided by indigenous laws and definitions of crime. Ani (2019) and Solanke (2011) described indigenous legal system as local elders and chiefs sitting under an Iroko tree to discuss a peculiar behavior and determine whether it is right or wrong. The legal system at the time was both not structurally formed and unsophisticated. Sophistication came with the foreigners when people saw different ways to live – and different ways to also commit diverse crimes. By the time of independence, a few Nigerians had acquired education and sharpened their skills in thinking and sophistication. Fraud and embezzlement among educated public officials kicked-in.  Officials were silently stealing from the people without public’s knowledge. People gradually gained consciousness on the crimes of officials; others also discovered criminal patterns of their own. Cybercrime came with the internet. As the world developed technologically for businesses and social interactions, criminal minded individuals also saw opportunities to expand their methods and reach more people. 

Cybercrime connotes crimes committed on the internet. This may exist in different forms like cyber-fraud, cyber espionage, cyber stalking, hacking, etc. The most common among Nigerian cybercriminals is cyber fraud. Cyber fraud, unlike hacking, requires less technological skills but much social skills. It is the act of relating with other people on the internet with the sole purpose of defrauding them. It usually involves other sub-criminal activities like impersonation and forgery and is more emotionally exhausting than hacking  (Bentina & Ajah, 2017). In cyber-fraud, the perpetrators usually approach their victims with business opportunities, romance gestures or unfortunate stories to win their victims’ pity. Once a prospective victim listens and accepts the gestures of the cybercriminal, the victim is made to part with his/her monies to the cybercriminal  (Bentina & Ajah, 2017). These monies are usually victims’ life-savings or borrowed funds. In some cases, the romance method is used and victims also get emotionally affected as well.

            Whether it is cyber-stalking, espionage, cybersquatting, cyber-bullying, identity theft, cyber child pornography or cyber fraud, Nigerian constitution abhors them and finds perpetrators guilty with jail terms and/or fines (Das & Nayak, 2013). An example of identity theft is the imposter of Bola Tinubu on Facebook who was later discovered and arrested (Lawpadi, 2019). Such Identity theft crime on the internet is punishable with no less than 3years imprisonment or ₦7 million fine or both (Cybercrime Act, 2015). 

Cybercrime and Businesses

The cyberspace is driving business innovations and growths globally, and at the same time, exposing corporate organisations to new and emerging internet-assisted crimes (Makeri, 2017; Longe, Ngwa, Wada, Mbarika, & Kvasny, 2009; Quarshie and Martin-Odoom, 2012). Today, the negative frontiers of the cyberspace that corporate organisations are contending with include: hacking, malware attacks, cyber-terrorism, spoofing, phishing, spam, virus attacks, child pornography, cyber vandalism, cyberstalking, data modification, email bombing and cybersquatting (Fanawopo, 2004). The alarming increase in “incidents of cyber-attacks and the resultant economic implications have made the management and security of the cyberspace a paramount concern to multi-stakeholders, driving the process, from the public to the private corporate institutions” (Agugoesi, 2014:8).

Hacking is a complicated technical activity aimed at exploiting systems’ vulnerabilities to subvert security checks, geared towards compromising digital devices such as computers, smartphones, tablets, and networks of organisations for financial gains, corporate espionage and for fun. Hackers are broadly classified into the Black Hat, White Hat and Gray Hat hackers. The Black-hatters are the malicious hackers who hack for economic reasons. The White hatters are the ‘good guys’ in the cyberspace who hack for ethical reasons, while, the Gray hatters hack for ideological reasons (Manne, 2020). The Black-hat hackers sometimes known as crackers are criminals, who use their skills to modify computer hardware or software for malicious intents. These group of individuals use their programming skills, to exploit target systems’ weaknesses and invade the networks of organisations, steal personal and corporate data for personal aggrandisement. Black-hat hacking is committed by a diverse spectrum of actors (lone actors and organized crime syndicate), with different motivations and affiliations (Peters & Jordan, 2019).

 Their motivation ranges from economic gains to stealing and damaging sensitive data, disabling networks, establishing a command and control server, or using the system as a base to wreak future havoc. “Attacks can be active such as a brute-force attack that determines a user’s password, or passive, such as a web-based attack that waits for a user to visit a malicious webpage in an attempt to infect the user’s computer with malicious codes through which they gain access into the target organisations’ networks” (Peters & Jordan, 2019:6). These group of digital opportunists usually cause mayhem in organisations by engaging in DDoS, identity theft, vandalizing networks and creating worms to damage institutional and personal files. Studies have shown that fraudulent emails remain the most widely used strategy by black hatters to attack corporate organisations. Most of such attacks begin with phishing emails, which exploit staff vulnerabilities in order to infect computers with malware. Once the malware is downloaded into the network, black-hat hackers through this medium gain access to the user’s database to forge personal data with which they exploit an organisation. The malware ignorantly downloaded into the network by staff could maliciously delete or transfer information, download destructive programs, providing hackers with unauthorized access to the computer, and more. Black-hat hackers also use psychology to trick staff into clicking on a malicious attachment or providing personal data. Despite differences in hackers’ profile and drive, majority of the attacks by these group of cybercriminals have been found to be trans-national in nature (Peters & Jordan, 2019). This suggests that a single hacking attack can hit countless victims in different countries independent of the location of the attack.

Estimating the global economic impact of black-hat hacking is difficult since most organisations do not report or publish their financial losses. However, The Council of Economic Advisers (2018:8) estimated that “malicious cyber activities cost the U.S. economy between $57 billion and $109 billion in 2016”. “In Kenya, several government websites came under hackers’ attacks, putting huge amounts of citizens’ data and even government revenue collection systems at risk. In 2012, over one hundred (100) Kenyan government websites were defaced by an Indonesian hacker with an estimated loss of $22.4 million. In South Africa, ATMs were massively compromised and huge sums of funds lost to the activities of the hackers in South Africa” (Tobiko, 2014:7).  

Similarly, every successful attack, no matter how insignificant, attracts disastrous consequences for corporate organisations. The abuses of the cyberspace by black hatters portend danger and have stalled the developmental contributions accruable from a well-harnessed ICT adoption, diffusion and utilisation by corporate organisations in Nigeria. This development has widened the digital divide, crumbled the information infrastructure and affected consumer’s confidence in online transactions in Nigeria.

Reporting on the dynamic nature of malware attacks, Jennings, Johnson and Sood (2019) state that malicious actors leverage on automated software and other ICT tools to target small businesses and large corporations. This shows that no organisation whether big or small, production companies or service providers are immune to malware attacks. More recently, scholars such as Lévesque, Chiasson, Somayaji and Fernandez (2018) have employed quantitative approach to explore the interactions between users, antivirus (AV) software, and malware as they occur on deployed systems. Another form of malware known as ransomware in a bid to avoid being traced, it demands that its ransom be paid through bitcoin, this makes their in-put low and their profit very high in addition to their operational anonymity (Jennings, Johnson & Sood, 2019).  

Literature from both developed and developing nations have highlighted operational methods deplored by malware writers to include “code obfuscation and modification as well as inclusion of new behaviour in the malware to improve strength and viability” (Gounder & Farik, 2017). For example, Gounder and Farik’s (2017) research on new ways to fight malware suggests “code obfuscation makes malware code obscure and unintelligible by malware detectors, reduces the size of codes making malware download time and deployment shorter and easier”. This technique can be grouped into “polymorphic or metamorphic”. “Polymorphic virus hides its decryption loops using code insertion and transposition to bypass detection while metamorphic virus evades detection by hiding itself from detectors” (Shah, 2014). 

The corporate organisations ICT components are often the major victims of malware attacks due to failure to secure their operating system designs and other related software vulnerabilities (OECD, 2008). Software vulnerabilities according to OECD (2008) is a function of faulty coding, software not properly configured, or used in a manner not compatible with the suggested uses or improperly configured with other software. These factors allow for loopholes that exposes corporate entities to malware attacks. In the event that internet fraudsters find these flaws, malicious software is created to take advantage of them (Oyelere & Oyelere, 2015). Non-technological factors, such as bad user behaviours and ineffective security policies and processes, may put a company at risk of malware infection. Malwares such as viruses or trojans must be triggered by some kind of user activity, such as clicking on a seemingly trustworthy file or link, opening a phishing e-mail or visiting a compromised website as well as through physical media such as external drives. According to Danchev (2006) “once the system security has been compromised by the initial infection, some forms of malware automatically install additional functionality such as spyware (e.g. keylogger), backdoor, rootkit or any other type of malware, known as the payload”.

Conclusion and recommendations

In Nigeria today, different forms of cybercrimes are committed on a daily basis ranging from phishing, Business Email Compromise, hacking, cyber vandalism, cyber espionage and malware attacks. These cybercrimes are increasing in frequency, dimension and sophistication, thus posing  serious threats to the socio-economic development of businesses, internet users, and national security. The destructive intention of these cybercrimes are to overwhelm, manipulate and damage computers whether personal or corporate without the knowledge of the users. For this reason, countries like “Kenya, Angola, Nigeria, Rwanda, Botswana, Uganda, Tanzania, and South Africa” lost billions of dollars annually to cyber related offences. However, to stem the tide of cyber-attacks, the study calls for businesses to strengthen their network of security, engage in aggressive cyber-security awareness training for staff, leverage advanced detection and response technologies, and use mobile protection solutions or corporate internet traffic protection to avoid the damaging effects of malware on their finances and reputation.  It is equally recommended by the study for corporate organisations tospread their data across smaller sub-networks to help contain attacks to only a few endpoints instead of the entire ICT infrastructure. 

Reference

Abdi L, D. (2018). Cybercrime is costing Africa’s businesses billions. Quartz News. Retrieved from: https://qz.com/africa/1303532/cybercrime-costs-businesses-in-kenya-south-africa-nigeria-billions/

Ajah, L.O., Ajah, M. I., Ajah, B.O., Onwe, E. O., Ozumba, B.C.,  Iyoke, C.A., & Nwankwo, T.C. (2022). A 20 Year Retrospective Review of Rape Pattern in Ebonyi State, South-East Nigeria. Heliyon, 8, e08894. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2022.e08894

Abdul-Rasheed Ishowo, S. L., Muhammed, L. A. & Abdullateef, Y. R. (2016). Cybercrime and Nigeria’s external image: A critical assessment. Africology: The Journal of Pan African Studies, 9(6), 119-132.

Ajah, B. O. & Chukwuemeka, O. D. (2019). Neo-economy and militating effects of Africa’s profile on cybercrime. International Journal of Cyber Criminology 13(2), 326-342.

Ani, C, C. (2015). Crime and punishment in African indigenous law. Retrieved from: https://www.academia.edu/31440754/CRIME_AND_PUNISHMENT_IN_AFRICAN_INDIGENOUS_LAW

Beck, U. (2006). Living in the world risk. Society Economy and Society, 35(3), 329-345

Brendler, B. (2007). Spyware/Malware Impact on Consumers; APEC-OECD Malware Workshop; April 2007 (Source: StopBadware Project); available online at: http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/33/55/38652920.pdf.

Chen, Q. & Bridges, R. A. (2017).  Automated Behavioral Analysis of MalwareA Case Study of WannaCry Ransomware. in Intelligence and Security Informat-ics (ISI), 2017 16th IEEE International Conference on Machine Learning and Applications (ICMLA).

Bentina, A. M. & Ajah, B. O. (2017). Understanding gender dimension of cyber bullying among undergraduates in Nigeria. Ahmadu Bello University Press Limited.

Chinweze, U. C., Chukwuemeka, O. D., Egbegi, F. R. (2019). An exploratory study of cybercrime in the contemporary Nigeria value system. European Journal of Social Sciences Studies. 4 (3), 131-141

Cybercrime Act. (2015). Cybercrimes (prohibition, prevention, etc) act, 2015. Retrieve from: https://www.cert.gov.ng/file/docs/CyberCrime__Prohibition_Prevention_etc__Act__2015.pdf

Das, S.,  & Nayak, T. (2013). Impact of cybercrime: Issues and challenges. International Journal            of         Engineering Sciences & Emerging Technologies, 6 (2), 142-153.

Eze, O.J., Ajah, B.O.*, Okpa, J.T., Ngwu, G. E. (2023). Ethnic-based violence: Nigeria   perspectives. In: Martin, C., V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (Eds), Handbook of anger,     aggression, and violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-98711-        4_182-2

Eze, J.O., Okpa, J.T., Onyejegbu, C.D., & Ajah, B. O. (2022). Cybercrime: victims’ shock           absorption mechanisms. UK: IntechOpen. doi: 10.5772/intechopen.106818.

Farida, D. (2018). How Nigerian Fraudsters sold a nonexistent airport for $242 million to a Brazilian bank in 1995. Face2Face Africa. Retrieved from: https://face2faceafrica.com/article/how-nigerian-fraudsters-sold-a-non-existent-airport-for-242-million-to-a-brazilian-bank-in-1995

Frank, C. (2019). Lonely heart, 61, gave her $350,000 life savings to a man she met on dating site Plenty Of Fish – only to find out her urbane Englishman ‘Eamon Donegal Dubhlainn’ was a Nigerian fraudster. Retrieved from: https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-3085724/I-groomed-way-child-abuse-victims-Woman-loses-life-savings-350-000-falling-love-British-man-dating-site-sending-money-discover-Nigerian-fraudster.html

Jumoke, A. L. (2015, March 5). SMEs hardest hit by cybercrime, as 60% of Nigerian businesses suffer attacks. Business Day Report, P3.

Lawpadi. (2019). 10 things to know about Nigeria’s cybercrime act 2015. Retrieved from: https://lawpadi.com/10-things-to-know-about-nigerias-cybercrime-act-2015/

Okpa, J. T., Ajah, B. O., Eze, O. J., & Enweonwu, O. A. (2022). Communal conflict and violence: Causes and impact. In C. Martin, V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (eds) Handbook         of Anger, Aggression, and Violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030- 98711-4_184-1

Recent Trends of ICT in Indian Higher Education System: An Analytical Study

Mohd Mushtaq

Research Scholar

Department of Education and Training

Maulana Azad National Urdu University Hyderabad-32

Abstract:

With the fastest eras of information communication technology, Education requires an innovative methods and strategies of teaching learning process. The relationship between technology and education at all levels is bi-directional. According to NEP 2020, Digital India Campaign is helping to make over the whole nation into a digitally empowered society and knowledge economy. While education will play a critical role in this transformation.  ICT play an important role in the improvement of educational processes and outcomes. The present study is to explore the recent trends of ICT and role of ICT in Indian higher education system. Finding of the study revealed that the usage of ICT in education will increase the interest, motivation, excitement and learning capacity among students during the teaching learning process. ICT enhance the learner interest, gives flexibility to the students, enhance motivation, give freedom to the students, increases the learner potentials and capabilities etc. Some resources of educational technology such as smart devices, digital cameras, social media platform, software applications and better facilities of internet.  Further found that when we have best resources according to the recent trends of ICT and facilities for the implementation of information communication technology, the teaching process will be skilful and reached at higher standard and students will gain more and more knowledge. Education through ICT is very effective and successful such as through the interactions between students and teachers, peer groups and course materials etc. 

Keyword: Information Communication Technology, Recent trends, teaching learning process, Role of ICT, Indian education system.

INTRODUCTION

Education is critical in modifying an individual’s behaviour to meet the demands of the present situation. As a result, it has a significant impact on societal change. Due to the rising of population emergence of information technology and education is also going bi-directional. Hence education play a vital role in changing the society as well as the modification of behaviour of an individual. For the betterment of education innovative technology are applied in e- learning to enhance the quality education.  Online learning is the combination of tool which we can use through the websites. In online learning students can obtain knowledge from a website, it is considered a more flexible learning strategy. They can download appropriate learning materials, as well as use the mail system and a variety of social media sites where teachers and students can interact and learn by sharing their perspectives. Emergence of Innovative applications of computer in the teaching learning process increasing day by day and it includes e- learning, computer learning, network-based learning, intranet based and internet-based learning and also includes many strategies of learning such as; text, video, animations, audio, and virtual /pure online environment. ICT, stands for “information and communication technology,” was first used in 1992. Science, technology, and engineering use ICT as a discipline and management technique to manage information, its use, and involvement with socioeconomic and cultural issues. In the current situation, ICT tools are usually overlooked. The traditional educational system was insufficient to hold a student’s attention in the developed world and in the age of modern science. The present methods also struggle to fulfil the needs of learning among students. Predictable processes of teaching and learning which brought knowledge as bits, it includes memorizing theories, justifications, facts and principles that do not achieve teaching objectives. For effective teaching learning process, new and innovative strategies must be personalised to increase the interest of the students. Technology plays a vital role in teaching learning process. At current time development of technology is very useful for teaching learning process. Educational technology is made up of two words education and technology. Education is the process of attaining and imparting knowledge, skill and attitudes. Technology denotes approaches as well as technical devices. Technology is the techniques of science and methods of obtaining new knowledge related to technology and others field such as, arts, science and specifically professional courses. National Council for Educational Research and Training defined that educational technology as the means of three different things includes with progress, application and evaluation the first thing is strategies/techniques, second is system and the third one is aids to improve overall teaching leaning process. In present scenario of education, e-learning is the most recent kind of ICT applied to improve and accelerate teaching and learning. It is a well-known fact that ICT has entered every aspect of life and that education has spread to practically every country in the world. E-learning offers a variety of applications and accessibility to students seven days a week, 24 hours a day so that anybody can participate in class at any time and from any location using a variety of communication methods. E-learning in India has modified the evolving characteristics of instructional materials and created new educational opportunities. ICT is a type of technology that makes it possible to conduct information-based activities. These include obtaining information, processing data, and gathering, processing, and displaying data. Communication and cooperation are especially critical in these efforts. It has evolved into ICT, or information and communication technology. As a result, an online teacher makes up for the absence of a physical classroom by creating a friendly atmosphere where all students feel at ease taking part in online lessons. By offering flexible locations, class schedules, and the world’s best content, it considerably aids in the migration of our lives into the digital world. 

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

Goyal, and Bhagat (2010) Factor that affect information and communication technology usage: A case study in Management Education. In this study survey based research was conducted under 458 respondent 57 teacher and 401 students from different background. The finding of the study show that both students and teachers gave significant importance to pedagogy and ICT is very effective in teaching learning process for teacher as well as students. Usage of information communication technology in teaching learning process gives flexibility to the students, engaging students, better relationship between teacher and students, students and peer group and increase students motivation, students interest, enhance capability of students and freedom to students.  Some pedagogical factors are relevant for the effective usage of ICT such as, usage of technology in daily routine, development of ICT day to day life,  some technological device like reliability of ICT, IT and data security etc.

Amit Mahajan and Dhirendra Sharma (2012) conducted a study on Strengths Weaknesses, Opportunity and Threats analysis of information communication technology infrastructure and services in Jammu University. In this study the researcher revealed that the university have a better ICT infrastructure and services for the students. ICT services play an important role in teaching learning process with the experts of technology it  increase the student’s opportunity, identify the weakness of students as well as researcher and give greater chance for improving the research work. Result of the study show that most of the institution want a better facilities in ICT for teaching learning process and same as it is University of Jammu have better facility and want to developed institution in information communication technology.

Ulka Toro and Millind Joshi (2012) conducted a study on information Communication Technology Review of Literature from the Period 2004-2011. In this study the researcher found that ICT play a vital role in teaching learning process at higher education level. Around the world emergence of technology increasingly day by day and moving it into the digital society. ICT is being more important in 21 century among teaching learning process.  ICT help in improving the weaknesses and strength of the student at higher education. Finding of the study revealed that the new information communication technology tools have basic produced significant transformation in industry, agriculture, education, medicines, engineering and others fields. The new teaching approaches involve the use of audio-visual, computer and telematics tools on the part of lecturers.

Syed Noor-Ul-Amin (2013) a study on an effective use of information and communication technology for education and learning by worldwide knowledge. The purpose of this study is to explore the usage of technology in teaching learning process. In past few years the usage of information communication technology is changed. The higher education system is highly influence by information communication technology and quality of education for improving the quality of education and application of ICT. In this study the researcher explore that the ICT not effected on learner styles but also effects on teachers way of teaching. It enables students centered learning and increase the overall significance of ICT in education as well as teaching learning process. In this study the researcher identify and assess significant strategies in national as well as international research and effective use of ICT for education with respect to the teaching learning process,  Quality of ICT and accessibility of education  ICT and learning motivation, ICT and learning environment, and ICT to enhance the educational performance. The researcher further found that ICT can show a very less significant role in overall development of teaching learning quality and students oriented learning modules in recent education system. Usage of ICT is very helpful in teaching learning process which enhanced the teaching strategies.

Ishtiaq etal. (2017) conducted a study on the effects of information and communication technology on the students’ academic achievement and retention in chemistry. Experimental methods were used for the study. In this study 50 students of 9th class belonging to the Kohsar Public School and College Latamber Karak under sample random sampling were selected. The study is based on equalling groups that is based on pre-test and post-test. Mean average, standard deviation, and t-test were used for analysing the data through statistical analysis.  In this study the researcher found that the Information communication technology have positively effect on students’ academic performance and retention and ICT was found more effective, interesting and motivating for the students as well as teacher. 

Mushtaq Ahmed Patel (2020) conducted a study on Open Educational Resource a teaching-learning tool in the times of covid-19 in India. In this study the researcher found that open educational resource is an innovative approach in teaching learning process. OER help the students as well as teacher for accessing the material easily and without time being. The teacher and student can access the material through some electronic devices such as, computer, mobile phone, desktop, smart phone and tablets etc. The researcher further found that that individuals are making isolated efforts with few unorganized governments and non-government agencies efforts. 

Mushtaq and Banwaree Lal (2022) conducted a study on Blended Mode of education and its relevance in teaching learning process. In this study the researcher try to find out the emergence of technology in teaching learning process. The main objectives of the study is to explore the  features, key benefits of blended learning, role of teacher and students in blended learning environment and infrastructure required for blended learning classroom. Result of the study reveals that blended learning is the combination of learning where students learn through offline mode (physical presence) with online instruments in teaching learning process.  Blended learning is more effective, interesting and motivated for the students as well as teachers and enhance the learning potentials, remove the relationship gap between teacher and students and give freedom to the students. The implementation of blended learning requires better infrastructure, good trained teachers, experts, and a better system of technology for the effective and interesting teaching learning process. And further found that face to face teaching learning process with the use of online instruments such as projectors, smart board, laptop, desktop, and some software application increase the learners and teacher capabilities, interest, motivation, learning potential, problem solving skills, creativity, cognitive power and practice of the learners in teaching learning process.

OBJECTIVES

1. To study the Role of ICT in Indian higher education system.

2. To study the recent trends of ICT in Indian higher education system.

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

1. What is the role of ICT in Indian higher education system?

2. What is the recent trends of ICT in Indian education system?

METHODOLOGY

        In this study Qualitative methods of research was used to analyze the role of ICT in Indian higher education system and recent trends of ICT in Indian education system for the study. 

ROLE OF ICT IN INDIAN HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEM

ICT plays a significant role in teaching learning process, strategies of Information Communication Technology in administration, role of ICT in research, ICT as a Change agent in Society and role of ICT changing in Higher education.  In day today life Information communication Technology play an important role in the overall educational process encompassing from endeavor to the application of technology in handling key issues of access, fairness, administration, effectiveness, teaching process, techniques or strategies, quality, research and development. Information Communication Technology gives insight to the students and teachers for the development of education and its plays important role to make effective teaching learning process at higher education level. Use of ICT in higher education give establishing a forceful edge by contribute to improve the service among staff and students, enhanced learning process among students and increase experience towards teachers in teaching learning process and research also. ICT plays a significant role in administration of educational institutions for the usage of prevailing resources and  make easy administration tasks such as, student administration, staff administration, general administration by removing the work load  of paper and exchange the physical conservation of record keeping to electronic maintenance of records which helps in easy recovery  of any material of students, staff and general with in a section of seconds can access the essential information and knowledge. Combination of ICT in higher education increases the excellence of research work and more number of students enrolled in the research work in the different fields. Information communication technology enables the connections throughout the world in all disciplines and make social networking. It saves time, money and struggle to the researchers in their research studies. Information communication technology is most essential for computing and analyses of data in quantitative works. Some software of ICT is beneficial for analyzing and interpretation of data such as, excel, SPSS, statistical techniques for social science, online analyzing calculators etc. usage of information communication technology is beneficial for the researcher where the researcher scholar identify the literature reviews making objectives hypothesis and methodology in research work and using ICT in an appropriate situations. The advancement of higher education in India combined with the need to stand and be competitive in an international situation needs a good decisions to be taken rapidly and effectively.  This  has  increased  the  opportunity  and  difficulties  of administration,  thus  making  it  essential  to  implement  different  approaches  of  higher  education administration. The increasing student population in higher education accelerated the necessity of for information communication technology to process, recover and store data and information in a quick basic and particular patterns. The attentions of electronic administration in higher education is on the establishments of an actual electronic administration by taking care of prevailing resources in the form of economically. The concept of traditional classroom moving from black board, notebook, pencils to an online education such as; computer software, internet, some apps of teaching and learning. Besides that the ICT change the teacher centered approach into student centric approach and the duty of teacher is coach, counselor, mentor and knowledge provider and the teaching learning process provide real time problem solving methods, intellectual reasoning and creative thinking also.

HIGHER EDUCATION: The students of under-graduation, graduation, MPhil, PhD and post doctorial belonging to the different colleges, and universities are falling in higher education. Different curriculum and co curriculum covering different disciplines like science, arts, medical, non-medical, commerce, computer science, social science, engineering, mathematics culture and humanities. The government of India take an initiates in the form of SWAYAM that is providing MOOCs courses with certificate at the completion of course.

RECENT TRENDS OF ICT IN INDIAN EDUCATION SYSTEM

         The global usage of internet has increased the demand for spreading of educational programmes. The highest advantage of using ICT tools is that it reduces carbon footprint. Usage of ICT tools allows e learning to take place in virtual learning environment. Online tools and mobile phones are very effective to promote learning.  Today’s learners are tech understanding. In order to make learning interesting mobile phones can be used by learners to explore. From young age learners need to be taught the safety measures to be taken during natural disasters. Initially this can be taught with the help of mobile phones where primary learners can learn about the safety measure through mobile phones. With the help of mobile phone students can watch cartoons based on natural disaster. This will help the students to understand the concept easily and with the help of mobile phones leaners can get access to information. Artificial intelligence is the current trend in education. Teaching artificial intelligence at school is very important. Schools should focus on three areas first the learners should learn with Artificial intelligence that is they need to know how to use them, secondly, they should learn about artificial intelligence this will enlighten them on the techniques and technologies involved in artificial intelligence. This will bring awareness to know its impact on human lives. Especially in building up of values and skills for life. It has the potential to transform education therefore it is essential to include artificial intelligence in education to meet the goals of sustainable development. With the help of artificial intelligence, it is possible to promote equitable quality education and it provides opportunities for lifelong learning. In recent trends of education blended learning plays an important role in teaching learning process. Blended means mixed up of traditional as well as virtual classroom where teachers and students presence are compulsory. Teacher imparts education via traditional classroom with the use of information communication technology such as, power point slides, pdf, videos, Google classroom, Google zoom, Google meet, Edmodo applications and some gamification applications. After Covid pandemic in higher education university grant commission recommended to the institutions 40% syllabus should be taught in online mode and 60% syllabus through offline mode.  

           Technology is a significant element in students’ education as well as teacher training programmes. Through digital media platform students have access knowledge and information without any restrictions. ICT is essential to pre-service teacher education programs in the twenty-first century. Without adequate ICT expertise, it is impossible for a teacher to perform in their classroom, hence it cannot be considered to be complete.  In day-to-day life, attention is also located on diverse educational philosophy and educational practice based on the various that developing requirements of our society. These theories and practises suggest that teacher education has also experienced alterations. It makes wisdom that new technology must be merged into the teacher education. Along with having strong perception towards teaching skills, teachers also need to have the correct attitudes and values. The minimum requirements of any training programme are that it should assist the learner in obtaining the fundamental abilities and aptitudes of a successful teacher. Inter- disciplinary approaches, correspondence courses, orientation courses, and other innovative developments in education are currently popular especially for teacher and students also. Other methods used in education include team teaching, programmed instruction, micro teaching, and simulations teaching are beneficial for the learner. Action research is now used in classroom during teaching learning process and teacher education as well. ICT assists as a portal to the informational world and aids in keeping students as well teacher up to date. It promotes knowledge, skill, learning aptitudes, potential, research aptitudes, online course teacher and student relationship, skilled based course and learning strategies also. Some beneficial approaches for students and teachers are as under;

  1. E- Learning
  2. Online/ virtual learning
  3. Blended learning
  4. Mobile learning
  5. Artificial intelligence
  6. Open and distance education
  7. Learner centred environment
  8. Learning management system

                Technology is nowadays being used in the classroom by Indian higher education. Technology includes some online approaches during teaching learning for the effectiveness of teaching learning process. Such approaches are laptops, LCD projectors, desktops, Smart classrooms, online video lectures, conferences, workshop, seminar, research webinar and memory sticks. ICT is beneficial for the teacher in teaching learning process. Because teachers are the only ones who can give pupils a bright future. Some of the recent trends are as under;

  1. Mobile Learning. With the emergence of technology the combining of software and hardware are generate new advances “Smart Phone” that is the essential tools in day to day life. A smart phone have advanced fixed technology in the field of industrial and telecommunications. Mobile devices with internet connectivity and computational power are projected to soon replace personal computers as the official appliance in classrooms.
  1. Cloud computing. Applications are increasingly moving away from independent desktops and laptops and onto server farms that can be accessed online. This trend will result in the availability of less expensive information appliances that do not need the size or processing capacity of a PC, which will have significant implications for educational systems. Providing interconnectivity to access data stored in the “cloud” will be the challenge.
  2. One-to-One computing.  Around the world, the tradition of classroom environment is to provide knowledge and information from the teacher to students and the application of information communication technology. In this setting of classroom students can learn through individual devices such as mobile phone, individual laptop/desktop, tablet etc. classrooms should prepare for the universal availability of personal learning devices.
  3. Universal learning. With the development of technology required strong network connection and better infrastructure for teaching learning process all over the world. Information communication technology gives great opportunity to the students for obtaining knowledge without time constrain, gives flexibility to students for accessing  their knowledge from anywhere and at any time. This trend of ICT requires a rethinking on traditional classroom environment
  4. Gaming. According to the Horizon Report, a current survey by the Pew Internet and American Life Project revealed that the excessive playing of online games are found in youth or young peoples and this types of activities can-not benefitted for the health. Most of the young people are interconnected with the society through games
  5. Personalized learning. Education systems are increasingly day by day and exploring the use of technology for better understanding among student’s knowledge.

                Some Current trend in Information Technology are as under, SWAYAM (Study Web of Active-learning for Youth Aspiring minds) Learning Management System, MOOCs, Robotics, Open Educational Resource, Cooperative Learning Strategies (CLS), Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning etc. Integration of technology in present situation plays a vital role in our education system as well as outside the educational background. But, education will be able to plays its role more effectively by making the individuals creative, innovative and efficient. Educational technology can immensely contribute to the qualitative as well as quantitative improvement of education.

CONCLUSION 

This study examine that the recent trends of information communication technology and role of ICT in Indian higher education system. ICT plays a vital role in the school education as well as higher education system in India.  During Covid pandemic all the formal education system was unfortunately stopped, meanwhile ICT was started day by day and spread over the world. ICT can immensely contribute to the qualitative as well as quantitative improvement of education.According to National Policy on Education 2020 technology will be benefitted for the students as well as teacher. Technology integration play an important role in teaching learning process. Some recent trends of ICT such as; Learning Management System, MOOCs, Robert, Cooperative Learning Strategies, Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning, Moodle, Open Educational Resource, Online Assessment and Portfolio, Smart classroom, Electronic Devices, and some software application are Google meet, Google classroom, Zoom, WebEx, Study Blue Flashcards, Schoology, Quiz, Teacher Kit, Animoto, Socrative, Seesaw, Tether, FoxFi, Too Noisy, Answer Garden, Slido etc. Finding of the study revealed  that usage of technology such as projectors, smart boards, laptops, desktop computers, and some software applications makes learning convenient and enhanced learner and teacher capabilities, interest, motivation, and learning potential as well as problem-solving abilities, creativity, and cognitive ability. If the proper infrastructure would be available with the recent trends of technology in Indian higher education system and trained teachers in information technology then the educational standard will be high.

REFERENCES

Amit Mahajan, Dhirendra Sharma (2012). A Technical SWOT Analysis of ICT Facilities: Jammu University, Jammu, India. International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Science and Software Engineering. 2(12): 128-139.

Goyal, Ela; Seema Purohit and Manju Bhagat. 2010. ‘Factors that affect information and communication technology usage: A case study in management’. Education journal of information technology management, 21 (4) 38-57.

Hussain, I,. Suleman, Q,.  Naseer ud din, M,. & Shafique ,F. (2017) Effects of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) on Students’ Academic Achievement and Retention in Chemistry at Secondary Level. Journal of Education and Educational Development. 4(1)73-93.

Mushtaq. M,. & Meena B,. L. (2022) Blended Mode of education and its relevance in teaching learning process. Post Covid Education Scenario in India. G.H.G. Khalsa Colleges, Gurusar Sadhar Twenty first century publications Patiala. 73-78.

NEP (2020). New Education Policy. Ministry of Human Resource Development Government of India. Retrieved from www.education.in

Patel. I. Mushtaq (2020) the OER – a teaching-learning tool in the times of covid-19 in India. Global and Lokal Distance Education- GLOKALde, October 2020, Vol 6 (2), https://www.glokalde.com/pdf/issues/18/Volume6Number2.pdf#page=91

Syed Noor-Ul-Amin (2013) An Effective use of ICT for Education and Learning by Drawing on Worldwide Knowledge, Research, and Experience: ICT as a Change Agent for Education, Department Of Education, University Of Kashmir, , 2(4), 38-45, 

Ulka Toro and Millind Joshi (2012).ICT in Higher Education: Review of Literature from the Period 2004-2011.International Journal of Innovation, Management and Technology. 3(1):20-23.

UNESCO (2002). Information and Communication Technologies in Teacher Education, A Planning Guide. Paris: UNESCO.

Security Measurement and Satisfactions Towards Internet Banking among Students in Jammu and Kashmir

Alyas Ahmed

Research Scholar, Department of Management and Commerce

Maulana Azad National Urdu University-32

 

Mohd Mushtaq

Researcher Sholar, Department of Education and Training

Maulana Azad National Urdu University-32

Abstract:

The banking industry is the backbone of the Indian economy. Banks provide financial assistance to individuals and Institutions. This study explores the elaborate framework of internet banking’s effects on Jammu and Kashmir’s student population. The study examines students’ perceptions of satisfaction and security in the context of online financial transactions. This study provides important insights into the changing financial habits and attitudes of the region’s students through a thorough study of the interactions between the ease of internet banking services and the perceived security measures preserving critical information. In this study the researcher applied quantitative approach under descriptive type of research. The study includes 500 students of Jammu region from different educational background under probability types of sampling.  For the analyses of data, the researchers applied different statistical techniques such as, Frequency, percentage, mean average, standard deviation, correlation and paired sample t-test in this study. Result of the study reveals that a significant positive relationship found between student’s security measurement towards internet banking and satisfaction towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. It can be concluded that the level of security measurement increases, satisfaction towards internet banking also increases significantly. Moreover, it is also found that a significant impact of security measurement towards internet banking and satisfaction towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir. 

Keywords: – Internet, Satisfaction, Security measurement, Banks, Jammu and Kashmir, Students.

Introduction

Internet banking has become an essential part of the financial system in the modern digital era. In the present era, people are transferring from the traditional banking system and connecting with the modern internet banking system to carry out their financial activities through the use of internet banking. The accessibility and convenience provided by internet banking have drawn a lot of attention to technological advances, especially among the younger generation. Jammu and Kashmir, tucked away in India’s far north, as most of the area is hilly and the majority of people live in rural areas where banking branches are not available. Without a proper banking system, any nation cannot grow. In the current era, due to the rise in demand for banks and their products, the banking industry is adopting the latest technology to provide services easily and successfully. Banks are redefining traditional banking practises and fostering a paradigm shift towards digital financial interactions. This shift is particularly evident in regions like Jammu and Kashmir.  But due to the advancement in internet banking, now people in far-flung areas can also avail themselves of the services through internet banking. As the primary focus of this paper is to understand the behaviour of students towards internet banking, and also to determine the way in which the students in Jammu and Kashmir perceive both the satisfaction and security associated with online banking. Further, the aim of this research paper is to provide a comprehensive understanding of how the use of internet banking is influencing the financial behaviours and attitudes of the student community in this area by examining the intricate connection between the satisfaction derived from the convenience of online banking services and the perceived security measures that safeguard sensitive information.

It is interesting that Jammu and Kashmir has a unique anthropological backdrop that is distinguished by its rich heritage, geographic variety, and particular challenges. This study has the potential to provide useful insights for the banking sector as well as academia, directing the creation of plans to improve user experiences while addressing security issues. An in-depth examination of the students’ satisfaction with and security perceptions of online banking in Jammu and Kashmir holds potential for influencing the course of digital banking services in the area and beyond as technology continues to impact the future of financial interactions.

Safety precautions for internet banking are essential for protecting confidential monetary information and sustaining the security of the internet. Banks have a variety of approaches and deploy many tactics to reduce risks and improve user safety. Encryption, a vital element, uses protocols like SSL and TLS to encrypt data transmission between users and the banking server, preventing unauthorised access and data interception. By forcing users to supply extra credentials in addition to their passwords, two-factor authentication (2FA) and multi-factor authentication (MFA) strengthen account access. Robust password requirements are imposed by secure password rules, lowering vulnerability to brute-force assaults. Users are made aware of fake emails and websites by anti-phishing strategies, and continuing protection is provided by regular security audits that find deficits.

In nutshell, the rise of internet banking has changed how people interact with banking services in the modern financial sector. The revolutionary potential of online banking has been used to address the different geographical and socioeconomic obstacles faced by Jammu and Kashmir, spanning accessibility gaps and reaching even remote areas. This study highlights the growing impact of technology in influencing financial behaviours by revealing students’ perceptions of satisfaction and safety in this digital environment. The information acquired helps the banking industry, academics, and the continued improvement of digital banking practises. An in-depth understanding of internet banking’s effects is essential to guiding safer and more beneficial financial institutions in the area and beyond as technology continues to influence how people interact with finance.

Review of related studies

(A. Meharaj Banu, 2019). Conducted a study on “Online Banking and Customer Satisfaction: Evidence from India” Asia-pacific Journal of Management research and Innovation. The main aim of the research was to analyze the satisfaction of customers towards online banking in India. The research collected the data from 500 respondents and analyzed. The researcher used the technology acceptance model (TAM) of Davis (1986) & DTPB. Taylor and Todd (1995). It is found that when the customers are aware about the internet banking, they avail more services the second result shows contrary to expectations, the perceived utility of online banking is unrelated to the security and accessibility of Internet connection. hird, the perceived benefit of online banking services is significantly influenced by self-efficacy, simplicity of use, cost savings, and time savings. Hence it is clear that banks customers are partly associated witht the internet banking.

 

(R, 2019) “a study on customer satisfaction towards internet banking services in thoothukudi city” The researcher focused on Socio-economic factor of the respondents, Satisfaction level of customers towards internet banking, problems faced b, problems faced by the respondents and further the researcher provides the suggestions and recommendations. The researcher found that there is no significance difference between the gender and level of satisfaction of respondents towards the services provided by the internet banking.the researcher also found that the customers are facing lot of problem which availing banking services online the major problem is low internet connection, Connection lost while transaction and Lost of password. The researcher suggested that that RBI should make good policies related to the online banking and also the banks should conduct customers awareness programs towards banking.

(B. Raghavendra, 2016). Conducted a study on the Topic Customers Satisfaction towards Internet Banking Services. The researcher selected 248 customers for the study. The main aim of this research was to understanding about the satisfaction of customers to wards banking internet services. After using the ANOVA the researcher found that that there is moderate significant difference in mean scores of customer satisfaction between male and female customers. The study concludes Customer happiness is impacted by functionality, website design, and user-friendliness relating to the online banking services offered by the Public and Private sector banks. Customer satisfaction with internet banking services is significantly influenced by the clients’ gender, age, education, and income levels. Work and marital status have no impact on satisfaction. Regardless of the gender and age of the customers, banks must modify their products and services.

(Vimala, 2016). Conducted a study on the topic “An Evaluative Study on Internet Banking Security among Selected Indian Bank Customers” The objective of the research is customer awareness and expectation towards internet security, Problems faced by the respondents while using internet banking and to understand the effects of the selected customers in Coimbatore’s s’ use of online banking & security. The size of sample is 50. It is found that 18% of participants had been notified by their bankers, whereas 32% of the consumers found about security risks in Internet banking through advertisements. The researcher suggested that customers should learn about their privacy through different mediums.

(Amith Kumar Reddy, 2021)In this study “Impact of E-banking on Customer Satisfaction”, have summarized. This article aims to investigate consumer satisfaction in online banking and assess the effects of the various online banking services used by Indian banks. This study employs a quantitative methodology, and SEM and AMOs are utilized to assess the data that was gathered. When compared to their semi-urban and urban peers, the utility of e-banking services is considerably less for bank customers in rural areas. It has been discovered that “time saving and less cost” can impact bank customers’ intentions to use the internet banking site in the future. Respondents from rural, semi-urban, and urban areas saw e-banking as simple, easy to use, and a decent alternative to traditional banking, although they thought using new technologies like internet banking was complicated and tough. Internet banking is crucial for bank customers’ current and future growth, and how crucial it is to those customer’ development depends significantly on their age, level of education, occupation, and income. It is further recommended to broaden the research to learn different strategies for boosting the dependability of E-banking services in the Middle East.

(Ahmad, 2004)This study aims to examine how self-image congruence affects brand preference and satisfaction among customers who use and don’t use based on technology self-services in the retail banking industry. According to the study’s findings, self-image congruence is not related to satisfaction in the case those who utilise self-service technologies. Contrarily, non-users of self-service technology showed a positive correlation between their satisfaction with the service provider and their self-image congruence. This suggests that self-service technology users and non-users differ in how their self-images relate to their degrees of satisfaction. In conclusion the study has shown that even after encountering unsatisfactory events when using self-service technology, clients still favor the same service provider.

(Dr.Kiran.G, 2020). In the the study analysed customer satisfaction towards online banking services with public sector banks in’ Tiruchirappalli district, From this study, it is clear that bank websites and technological platforms must provide a variety of knowledge features on financial services. Banks must regularly survey customers to gauge their satisfaction if they want to keep their current clients. According to the study’s findings, the top three elements affecting customer satisfaction are rapid response, security, website design, and easy to use. Further the researcher suggested that banks should Design their website simple and easy to use. In order to attract the new customers and retain the existing customers.

(Worku G, 2016) (Impact of Electronic Banking on Customers Satisfaction in European Banking Industry) provided an overview of their findings. The situation involves customers of the banks Dashin and Wogagen in Gondar. In this paper, an effort is made to understand how customer happiness compares to traditional forms of banking and how personal characteristics of clients, such as age and occupation, affect branch visits and potential and problems with online banking. To calculate consumer satisfaction in online banking, this study used tables and percentages, the chi-square independence test, the independent t-test, and regression analysis. This study revealed that younger people, students, educated people, and businesspeople are satisfied with online banking. Hence it is proved that internet banking has significant impact on the customer’s satisfaction.

(Jyotsna Sharma, 2022). The title of present study is “The effect of customer satisfaction on the quality of the E-Banking service.” The present research seeks to determine how the quality of the services provided by e-banking services affects consumer satisfaction. The Customer satisfaction in online banking has been measured using sampling techniques. According to this study, important factors like responsiveness, security, and communication effect on satisfaction of customers with e-banking services. It is advised to conduct more research to determine how to measure and enhance the quality of e-banking services. In short, this study drew attention to the impact of service quality on client happiness. If a customer is happy with the usage of the current services, he or she is likely to utilize them repeatedly. Thus, it can be deduced from the study’s findings that consumer satisfaction with E-Banking services is influenced by tangibility, credibility, responsiveness, security, and communication.

(Sadaf Firdous, 2016) This study is conducted in Delhi. The title of the paper is “Impact of Internet Banking Service Quality on Customer Satisfaction” The main objectives of the research is to identify the various dimensions of internet banking service quality, to study the relationship between the customer satisfaction and the various internet banking service quality dimensions and to study the impact of the internet banking service quality dimensions on the satisfaction of customers. Total no of samples taken for this study is 194. To analyze this study the researcher used co-relation and it is found that the various relationships that exist between various service quality dimensions and customer satisfaction in internet banking. The researcher further used regression and found that internet banking service quality does have an impact on the customer satisfaction in internet banking in New Delhi. Hence from the both results it is clear that the services dimensions of services quality have various relationships exist and also have impact on satisfaction.

Significance of the study

Internet banking involves the transfer of sensitive financial information, making security a crucial aspect. By understanding their concerns and perceptions, banks can identify areas of improvement and enhance security protocols to protect student customers from potential cyber threats and fraudulent activities. User satisfaction is also key factor for the success of internet banking services. By investigating students’ satisfaction levels with internet banking, Banks can utilize these findings to improve their services, user interfaces, and overall customer satisfaction, leading to increased usage and loyalty among student customers. This study provides insights into students’ perceptions of security measures implemented by banks in Jammu and Kashmir.  In this essence trust and confidence are essential for the widespread adoption of internet banking services. By addressing security concerns and enhancing user satisfaction, this study can contribute to building trust and confidence among students in Jammu and Kashmir towards internet banking. Increased trust can encourage more students to adopt and utilize internet banking services, leading to greater financial inclusion and convenience. Policymakers can utilize this information to develop regulations and guidelines that ensure the safety and satisfaction of student customers. This can promote a secure and reliable internet banking ecosystem, benefitting both students and banks. Being a region with unique geographical and socio-economic challenges, may have specific barriers to internet banking adoption. This study can identify these barriers and provide insights into how they can be addressed, thus helping bridge the digital divide. By making internet banking more accessible and secure for students in Jammu and Kashmir, this study can contribute to financial inclusion and empowerment. The significance of this study lies in its potential to enhance security measures, improve user satisfaction, promote trust and confidence, inform policy and regulations, and bridge the digital divide in internet banking services among students in Jammu and Kashmir. By addressing these aspects, the study can contribute to the growth and development of a secure and user-friendly internet banking environment, benefiting both students and the banking sector.

Statement of the problems

The purpose of present study is to explore the knowledge and awareness of internet banking among students at all the level from secondary to higher education level. Hence the study felt need under investigation as entitled as, “Security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir”.

Objectives 

  1. To study the level of security measurement towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.
  2. To study the level of satisfactions towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.
  3. To know the relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir
  4. To study the impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

Hypothesis

H01 there exist no significant relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir

H02 There exist no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

Methodology

In this study, the researcher used the survey method under the descriptive type of research to analyse the level, impact, and relationship of security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir This study includes the primary source of data for analyzing the security measurement of satisfaction with Internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. The study includes all the students of higher education, such as UG, PG, and PhD-level students, as a population. The area of the study is only confined to Jammu and Kashmir. In this study, 500 students are selected as a sampling under simple random sampling techniques of probability sampling. For the collection of data, the researchers used self-developed scales such as security measurement towards internet banking and students’ satisfactions towards internet banking for the study. For the analysis of the data, the researcher used some statistical techniques such as, mean average, standard deviation, Pearson product moment correlation, and paired sample t test for the present study. The researcher collected data for the study using an online mode as well as a Google form.

Result and Discussion

  1. To study the level of security measurement towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.

For the objective first the researcher applied range, frequency and percentage. Table 1.1 shows that the level of security measurement towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.

VariableLevelsRangeFrequencyPercentage
Security measurementtowards internet bankingHighAbove 6119038%
Average40-6025551%
LowBelow 405511%
             Total500100%

The above table 1.1 reveals the range, frequency, and percentage of security measurement towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Out of 500 students, 190 students (38%) have a high level of security measurement towards internet banking, 255 students (51%) have an average level of security measurement towards internet banking, and 55 students (11%) have a low level of security measurement towards internet banking. Based on the above result, it can be concluded that the majority of the students are showing an average level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

Further, the result indicates that a significant portion of students in Jammu and Kashmir are aware of and prioritise security measures while using internet banking services. The high percentage of students with an average level of security measurement suggests that they have a basic understanding of security measures but may benefit from further education or awareness to enhance their security practises. The relatively low percentage of students reporting a low level of security measurement is encouraging, as it suggests that a small proportion of students are not effectively arranging security when using internet banking.

However, it is still important to address the needs of these students and provide them with the necessary resources and education to improve their security practises. Overall, the findings highlight the importance of promoting and maintaining strong security measures in internet banking services. Banks and financial institutions should continue to educate and raise awareness among students about the significance of security and provide clear guidelines and tools to ensure safe and secure online banking experiences.

  • To study the level of satisfactions towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.

For obtaining the result from objective 2nd the researcher applied range, frequency and percentage as a statistical technique in the below table 1.2. 

VariableLevelsRangeFrequencyPercentage
Students Satisfactions towards internet bankingHighAbove 6125551%
Average40-6022044%
LowBelow 40255%
                 Total500100%

The above table 1.2 reveals the range, frequency, and percentage of satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Out of 500 students, 255 students (51%) have a high level of satisfaction towards internet banking, 220 students (44%) have an average level of satisfaction towards internet banking, and 25 students (5%) have a low level of satisfaction towards internet banking. From the above result, it can be concluded that the majority of the students are showing a high level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

This indicates that a significant proportion of students in Jammu and Kashmir are satisfied with their internet banking experiences. The high percentage of students with a high level of satisfaction suggests that they find internet banking services to be reliable, convenient, and meet their needs. The relatively low percentage of students reporting a low level of satisfaction is positive, as it indicates that a small proportion of students are dissatisfied with their internet banking experiences. However, it is important to address the concerns of these students and identify the factors contributing to their low satisfaction. Banks and financial institutions should focus on improving the areas that are leading to dissatisfaction among this group of students.

Moreover, the findings highlight the overall positive satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. This suggests that internet banking services are meeting the expectations and needs of the majority of students. However, it is important for banks to continue monitoring and improving their services to ensure sustained high levels of satisfaction. Overall, the study indicates that students in Jammu and Kashmir have a high level of satisfaction with internet banking. This positive perception of internet banking services can contribute to increased adoption and usage among students, promoting financial inclusion and convenience in the region.

  • To know the relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

To test the null hypothesis “there exist no significant relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir”. The researcher applied Pearson product moment correlation for analyzing the below data in the table 1.3

VariablesNMSD‘r’ ValueRemarks
Security measurement towards internet banking 500 61.29 7.56  0.109 Positive Co-relation
Satisfactions towards internet banking 500 63.19 6.78

The above table 1.3 reveals the relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. The above table reveals that the mean average of security measurement towards internet banking is 61.29 and the standard deviation is 7.56, and the mean average and standard deviation of satisfactions towards internet banking are 63.19 and 6.78, respectively. The ‘r’ value of both variables, such as security measurement towards internet banking and satisfactions towards internet banking, is 0.109. From the above table, it can be concluded that there is a positive association between the security measurement towards internet banking and satisfactions towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. So therefore, the null hypothesis “there exists no significant relationship between the security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir” is rejected.

The findings of the study imply that students who prioritise security measures and have a higher level of security measurement towards internet banking are more likely to experience higher levels of satisfaction with their internet banking services in Jammu and Kashmir. Overall, the study suggests that a positive association exists between security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Banks and financial institutions should continue to emphasise the importance of security measures to enhance satisfaction levels among students and promote a secure and reliable internet banking environment.

  • To study the impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

To test the null hypothesis “there exist no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir”. The researcher applied paired sample t test for analyzing impact of below data shown in the table 1.4

VariableNMeanS. DDf ‘r’Value‘t’valuep’valueRemarks
Security measurement towards internet banking 500 61.29 7.56 498 .170 8.454 0.00* Significant at .01 level
Satisfactions towards internet banking 500 63.19 6.78

*Significant at 0.01 level

The above table 1.4 reveals the impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. The mean average of security measurement towards internet banking and satisfactions towards internet banking are 61.29 and 63.19, respectively, and the standard deviation of both variables is 7.56 and 6.78. The ‘r’ value is 1.70, and the t-value is 8.454 with 498 degrees of freedom. Therefore, from the above table, it can be concluded that there is a significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions with internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. So, the null hypothesis “there exists no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir” is rejected.

Moreover, the result shows that as the level of security measurement increases, satisfaction towards internet banking also increases significantly. The rejection of the null hypothesis “there exists no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir” suggests that security measurement does have a significant impact on satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

Overall, the study highlights the importance of security measurement in influencing satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. Banks and financial institutions should prioritize and enhance security measures to improve satisfaction and provide a secure and reliable internet banking experience for students.

Conclusion

The present study aims to explore the level and relationship of security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. In this study, the researcher also explores the impact of security measurement on satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Based on the above result, it can be concluded that the majority of the students are showing an average level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

Additionally, the researcher finds out that the majority of the students are showing a high level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. The researcher found a positive association between security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Furthermore, the researcher highlights the importance of security measurement in influencing satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

However, the results of this study emphasise the importance of security measurement in influencing satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking. It underscores the need for banks and financial institutions to prioritize and enhance security measures to ensure a safe and reliable internet banking environment for students in Jammu and Kashmir. Overall, the conclusion of the study reveals a significant positive relationship between security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. As traditional banking infrastructure faces limitations in such areas, internet banking emerges as a pivotal solution, providing accessibility and convenience even to populations in remote areas. In a nutshell, this study is focusing on Satisfaction with internet banking and security measures among the students. The study applies rigorous statistical methods to find out the impact of internet banking on students.

References

A. Meharaj Banu, N. S. (2019, Online Banking and Customer Satisfaction: Evidence from India Asia-Pacific Journal of Management Research and Innovation). Online Banking and Customer Satisfaction: Evidence from India. Asia-Pacific Journal of Management Research and Innovation, 15(1-2).

Ahmad, J. (2004). Retail Banking and Customer Behaviour: A Study of Self Concept, Satisfaction and Technology Usage. The International Review of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research, 14(3), 357-379.

Amith Kumar Reddy, M. B. (2021). IMPACT OF E-BANKING ON CUSTOMER SATISFACTION. PALARCH’S JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY OF EGYPT/EGYPTOLOGY, 18(08).

B. Raghavendra, P. S. (2016, September ). Customers Satisfaction towards Internet. International Journal of Management and Commerce Innovations, 4(1), 491-498.

Dr. Kiran.G, D. A. (2020, April). Customers Satisfaction Towards Online Banking Services Of Public Sector Banks. International Journal of Scientific & Technology Research, 9(4).

Jyotsna Sharma, J. S. (2022, January). Impact of E-Banking Service Quality on Customer Satisfaction. International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE), 8(5).

R, S. B. (2019, November ). Customer satisfaction towards internet banking services in Thoothukudi. Conference: Innovative Banking Services – A Transformative Tool For Business, Finance And Customer Service.

Sadaf Firdous, R. F. (2016). Impact of Internet Banking Service Quality on Customer Satisfaction. Journal of Internet Banking and Commerce.

Vimala, V. (2016, 5). An Evaluative Study on Internet Banking Security among. Amity Journal of Management Research, 1(1), 63-79.

Worku G, T. A. (2016). The Impact of Electronic Banking on Customers’ Satisfaction in. Journal of Business & Financial Affairs, 5(2), 1-18.

A Review on the Impact of Online Job Portals on Employee Performance

Ahjaz Ahmed*

Ph. D Research scholar, Department of Management,

Maulana Azad National Urdu University Hyderabad.

Abstract:

The development of technology in the digital age has had a huge impact on many aspects of our life, including how we find and keep jobs. The introduction of internet job portals has completely changed the way people hunt for jobs by giving them a platform to communicate with businesses. This article examines and assesses the effect of online job portals on worker performance, highlighting the benefits and potential pitfalls of this cutting-edge job search strategy. Now that technology is prevalent everywhere, everything is made simple. Every aspect of human life has been impacted by technology. Thanks to online job portals, where applications are only a click away and hundreds of positions are always open, finding a job has gotten easier nowadays. Job portals offer all varieties of jobs, and the majority of them are free, which increases their popularity in the labour market. Employees hired using online job portals perform as well as those hired through more conventional means. Online job portals are more practical, affordable, time-saving, and accessible. Job portal features like filter, sort by, and generate your resume now are improving the effectiveness of employment portals, something that was previously impossible because it took more time, was less effective, required more personnel, and was less transparent. This study is based on a review of comparable studies to determine the effect of online job portals on employee performance. According to a review of several research studies, online job portals have a favorable effect on employee performance, demonstrating the importance of technology in modern life and how it makes life more efficient and time-saving.

 Keywords: Online Job Portal, Technology, Recruitment, Employee, Performance

Introduction

The recruitment process now fully depends upon technology because as the job seekers are increasing and at the sametime getting a job is becoming more complex. The recruitment process is to place a candidate at the right position according to his skills and experience. In this time, all the recruitment process is being carried out using technology and internet. Technology has changed the way we live our life, we think, we spend our time, we use gadgets and devices etc.basically our life has changed drastically due to technology. In the same way, the recruitment process has changed, and it has become easier, effective, and cost efficient which has changed the scenario of recruitment totally. Today, a variety of networking websites, such as Nakuri.com, Monster.com, Shine.com, Fresher’s World, Times Jobs, LinkedIn, Free Jobs Alerts, etc., are used to find qualified candidates for employment. These websites have emerged as significant sources of good personnel for both employees and organizations. Online job portals have a significant impact on employee performance in several ways, making workers more productive because they provide the right guidance regarding market demand for skills, popular job categories, and compensation packages that have an effect on workers’ performance.  This study is based on the impact of online job portals on employee performance in which related studies have been reviewed to know the impact. From the review of various research papers, it is found that the positive impact of online job portals on employee performance which shows the technology is playing a vital in human life and more technology is making life easy and effective and saving the precious time. E-recruitment is a method that handles the full hiring process, from beginning to end, including posting job ads, receiving resumes, and choosing the best candidate for the job based on their qualifications. It functions effectively and efficiently. The ability to attract quality candidates (in terms of abilities, attitude, knowledge, and aptitudes) for the company is aided by the use of the internet.

Literature review 

Recruitment

Edwin B. Flippo (1984) It studied that Recruitment is the main duty of the human resource department. Finding, enticing, screening, reducing the field, interviewing, selecting, hiring, and onboarding employees are all steps in the process. “Recruitment is the process of seeking out potential employees and encouraging them to submit applications for positions within the firm.”

Parry & Wilson (2009) Determine that “recruitment encompasses those processes and actions conducted by the organization with the primary goal of identifying and recruiting potential personnel.” The size of the recruitment team of a company might vary depending on the size of the organization. In smaller businesses, a recruiting manager, however, is frequently in charge of recruiting. Many organizations outsource their hiring needs, but some merely use advertisements, job Portals to identify candidates for open positions. To improve and streamline the hiring process, many businesses employ hiring software nowadays.

The basis of a successful recruitment process is an organization-specific sourcing model that aims to find the best applicant for the ideal role at the ideal moment. It is a methodical process for enlisting outstanding individuals who can super business expansion. The five main stages of an all-encompassing hiring process might differ from company to firm depending on the business vertical, organizational structure, size, operational style, and selection procedure

E-Recruitment Process

E-Recruitment is the rage right now and represents the newest trends in hiring. The use of technology or web-based solutions to facilitate the hiring process is also referred to as “online recruitment.” The resource may be an employment website like naukri.com, the company’s official website, or its own intranet. The internet is being used by both large and small businesses as a source of hiring.

“E-recruiting is using the internet to recruit through Job portals, corporate websites, specialized websites or onlineadvertisement”, Galanaki (2002).

The organization’s e-recruitment initiatives and e-recruitment process have an impact on the structure, effectiveness, and efficiency of the organization’s recruiting process. The HR division oversees the diversity of the workforce with regard to culture, time zones, specializations, benefits, and salary. Secondary data was collected for this study. According to this study, employers seem to more concerned about hiring a qualified, quality-oriented candidate over one who is more concerned with price. Third parties, such as headhunters and recruiting agencies, actively participate in the online hiring process. E-recruitment improves efficiency and efficacy of the hiring process. Particular internet recruitment techniques contribute to organizational advancements and improve organizational recruiting performance. Fred and Kinange (2016).Most of the organizations in Pakistan were using both e-recruitment and traditional recruitment sources. It also revealed that the IT based organizations are not completely relying on e-recruitment. The study also indicated that majority of respondent organizations use e-recruitment for filling the top positions Nasreem et al. (2016)

Online Job Portals

Job portals are a straightforward but useful tool. They make room for both companies and employees and make it simpler to access a wide range of employment in various industries and skill levels. They also lower fees for middlemen and headhunters as well as the costs of job matching. Job websites have improved employment access for all people. Before they existed, informal networks and social contacts dominated the job-seeking landscape. Social network job searches typically favor well-connected individuals, further entrenching already-existing inequities. This implicit prejudice in access to both official and informal jobs can be lessened by ensuring equal access to online job platforms. The Covid-19 pandemic, which harmed every industry area, had an effect on every firm in the world. In April to May 2021, there were around 22.7 million job losses, according to research by the Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy. As the life is being normal, so the hiring process in India has surged apparently, especially last August has witnessed 89 percent increase and hiring for specific roles has grown as well specially in IT sector. According to estimates, the largest employment portals fill more than 80% of job advertisements. In that time job portals play a vital role in recruitment process.

Employee Performance

A worker’s performance is defined as how well they carry out their duties and finish vital tasks. It emphasizes the value, quality, and effectiveness of their output. How valuable each individual is to the business depends on their performance. For a business, each person represents a significant investment, therefore the return that Employee contributions must be substantial. Employee performance is influenced by a variety of variables that have an effect on their lives, such as pay, benefits, the workplace culture, bonuses, and admiration.

Impact on Employee Performance

Employee satisfaction is influenced by a variety of factors, including management expectations, coworkers, personal issues, and company culture. Companies must take the initiative to ensure that their staff members are pleased by learning what they need and giving them the resources, they need to improve their talents.

In comparison to individuals who do not use the Internet, the data shows that job searchers who have registered with job portals are about 6% more likely to be employed and that their reservation earnings are 1300 rupees higher (a 10% increase above the mean). Additionally, we discover that employed individuals who are registered with portals have actual incomes that are 13% greater than those who are not. On the other hand, employees who rely more on social networks for support have slightly lower employment possibilities and lower associated salaries. The impact and role of job portals is vital in the life employee which enables them to perform well and make future bright.

Advantages for Employee Performance

1. Increased Access to Opportunities: Online job boards have democratized the labour market by removing distance restrictions. Job searchers have more options for obtaining work that match their talents and career goals because they can look at opportunities outside of their immediate area. Improved job matching and more job satisfaction may result from this expanded access.2. Efficiency and Speed: Sending paper applications and waiting for responses was the usual way of looking for work. This procedure has been streamlined by online job portals, which let applicants submit applications in a matter of minutes for several vacancies. This effectiveness shortens the time between searching for a job and getting hired, resulting in smoother transitions and perhaps fewer spells of unemployment.

3. Customized Job Search: Job portals frequently provide search filters that let job seekers focus their search based on particular factors like industry, region, amount of experience, and job type. This personalization enables job seekers to identify positions that closely match their tastes and skill sets, improving the fit between the employee and the employment role.

4. Access to Information: Job portals frequently provide search filters that let job seekers focus their search based on particular factors like industry, region, amount of experience, and job type. This personalization enables job seekers to identify positions that closely match their tastes and skill sets, improving the fit between the employee and the employment role.

5. Skill Development: Candidates frequently need to improve their digital literacy abilities in order to succeed in the digital application process. The ability to use online platforms, build compelling profiles, and submit digital applications might help a job candidate develop skills beyond the current job search, potentially enhancing their overall digital competency.

Potential Drawbacks

1. Competition and Oversaturation: Because it’s so simple to apply for jobs online, more people are doing so, which has boosted competitiveness and the number of applications that businesses receive. This may lead to oversaturation, which will make it difficult for individual applications to stand out and may aggravate job seekers.

2. Lack of Personalization: Online apps might not have the same level of personalization that can be found in more conventional techniques, including networking events or in-person encounters. The candidate’s capacity to demonstrate their soft talents and leave a lasting impression on employers may be hampered by this impersonal character.

3. Limited Visibility for Non-Digital Roles: While online job portals are useful for office- and digital-based roles, they might not be as useful for jobs that call for specialized or hands-on abilities. There may not be as much representation for certain occupations on internet platforms, such as manual labour or the creative arts

4. Quality of Listings: It’s possible for some job portals to host listings that are unreliable, deceptive, or even fraudulent. To make sure that the positions they apply for are genuine and in line with their expectations, job searchers should use prudence and practice due diligence.

Conclusion

E-recruitment is another term for online recruiting. In our country, reputable employment portals like monster.com, nakuri.com, shine.com, and numerous networking sites are accessible to help employers and employees with the hiring and selection procedures. The procedure is quite easy to understand for both the person and the business. E-recruitment has several advantages, including the capacity to move more rapidly, convenience of use, reduced administrative costs and manpower, and increased competency on the part of the company and personnel. For those who are directly or indirectly involved in the e-recruitment process and who are employed as HR personnel within the company, this study is highly helpful. A flawless answer is required for everything in the fast-paced, accuracy-focused world of today. In a similar vein, the recruitment process has become more efficient and time-saving thanks to the employment of highly sophisticated technologies. According to the study, job portals have a beneficial effect on employee performance since they make it simple to grow in your career and find decent jobs with competitive pay. The job platform also offers expert coaching and knowledge of potential future career paths. Undoubtedly, the concept of job portals has gained popularity as a preferred means of recruitment for both job seekers and employers, but its efficiency and ability to meet job seekers’ expectations is what will make it the ideal platform for recruiting.

References

Ahlawat, R., & Sangeeta E-recruitment: Transforming trends of recruitment in Human resource management, Global journal of Engineering Science and Research Management, 3(1), 21–25. (2016).

Amusan, D.G., Oyediran, M.O., Development of efficient e-recruitment system for university staff in Nigeria,Circulation in computer science, 1(1), 10-14. (2016). International Journal of Management, Technology And Engineering Volume 8, Issue XI, NOVEMBER/2018 ISSN NO : 2249-7455 Page No:1564

Anand. J., Chitra Devi, S., Literature review on e-recruitment and its perceived benefits: A walk towards paperless HR, International journal of applied research,2(11), 528-531. (2016).

Chauhan. D., Chaturvedi. L., Efficacy of j1ob portals and social media on organizational business, international journal of advanced research in management and social sciences, 2(7), 170-181. (2013).

Edwin B Flippo (1984) personnel management, sixth edition-Hill International Edition, Management series.

Faliagka, E., Tsakalidis, A., & Tzimas, G. An investigated e-recruitment system for automated personality mining and applicant ranking, internet research, 22(5),551-568. (2012).

Fred and Kinange (2016). International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET)

Galanaki. E (2002) “The decision to recruit online: a descriptive study”, Career Development International vol. 7 No 7. 4, pp 243-251. http://doi.org/10.1108/13620430210431325.

Mansourvar, M., Mohd Yasin, B. N., Development of a job web portal to improve education quality, Internetional journal of computer theory and engineering, 6(1), 43-46. (2014).

Nasreem, S., Hussan, M., & Khan, T.A. effectiveness of e-recruitment in small and medium enterprises of IT industry of lahore (Pakistan), Pakistan Economic and Social Review, 54(1), 143–164. (2016)

Nasreen, Sidra, et al. “effectiveness of e-recruitment in small and medium enterprises of it industry of Lahore (Pakistan).” Pakistan Economic and Social Review, vol. 54, no. 1, 2016, pp. 143–64. JSTOR, https://www.jstor.org/stable/26616703. Accessed 12 Oct. 2022.

Parry, E. and Wilson, H. (2009), Factors Influencing the adoption of online recruitment. Personnel Review.

Rakholiya, N.& Gupta, C. A study on the Applicant’ s Perception towards E-recruitment, International MultidisciplinaryJournal of Applied Research, 1(1), 50–53. (2013)

Ramaabaanu, R. & Saranya, M. Importance and problems of e-recruitment, international journal of research, 1(9), 445-450. (2014) International Journal of Management, Technology and Engineering Volume 8, Issue XI, NOVEMBER/2018 ISSN NO: 2249- 7455 Page No:1566

Rani. R., E-recruitment and its impact upon on job seekers: A contemporary approach, IJARIIE,2(4), 335-339. (2016).

Sherkar, A. A Study on Use of E- Resources in Recruitment and Selection Process in 5 Star Hotels, Atithya: A Journal ofHospitality,1(1),15-19. (2015).

Sylva, H., & Mol, S.T. E-recruitment: A study into applicant perceptions of an online application system, internationaljournal of selection and assessment,17(3),311-323. (2009).

Healing Arts: Exploring Artistic Resonance in John Green’s The Fault in our Stars

Mrs. L. P. Priyanka M.A., M.Phil., NET

Assitant Professor

Department of English

Jayaraj Annapackiam College for Women (Autonomous), Periyakulam

Abstract:

Art has long been recognized as a powerful tool for emotional expression, empathy, and personal growth. The concept of healing arts encompasses a diverse range of expressive mediums, each playing a distinct role in the emotional and psychological well-being of individuals. This research article delves into the multifaceted dimensions of arts as a therapeutic medium through an analysis of John Greens acclaimed novel The Fault in Our Stars,with a particular focus on literature, music, games, and poetry. By analyzing how these forms of artistic engagement contribute to the characters’ emotional healing. This study aims to shed light on the inherent therapeutic qualities of literature  and other arrs and its potential to provide solace and guidance.

Keywords: Healing arts, literature, games, poetry, therapeutic medium, emotional healing, John Green, The Fault in Our Stars.

Healing Arts: Exploring Artistic Resonance in John Green’s The Fault in our Stars

Art has its beginning in the caves of stone-age man. From then on it has become a vital ingredient of life. It is mostly defined as a process of deliberately arranging items with symbolic significance. As a result, it influences and affects one or more of the senses, emotions and intellect. In art, one can find a diverse range of human activities, creation and modes of expression. Art in its various forms includes music, literature, film, photography, sculpture and paintings.  Healing is often an intricate process, and the utilization of various artistic mediums can significantly impact the emotional trajectories of individuals. John Green’s The Fault in Our Stars has garnered widespread acclaim for its profound portrayal of young love amidst the challenges of terminal illness. Green intertwines literature, music, games, and poetry to underscore the importance of the healing in navigating the complexities of life, love, and loss. This paper explores how the novel exemplifies the healing arts, demonstrating how literature  and varied art can play a therapeutic role in the lives of both fictional characters and real-world readers.

Expressing oneself through various media such as art and literature has been a desire of mankind since the beginning of time. Literature has the unique ability to transport readers into alternate worlds, allowing them to experience a range of emotions and perspectives. Nobody can imagine a life without art. Artists express their emotional world through art and spectators or readers let this world pass through the realm of their sensuality. It is the sphere of feelings and sentiments of a person arising from his direct experience. Emotions in art are special. There are many pros and cons in the feelings of everyday life. In real life feelings and emotions come in a variety of shades, from negative to positive.

Emotions in art have social impact, they are very similar to the feelings of every humans.Through feelings art reaches the inner world of a human being, inspiring him and making him humane, and moulding his personality. Art can go to the extent of solving pedagogical and psychological problems. In addition, art acts as a psychotherapeutic therapeutic tool for the soul, which is capable of relieving psychological and spiritual distress. 

As an art form, literature has been used to express mankind’s deepest emotions and observations, most profound thinking and firm beliefs. Literature encompasses many genres such as drama, poetry, and novels. While both physical arts and literature are a form of self-expression, each also represents a profession. When the world of arts and literature is explored, mankind’s fascination for self-expression can be discovered.

Literature is a work of art in words. It is a writing that carries strong and lasting value through beauty or emotional power. Literature expresses the writers’ thoughts, hopes and fears. Writings become literature only when well written and are of lasting interest to people of many societies and different generations. Literature is a powerful weapon to change the world with its human ideas and emotions expressed through words.

Art has tremendous healing power. Mankind is very much accustomed to spiritual and physical healing through prayer. Concrete experiences of such healing were innumerable through the healing touch of Jesus Christ. Music too is known to bring emotional balance relieving one in distress. Music is the most accessible and most researched medium of art of healing, relieving one of anxiety. Creative writing and reading of literature too are healers in a broad sense.

The healing power of literature has been recognized throughout history, from ancient myths to modern novels. By immersing themselves in the lives of fictional characters, readers can gain insight into their own emotions and struggles. Most people resort to reading as a means of escape from reality. Further, the world seen through books creates awareness and realization of one’s faults when one is caught up in the mean world. In Green’s novel, protagonists Hazel Grace Lancaster and Augustus Waters navigate the challenges of cancer, mortality, and young love. Their emotional journeys serve as a lens through which readers can explore their own feelings of grief, fear, and hope. Both Hazel Grace and Augustus Waters are fond of reading books. Hazel reads her favourite novel ‘An Imperial Affliction’ by Peter Van Houten. Augustus reads ‘The Price of Dawn’, a brilliant novelization of his favourite video game.

 Hazel describes the book as her personal Bible, because it accurately matches her own experience. She finds relief through ‘An Imperial Affliction’. She says that she loves this book for its honesty. Anna, the main character of ‘An Imperial Affliction’, is a young girl with cancer who does not want to let this fact define her entire life. This parallels Hazel’s situation and causes Hazel to find empathy and connection in the book. Hazel finds this book as a touchstone to her life. She tries to deal with pain honestly and directly and also finds comfort in it.  She recommends ‘An Imperial Affliction’ to Augustus. She tells him that the book accurately reflects the reality of death. One dies in the midst of their life, in the midst of a conversation. But I want to know what happens to everyone else. Both of them are very curious to know about what happens to the characters at the end of the novel. This curiosity made them travel to Amsterdam to meet the author Peter Van Houten. Hazel reads books not to escape from reality but to escape from the eyes of the society that views herself as a cancer patient and not as a human being. Hazel believes and lives in reality. She has no illusions about her health. She comes to a better understanding of life through the novel ‘An Imperial Affliction’. Even though it is a fictional work it has a genuine value in her life. Hazel finds this novel a pain-reliever.

Augustus tends to deal with his pain through humour and sacrifices himself in a video game. He lends Hazel a copy of ‘The Price of Dawn’, a book based on his favourite video game.  Hazel reads the book and then purchases the first two sequels of ‘The Price of Dawn’. In human company Hazel feels the sense of otherness. While shopping with her friend Kaitlyn in a mall she realizes how Kaitlyn sees her as a cancer patient. Hazel says that social interactions were depressing because it was so obvious that everyone she talked to for the rest of her life would feel awkward and uncomfortable around her. So just to escape from Kaitlyn’s eyes Hazel begins to read the sequel to ‘The Price of Dawn’. 

Coming to Augustus and his friend Isaac, video game serves as an escape mechanism. Their interest in the game originates from their need to escape from pain. When Isaac’s girlfriend Monica deserts him, he cries in distress. Just to escape from that hard reality he resorts to playing video game. It is also a kind of healing for him.

 Augustus takes his game-playing seriously. When Hazel questions him as to why he has saved some hostages in the game instead of himself, he says, “All salvation is temporary, I bought them a minute. Maybe that’s the minute that buys them an hour, which is the hour that buys them a year. No one’s gonna buy them forever, Hazel Grace, but my life bought them a minute. And that’s not nothing” (59). The whole life-or-death situation inherent in video games is close to that of Augustus. Like the hostages in the game, he recognizes that he and his fellow cancer kids are working with a limited amount of time, and anytime gained is very valuable and precious. When Augusts is worried about his fear of oblivion, he indulges in playing a video game and feels comforted.

Peter Van Houten, the author of ‘An Imperial Affliction’, is an alcoholic. When Hazel and Augustus meet him at his house in Amsterdam, he is abrasive and drunk. He never reads his fans’ mails. All these are because he has lost his daughter Anna to cancer. After the death of Anna, he became bad tempered and alcoholic and was unable to cope with her loss. He became a writer because of his daughter. Meeting Hazel, he is reminded of Anna and that’s why he behaves in a cruel manner. He refuses to answer most of Hazel’s questions and he is very mean to them. To prove himself an intellectual genius, he replies cryptically, citing the paradox of Zeno’s tortoise. Zeno, a pre-Socratic philosopher was the first person in history to show that the concept of infinity is problematical. Van Houten saysZeno’s tortoise paradox is renowned for its paradoxical nature. Suppose that you are racing against a tortoise and the tortoise is ahead of you by ten yards. As you run, the tortoise may have moved one yard, and as you make up the distance, the tortoise will move a further distance, and this cycle continues indefinitely. You may be faster than the tortoise, but you will never catch it, you will only reduce its lead. You may simply run past the tortoise without considering the mechanics involved. The question of how to do this becomes extremely complicated. Nobody really figured it out until Cantor showed that some infinity is bigger than others.

Therefore, it shows that fast runners are not always winners. To escape from the present situation, Van Houten takes out his grief on others. Van Houten uses his intellect to escape from the reality. The idea of Zeno’s paradox comes later in the novel, providing Hazel and Augustus a way to understand the time they spent together. Although Van Houten does not provide the answers to the end of the novel, he does provide Hazel a way to imagine her relationship with Augustus. Hazel is happy for her small infinity with Augustus Waters.

            Hazel’s attending poetry classes and reading poetry are a proof that art is really healing. Poetry, through heavy use of imagery and word association, quickly conveys emotions. Poetry is something everyone can love, and it is a great art that can be part of our life. Poems with powerful images can help us retain them in memory and relish them as intellectual treat. Poems speak to us in many ways. A poem helps one express what cannot be said in other forms of writing, to suggest an experience, idea, or feeling. 

A concrete example is seen in John Keats, the Romantic poet, when threatened by consumption which ran in the family and which had already carried off his brother Tom expressed his fear of death through “When I have fears that I may cease to be” (Lall 3), a prophesying of his early death in Shakespearean form. His ‘Ode to a Nightingale’ is a song of death and despair. It contains the premonition of his premature death: “My heart aches, and a drowsy numbness pains / my sense, as though of hemlock I had drunk” (Lall 153). Through his expression of feelings, fear and pain he achieves psychological healing.                                               

            In the novel, Hazel attends a poetry class at MCC, their community college. When Augustus asks her about her interest, she says that she is interested in reading, “from, like, hideous romance to pretentious fiction to poetry” (33). At once Augustus yells saying, “Hazel Grace, you are the only teenager in America who prefers reading poetry to writing it” (33). Most people love to write poetry in order to express their feelings, but Hazel is fond of reading poetry. She feels very peaceful while reading poetry.

 During the flight Hazel reads the long poem Howl by Allen Ginsberg, which she is reading for her poetry class. The title Howl indicates protest, cry for all exploitation, repression and subjugation. In Howl, Ginsberg describes the desperation, the suffering and persecution of a group of outcastes who are seeking transcendent reality. They love narcotic things because they want to forget their pain. They have repulsion towards life and attraction towards death. Hazel tells Augustus, “The guys in this poem take even more drugs than I do” (152).

            How much poetry means to Hazel is seen in her having poems in memory. Augustus asks Hazel to recite a poem from her memory, and Hazel recites a part of T.S. Eliot’s poem The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock. At Oranjee Augusts requests Hazel to recite the final lines of the Prufrock  poem. She tells how it ends, “We have lingered in the chambers of the sea / By sea-girls wreathe with seaweed red and brown / Till human voices wake us, and we drown” (164). The poem reminds her of her own situation. This poem speaks about awareness, water and drowning. Drowning is a clear reference to death by water which Hazel fears.

 After returning from Anne Frank’s house, Hazel recites the poem Thirteen ways of looking at a Blackbird by Wallace Stevens. She recites the fifth stanza of the poem: “I do not know which to prefer, / The beauty of inflections / Or the beauty of innuendos, / The blackbird whistling /Or just after” (204). While Hazel and Gus are waiting for the ambulance to arrive, Gus asks her to read something, so she recites William Carlos William’s The Red Wheelbarrow until the ambulance arrives. She also makes some modification to the poem to describe Gus:

so much depends 

upon

a red wheel 

barrow

glazed with rain 

water

beside the white

chickens. (246-247)

This poem is an example of a true imagist poem. Red wheelbarrow is important to the farmer and she compares Gus to the wheelbarrow, meaning metaphorically that Gus is equally important to her. Here, she is the white chicken. The form of the poem itself is very symbolic. The wheelbarrow is red to show its power at the farm, and the chickens are white to show their purity. The wheelbarrow is covered with rain water. 

 The lines which Hazel adds to the poem are “And so much depends, upon a blue sky cut open by the branches of the trees above. So much depends upon the transparent G-tube erupting from the gut of blue-lipped boy. So much depends upon this observer of the universe” (247). Here, she tries to tell about the pitiable situation of Gus. His survival depends upon the observer of the universe that is God. It is in God’s hand to save him.

Towards the end of the novel, after Gus’s funeral, Hazel recalls the lines, “So dawn goes down to day, / Nothing gold can stay” (278) from the poem Nothing Gold can Stay by Robert Frost. This line symbolizes the idea that all the good and beautiful things in life eventually fade away. Nothing good can last. It shows the cycle of life and death. Hazel also thinks that even if death doesn’t get in the way, the kind of love that she and Augustus share could never last. Hazel’s love for books and poetry in general represents a certain escapism, not wanting to harm or affect other people and so retreating into the world of authors, fiction and poetry for comfort and kinship. Thus she finds healing through literature.

Music as a mechanism for relief is seen in the novel. Music has much significance in human life and people listen to music for different reasons and at different times. Intimate relation to music is one pretty way to make one feel happy or excited. There are many types of music like pop, rock, jazz, classical etc . . In addition to providing entertainment it can purify the mind and give positive energy. Music makes one relaxed and influences one’s mental health significantly. Music, through stimulation can abolish pain, and calm the neural activity in the brain. 

Van Houten is seen relieved from frustration by listening to Swedish rap music. In the early days most wrappers in Sweden rapped in English. Afasi and Filthy was a Swedish hip hop dou from Uppsala, Sweden. Peter Van Houten is a fan of the group and plays ‘Bomfallera’ when Hazel and Augustus meet him. When Hazel asks him to answer her questions, he suddenly brings up Zeno’s paradox of tortoise and quickly connects the theory to Swedish hip hop. When Augustus says that they don’t speak Swedish, at once Van Houten tells: 

Well, of course you don’t. Neither do I. Who the hell speaks Swedish? The important thing is not whatever nonsense the voices are saying, but the voices are feeling. Surely you know that there are only two emotions, love and fear, and that Afasi och Filthy navigate between them with the kind of facility that one simply does not find in hip-hop music outside Sweden. Shall I play it for u again? (188)

Augustus asks if Van Houten is playing some kind of performance on them, to which Van Houten replies that if they cannot hear Afasi and Filthy’s bravadic response to fear, then his work is not for them. He purposely plays the sound track, because he is frustrated by the presence of Hazel and Augustus Waters. To relieve himself from the frustration he plays the Swedish hip-hop rap music.

            To Hazel, like all entertainment the reality television show offers an escape from real life problems. She regularly watches “America’s Next Top Model marathon” (6), a reality show. This show grabs the attention of Hazel even though she is a brilliant young reader too.

Augustus’s house is decked out with inspirational quotes. On every single surface of the house, there are encouraging and inspirational phrases. When Hazel goes to Augustus’s house for the first time, she notices:

“A wooden plaque in the entryway was engraved in a cursive with the words Home Is Where the Heart Is, and the entire house turned out to be festooned in such observations. Good Friends Are Hard to Find and Impossible to Forget read an illustration above the coatrack. True Love Is Born from Hard Times promised a needlepointed pillow in their antique-furnished living room.” (26)

Augustus, on seeing Hazel reading them tells that his parents call them encouragements. Encouragements are a tangible form of comfort. Even though Hazel and Augustus may not agree with them, they know that to some extent it provides comfort and hope to Augustus’s parents. When Augustus dies, Hazel mentions a great quote in his eulogy which she found very comforting: “Without pain, we couldn’t know joy” (272), because she knows that it will mean a lot to his parents. 

            John Green’s The Fault in Our Stars beautifully illustrates how the healing arts, encompassing literature, music, games, and poetry, enrich the human experience by providing avenues for emotional expression, connection, and personal growth. As individuals navigate life’s challenges, these artistic mediums offer pathways toward healing, resilience, and a deeper understanding of oneself and others. As literature continues to play a pivotal role in shaping the human experience, it is essential to recognize and appreciate its potential to facilitate healing and transformation. Each character heals himself or herself by relying on an art such as reading a novel, reciting a poem, playing video game, listening to music, writing and encouragements. The concept of healing is thus intrinsically connected with some form of an art.

Works Cited

 Green, John. The Fault in Our Stars. India: Penguin Books, 2012. Print.

Lall, Ramji. John Keats: An Evaluation of His Poetry. New Delhi: Rama Brothers, 1995. Print.

Walking – The best and underrated form of exercise

You drag yourself from your desk to the gym, where you pop in some upbeat music and jack the treadmill up to 6 mph.

Admit it, while you’re pounding out those three miles, you’re silently judging (even if subconsciously) the person walking next to you.

But experts say we’re unfairly placing the form of exercise in the “pointless” category. It turns out, you may be missing out on an extremely effective physical activity, not to mention a mental boost, by writing off walking entirely.

“Walking can be as good as a workout, if not better, than running,” says Dr. Matt Tanneberg, CSCS, a sports Chiropractor and Certified Strength and Conditioning Specialist in Phoenix, Arizona who works with elite athletes. “You hear of people ‘plateauing’ when they continue to do the same workout routine and stop seeing results. I see patients all the time that plateau from running, they will run the same distance, speed and time, day in and day out. You need to constantly be switching up your exercise routine in order to get the maximum benefit for your health.”

Yes, running is more physically demanding, which leads people to label it a “better” workout.

“While I would love to say that walking can be just as effective of a workout as running, I’m not going to lie to you. In fairness, the two really shouldn’t be compared against each other,” says John Ford, certified exercise physiologist, who runs JKF Fitness & Health in New York City. “Running, due to larger muscle recruitment, greater forces exerted and faster motion capability, will always have the proverbial leg up on walking.”

But while walking may not be a better workout, it may be a better exercise choice for some people.

“With that being said, walking is a really good form of exercise and can help you reach your fitness and weight-loss goals. As a lifelong track athlete, who has marveled at race walkers (check out the Olympic walkers on YouTube!), I don’t scoff at walking,” says Ford. “In fact, walking is the suggested workout over running for many people. For example, those with knee, ankle and back problems and also for people who are overweight to obese. Walking is a lower impact exercise and can be done for longer periods of time.”

And there is no shortage of scientific research to back up the effectiveness of adding walking to your fitness routine.

“There are many reasons to walk for exercise,” says Ann Green, M.S., past heptathlon world athlete, yoga teacher and fitness studio owner. “Walking improves fitness, cardiac health, alleviates depression and fatigue, improves mood, creates less stress on joints and reduces pain, can prevent weight gain, reduce risk for cancer and chronic disease, improve endurance, circulation, and posture, and the list goes on…”

When comparing the results of the most recent National Runners’ Health Study with the National Walkers’ Health Study, researchers found that the energy used for moderate-intensity walking and vigorous-intensity running resulted in similar reductions in risk for high blood pressure, high cholesterol, diabetes and heart disease over the study’s six year period.

Which means when it comes to some pretty prominent markers of our health, walking at a moderate intensity can get the job done just as well as running, as long as you’re expending the same amount of energy. Great news for those of us that dread going on a jog.

While the physical benefits are notable, the mental boost that can be gleaned from adding a walk to your daily routine may be more immediate.

One Stanford University study found that walking increased creative output by an average of 60 percent. Researchers labelled this type of creativity “divergent thinking,” which they define as a thought process used to generate creative ideas by exploring many possible solutions. According to the study, “walking opens up the free flow of ideas, and it is a simple and robust solution to the goals of increasing creativity and increasing physical activity.”

Which makes sense, since science shows that engaging in activities that allow our minds to wander promotes a mental state conducive to innovative ideas and “ah-ha!” moments.

But it’s not only your creativity that will benefit from the mental lift. The act of walking is also a proven mood booster. One study found that just 12 minutes of walking resulted in an increase in joviality, vigor, attentiveness and self-confidence versus the same time spent sitting. Walking in nature, specifically, was found to reduce ruminating over negative experiences, which increases activity in the brain associated with negative emotions and raises risk of depression.

Miscarriage – Causes and Symptoms

A miscarriage (also called a spontaneous abortion) is the unexpected ending of a pregnancy in the first 20 weeks of gestation. Just because it’s called a “miscarriage” doesn’t mean you did something wrong in carrying the pregnancy. Most miscarriages are beyond your control and occur because the fetus stops growing.

Types of miscarriage

Your pregnancy care provider may diagnose you with the following types of miscarriage:

1. Missed miscarriage: You’ve lost the pregnancy but are unaware it’s happened. There are no symptoms of miscarriage, but an ultrasound confirms the fetus has no heartbeat.


2. Complete miscarriage: You’ve lost the pregnancy and your uterus is empty. You’ve experienced bleeding and passed fetal tissue. Your provider can confirm a complete miscarriage with an ultrasound.

3.Recurrent miscarriage: Three consecutive miscarriages. It affects about 1% of couples.

4. Threatened miscarriage: Your cervix stays closed, but you’re bleeding and experiencing pelvic cramping. The pregnancy typically continues with no further issues. Your pregnancy care provider may monitor you more closely for the rest of your pregnancy.

5. Inevitable miscarriage: You’re bleeding, cramping and your cervix has started to open (dilate). You may leak amniotic fluid. A complete miscarriage is likely.

How do I know if I’m having a miscarriage?

You may not be aware you’re having a miscarriage. In people who have symptoms of a miscarriage, the most common signs are:

1. Bleeding that progresses from light to heavy. You may also pass grayish tissue or blood clots.
2. Cramps and abdominal pain (usually worse than menstrual cramps).
3. Low back ache that may range from mild to severe.
4. A decrease in pregnancy symptoms.

What causes miscarriage?

Chromosomal abnormalities cause about 50% of all miscarriages in the first trimester (up to 13 weeks) of pregnancy. Chromosomes are tiny structures inside the cells of your body that carry your genes. Genes determine all of a person’s physical attributes, such as assigned sex, hair and eye color and blood type.

During fertilization, when the egg and sperm join, two sets of chromosomes come together. If an egg or sperm has more or fewer chromosomes than normal, the fetus will have an abnormal number. As a fertilized egg grows into a fetus, its cells divide and multiply several times. Abnormalities during this process also leads to miscarriage.

Most chromosomal problems occur by chance. It’s not completely known why this happens.

Several factors may cause miscarriage:

Infection.
Exposure to TORCH diseases.
Hormonal imbalances.
Improper implantation of fertilized egg in your uterine lining.
How old you are.
Uterine abnormalities.
Incompetent cervix (your cervix begins to open too early in pregnancy).
Lifestyle factors such as smoking, drinking alcohol or using recreational drugs.
Disorders of the immune system like lupus.
Severe kidney disease.
Congenital heart disease.
Diabetes that isn’t managed.
Thyroid disease.
Radiation.
Certain medicines, such as the acne drug isotretinoin.
Severe malnutrition.

There is no scientific proof that stress, exercise, sexual activity or prolonged use of birth control pills cause miscarriage. Whatever your situation is, it’s important to not blame yourself for having a miscarriage. Most miscarriages have nothing to do with something you did or didn’t do.

How to avoid pimples from air pollution?

The air pollution index has reached the ‘severe’ mark in Delhi and neighbouring cities are enveloped in a blanket of smog. It is not easy to avoid skin problems like acne when surrounded by poor air quality. Lets have a quick lookout on how to save yourself from having pimples while traveling and working in such a harsh polluted environment.

1. Water is Life! For glowing skin, drinking a glass of water every hour is key. Try to consume eight to 10 glasses of water a day. This will remove toxins from your body, accelerating a healthy blood flow. This also helps in boosting metabolism.

2. Switch to eating healthy and clean! Keeping your skin healthy is as simple as eating right. Avoid oily snacks and trans-fat food. Adding fresh fruits, green vegetables, nuts and omega-3 fatty acids to your diet will help detoxify skin.

3. Don’t skip fitness! Don’t take fitness lightly. Regular exercise can help reduce stress and delivers the right amount of oxygen to the skin cells. Perspiring during workout will keep toxins away, and make your skin healthy and acne-free.

4. Skincare routine to follow! Avoid touching your pimples and breakouts as it triggers infection. Popping a pimple will cause skin irritated or inflamed resulting in swelling, scarring and redness. Wash hands regularly with anti-bacterial soap/hand wash before touching your face.
Apart from that, keep your face clean with facial scrubs, moisturisers and masks. Opt for an acne medication that has a potent pimple/acne reduction activity or the ability to prevent occurrence of pimples/acne.

5. Shavers beware! Make sure you thoroughly clean your razors, blade and electric shaver. Before shaving, always soften skin with lukewarm, soapy water.

6. Haircare is very important! It is extremely important to keep your hair clean and dandruff-free. Negligence can result in acne.
To protect your hair against pollution, always wear washed caps, headbands and scarves. When visiting a salon, avoid using another person’s towel as it may carry infections resulting in risk of acne, redness and skin inflammation.

7. Aiming for a minimal makeup look! Remove make-up before going to bed as this lowers the risk of breakouts. Also, go for the minimal make-up as it lets the skin breathe and look natural.
Essential oils help in treating skin inflammations and acne. A combination of various essential oils like tea tree oil, moringa oil, lemon oil, chamomile oil and lavender oil will treat the acne effectively.

Best Yoga for PCOS

Lets start with what is PCOS…

Polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) affects 6 to 12 percent of women during their childbearing years, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. This common female endocrine disorder causes your ovaries to produce an excess of male hormones, resulting in irregular periods, weight gain, and problems with fertility and ovulation.

But recent research points to a regular practice of yoga as an effective way to manage PCOS symptoms.

There are five easy yoga asanas that can actually help to deal with this issue as yoga helps to decrease testosterone levels in women and increase estrogen and also opens up the uterus and ovaries that makes ovulation much easier to occur. It even controls stress!

Asana 1:- Bridge Pose or Setu bandhasana

Asana 2:- Cat- Cow Pose or Chakravakasana

Asana 3:- Garland Pose or Malasana

Asana 4:- Sun Salutations or Surya Namaskar

Asana 5:- Head to Knee Pose or Janusirasana

Remember that always start from a beginning stage. You don’t need to be perfect and accurate from the very beginning as it always happens gradually. Practicing makes it easier and perfect. Consistency is the key!

The Sharabha Avatar

Sharabha is an avatar of Lord Shiva which is not commonly known. This is considered as the most powerful appearance taken by Shiva to protect the universe. His manifestation as Sharabeshwara was to dominate over the fierce embodiment of Lord Vishnu as Narasimha which was the combination of half human and half lion. The objective of Vishnu’s incarnation was to save his favorite devotee prince Prahalada from the demon king Hiranyakashipu who was his father too. After killing him, Narasimha seemed to be very furious in nature. He created an awful situation in the Universe by roaring dreadfully and continuously. By foreseeing the negative outcome of this, other Gods and sub-gods sought help from Mahadeva who then decided to take the Sharaba form to pacify the angry Narasimha and convert him to normal Vishnu.

The Sharaba form of Shiva was the structural blend of human, animal and bird with gigantic as well as blistering look. It had so many hands, claws and legs, and almost resembled a huge dragon. The entangled tresses in the body highlighted the ferocity of the structure to a greater extend. In the head there was a massive crest which looked like a dome. There were well spread wings on the back side of the body with a long tail. The extremely sharp incisors in the mouth and inflexible claws were its main weapons. Its thunder like voice created echo in the environments and was horrible to hear. It had three eyes which were glowing like fire balls. Its teeth and lips were well formed and can be seen properly. It produced awful hissing sounds throughout.

Narasimha is often visualized as having a human torso and lower body, with a lion face and claws. This image is widely worshiped in deity form by a significant number of Vaishnava groups. Vishnu assumed this form on top of Himvat Mountain (Harivamsa). He is known primarily as the ‘Great Protector’ who specifically defends and protects his devotees in times of need. Vishnu is believed to have taken the avatar to destroy the demon king Hiranyakashipu. The Puranas describe Lord Narasimha deva’s pastime of killing the demon, saying that the Lord consumed every drop of Hiranyakasipu’s blood, then wore the demon’s mangled body as a garland to make sure that none of the demon’s physical remains made contact with the universe.

So how did lord Narasimha died?

After the destruction, Prahlada, Laksmi and various demigods attempted to soothe the Lord’s anger, but without success. At first Lord Shiva took the form of Veerabhadra and asked Narasimha to cool down. But Narasimha ignored this appeal. So he himself transformed to colossal Sharabha which outclassed Narasimha both in structure and power. Then Sharabha lifted Narasimha with its long tail and was about to throw him. Narasimha realized this and prayed Sharabha to forgive him with beautiful epithets, which later became the Ashtothra (108 Names) of the victorious Lord.

Lord Shiva then revealed to all the Devas that: “To annihilate the Asura, Lord Narasimha came, and to appease Lord Narasimha, I have come as Sarabeswara. Be aware that we are both one and the same like water and water, milk and milk, ghee and ghee, both inseparable and to be worshipped as one”.

Lord Shiva ensured the recovery of Lord Vishnu from his ferocious nature and hence did not hurt him. As a mark of respect to Lord Shiva, Narasimha removed the skin of lion from his body and presented to Sharabeshwaramurti. Thus the incarnation as Sharabha by Lord Shiva pacified the Narasimha manifestation of Lord Vishnu. This embodiment of Shiva is referred as Sarabeswara. In Shiva temples idols of two Sharabheswara are found at the entrance of sanctum sanctorum. He embraced Sri Narasimha, cooled Him down and made Him accessible to all beings. This Sri Sharabhesvara is Lord Shiva’s universal Omkara form.

While numerous temple deities, painted images and sastric references are found to Lord Shiva’s Sharabha form, the major Puranas like Srimad Bhagavatam do not mention the Sharabha form of Lord Shiva. Likewise, no mention appears to have been made in the Upa Puranas like the Narasimha Purana, or other Upanishads associated with Sri Narasimha dev. Rather, they stop at the point in the lila pastime with the destruction of Hiranyakasipu and the pacification of the Lord’s anger by Bhakta Prahlad and the demigods and goddesses.

Although the post-destruction pastimes are not mentioned in the primary shastra, there are many references found to Shiva Sharabha and to Lord Narasimha deva’s own Sharabha Form – Gandaberunda. Included amongst them are references to Sri Narasimha’s Form as Gandaberunda, a rare two-headed bird incarnation worshipped in South India, as well as to versions of a pastime wherein Shiva Sharabha actually fought with and killed Lord Narasimha dev. Some have concluded that this incarnation of Shiva was simply created by a group of South Indian Shaivites as a means to position Shiva as being greater than Vishnu, and that question seems left to the discussions of academics and pandits.

In the Atharva Veda, the tenth of thirty-one Upanishads is the Sharabha Upanishad, which glorifies Lord Shiva in his fierce Sharabha manifestation. Verse 3 of this Upanishad states that Maheswarah took the form of Sharabha and killed Narasimha.

How to get relief from menstrual cramps?

Certain over-the-counter products and home remedies, like using a heating pad, may help relieve pain associated with period cramps. Avoiding certain foods may also help.

It’s common to feel discomfort around your abdomen, lower back, and thighs when you’re menstruating. During your period, the muscles of your womb contract and relax to help shed built-up lining. It may include nausea, vomiting, headache and diarrhea.

Some tips to reduce pain are:-

1. Taking over-the-counter (OTC) medications.

2. Applying heat

3. Massaging with essential oils

4. Having an orgasm

5. Avoiding certain foods such as alcohol, beverage, fatty foods, caffeine and salty foods.

6. Adding herbs to your diet

Maintaining a healthy diet and keeping up a regular exercise regimen can go a long way toward preventing menstrual pain. A 2016 study Trusted Source of 250 women found significant differences between period pain in women who maintained a nutritious diet, exercised regularly, and reduced stress. Generally, a diet geared toward decreasing menstrual pain should be high in minimally processed foods, fiber, and plants.

Boron is a mineral that helps your body absorb calcium and phosphorus. It also reduces menstrual cramps.

A 2015 study that looked at 113 university students found that boron reduced the intensity and length of menstrual pain. The foods include are avocado, peanut butter, bananas etc.

It sounds odd, but drinking water keeps your body from retaining water and helps to avoid painful bloating during menstruation. Warm or hot water is usually better for cramps, as hot liquids increase blood flow to your skin and may relax cramped muscles.

The idea of exercising immediately before or during your period may not appeal to you, but exercise releases endorphins.

Research suggests exercise is effective at reducing menstrual pain to the extent it may also eliminate or reduce the need for pain-relief medication. Moderate activity such as walking can be beneficial during your period in place of more strenuous activity. Yoga is a gentle exercise that releases endorphins and can help prevent or reduce menstrual symptoms. Some poses are :-

Cat-Cow pose
Child’s pose
Plank pose
Cobra pose

Remember taking care of your body as well as your mind during that time of the month is the utmost priority for all women out there as well as the responsibility of their men too to look after them and just ask what they need.

Comment down your views and tips that you want to share below.

5 Biggest Environmental Issues in India in 2023

1. Air Pollution

Undoubtedly one of the most pressing environmental issues in India is air pollution. According to the 2021 World Air Quality Report, India is home to 63 of the 100 most polluted cities, with New Delhi named the capital with the worst air quality in the world. The study also found that PM2.5 concentrations – tiny particles in the air that are 2.5 micrometres or smaller in length – in 48% of the country’s cities are more than 10 times higher than the 2021 WHO air quality guideline level. 

Vehicular emissions, industrial waste, smoke from cooking, the construction sector, crop burning, and power generation are among the biggest sources of air pollution in India. The country’s dependence on coal, oil, and gas due to rampant electrification makes it the world’s third-largest polluter, contributing over 2.65 billion metric tonnes of carbon to the atmosphere every year.  

The months-long lockdown imposed by the government in March 2020 to curb the spread of Covid-19 led to a halt in human activities. This unsurprisingly, significantly improved air quality across the country. When comparing the Air Quality Index (AQI) data for 2019 and 2020, the daily average AQI in March-April 2019 was 656, the number drastically dropped by more than half to 306 in the same months of 2020.  

2. Water Pollution

Among the most pressing environmental issues in India is also water pollution. The Asian country has experienced unprecedented urban expansion and economic growth in recent years. This, however, comes with huge environmental costs. Besides its air, the country’s waterways have become extremely polluted, with around 70% of surface water estimated to be unfit for consumption. Illegal dumping of raw sewage, silt, and garbage into rivers and lakes severely contaminated India’s waters. The near-total absence of pipe planning and an inadequate waste management system are only exacerbating the situation. Every day, a staggering 40 million litres of wastewater enter rivers and other water bodies. Of these, only a tiny fraction is adequately treated due to a lack of adequate infrastructure.

In middle-income countries like India, water pollution can account for the loss of up to half of GDP growth, a World Bank report suggests. Water pollution costs the Indian government between USD$6.7 and $7.7 billion a year and is associated with a 9% drop in agricultural revenues as well as a 16% decrease in downstream agricultural yields.

Besides affecting humans, with nearly suffering from waterborne diseases like typhoid, cholera, and hepatitis and nearly 400,000 fatalities each year, water pollution also damages crops, as infectious bacteria and diseases in the water used for irrigation prevent them from growing. Inevitably, freshwater biodiversity is also severely damaged. The country’s rivers and lakes often become open sewers for residential and industrial waste. Especially the latter – which comprises a wide range of toxic substances like pesticides and herbicides, oil products, and heavy metals – can kill aquatic organisms by altering their environment and making it extremely difficult for them to survive.

3. Food and Water Shortages

According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), India is the country expected to pay the highest price for the impacts of the climate crisis. Aside from extreme weather events such as flash floods and widespread wildfires, the country often experiences long heatwaves and droughts that dry up its water sources and compromise crops. 

Since March 2022 – which was the hottest and driest month recorded in 120 years – the North West regions have been dealing with a prolonged wave of scorching and record-breaking heat. For several consecutive days, residents were hit by temperatures surpassing 40 degrees Celsius, while in some areas, surface land temperatures reached up to 60C. There is no doubt among experts that this unprecedented heatwave is a direct manifestation of climate change.

The heatwave has also contributed to an economic slowdown due to a loss of productivity, as thousands of Indians are unable to work in the extreme heat. The agriculture sector – which employs over 60% of the population – is often hit hard by these erratic droughts, impacting food stability and sustenance. Currently, farmers are struggling to rescue what remains of the country’s wheat crops, piling on existing fears of a global shortage sparked by the war in Ukraine.

Already among the world’s most water-stressed countries, the heatwave is causing further water shortages across the nations. Even though water tankers are keeping communities hydrated, the supply is not enough to cover the needs of all residents. But heat is not the only factor contributing to water scarcity. In an interview with the Times of India, lead researcher at Pune-based Watershed Organisation Trust Eshwer Kale described the national water policy as very ‘irrigation-centric’. Indeed, over 85% of India’s freshwater is used in agriculture. This has led to a crisis in several states, including Punjab, Haryana, and western Uttar Pradesh. The indiscriminate use of water for irrigation, coupled with the absence of conservation efforts and the huge policy gap in managing water resources has left over 10% of the country’s water bodies in rural areas redundant. A 2019 report predicts that 21 major cities – including New Delhi and India’s IT hub of Bengaluru – will run out of groundwater by 2030, affecting nearly 40% of the population. 

4. Waste Management

Among the most pressing environmental issues in India is also waste. As the second-largest population in the world of nearly 1.4 billion people, it comes as no surprise that 277 million tonnes of municipal solid waste (MSW) are produced there every year. Experts estimate that by 2030, MSW is likely to reach 387.8 million tonnes and will more than double the current value by 2050. India’s rapid urbanisation makes waste management extremely challenging. Currently, about 5% of the total collected waste is recycled, 18% is composted, and the remaining is dumped at landfill sites.

The plastic crisis in India is one of the worst on the planet. According to the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), India currently produces more than 25,000 tonnes of plastic waste every day on average, which accounts for almost 6% of the total solid waste generated in the country. India stands second among the top 20 countries having a high proportion of riverine plastic emissions nationally as well as globally. Indus, Brahmaputra, and Ganges rivers are known as the ‘highways of plastic flows’ as they carry and drain most of the plastic debris in the country. Together with the 10 other topmost polluted rivers, they leak nearly 90% of plastics into the sea globally. 

5. Biodiversity Loss

Last but not least on the list of environmental issues in India is biodiversity loss. The country has four major biodiversity hotspots, regions with significant levels of animal and plant species that are threatened by human habitation: the Himalayas, the Western Ghats, the Sundaland (including the Nicobar Islands), and the Indo-Burma region. India has already lost almost 90% of the area under the four hotspots, according to a 2021 report issued by the Centre for Science and Environment (CSE), with the latter region being by far the worst affected.

Moreover, 1,212 animal species in India are currently monitored by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List, with over 12% being classified as ‘endangered’. Within these hotspots, 25 species have become extinct in recent years.

Due to water contamination, 16% of India’s freshwater fish, molluscs, dragonflies, damselflies, and aquatic plants are threatened with extinction and, according to the WWF and the Zoological Society of London (ZSL), freshwater biodiversity in the country has experienced an 84% decline. However, given these activities’ dramatic consequences on biodiversity, committing to end and reverse deforestation should be a priority for India.

How to keep yourself mentally fit?

The brain is involved in everything we do and, like any other part of the body, it needs to be cared for too. Research has shown that there are many ways you can hone your mental sharpness and help your brain stay healthy, no matter what age you are. Doing certain brain exercises to help boost your memory, concentration, and focus can make daily tasks quicker and easier to do, and keep your brain sharp as you get older. So, below are some brain exercises that you should possibly be doing.

1) Jigsaw Puzzle

Research has shown that doing jigsaw puzzles recruits multiple cognitive abilities and is a protective factor for visuospatial cognitive aging. In other words, when putting together a jigsaw puzzle, you have to look at different pieces and figure out where they fit within the larger picture. This can be a great way to challenge and exercise your brain. Working on a jigsaw puzzle is an excellent way to strengthen your brain.

2) Cards

Researchers who conducted a study in 2015 on mentally stimulating activities for adults, say a quick card game can lead to greater brain volume in several regions of the brain. The same study also found that a game of cards could improve memory and thinking skills. These games include solitaire, bridge, gin rummy, poker, hearts and crazy eights.

3) Building Vocabulary

Research shows that many more regions of the brain are involved in vocabulary tasks, particularly in areas that are important for visual and auditory processing. To test this theory, you can try this cognitive-boosting activity: #Keep a notebook with you when you read.
down one unfamiliar word, then look up the definition.
#Try to use that word five times the next day.

4) Dance

The Centers for Disease Prevention and Control notes that learning new dance moves can increase your brain’s processing speed and memory.
You can give one of these dance activities a try:
#Take a salsa, tap, hip-hop, or contemporary dance class.
#Try a Zumba or jazz exercise class.
an online video with fun dance moves you’ve always wanted to learn.
#Grab a partner and learn to ballroom dance.
#Gather your friends and go line dancing

5) Using all your Senses

A 2015 research report suggests that using all your senses may help strengthen your brain. To give your senses and your brain a workout, try doing activities that simultaneously engage all five of your senses. You could try baking a batch of cookies, visiting a farmer’s market, or trying a new restaurant while you focus on smelling, touching, tasting, seeing, and hearing all at the same time.

6) Learning a New Skill

Learning a new skill is not only fun and interesting, but it may also help strengthen the connections in your brain. Research from 2014 also shows that learning a new skill can help improve memory function in older adults. Perhaps you’d like to know how to repair your car, use a particular software program, or ride a horse. You now have one more good reason to learn that new skill.

7) Teaching a new skill to someone else

One of the best ways to expand your learning is to teach a skill to another person. After you learn a new skill, you need to practice it. Teaching it to someone else requires you to explain the concept and correct any mistakes you make.

8) Listening to or playing Music

According to a 2017 study, listening to happy tunes helps generate more innovative solutions compared to being in silence. Which means, cranking up some good music can help boost your creative thinking and brain power. And if you want to learn how to play music, now is a great time to start because your brain is capable of learning new skills at any point in your life. That’s why you’re never too old to start playing an instrument like the piano, guitar, or even the drums.

9) Take a New Route

Don’t get stuck in a rut when it comes to your daily tasks. Instead, be willing to try new ways to do the same things.
Choose a different route to get to work each week or try a different mode of transport, like biking or using public transport instead of driving. Your brain can benefit from this simple change, and you might be surprised by how easy it is to change your thinking.

10) Meditation

Daily meditation can calm your body, slow your breathing, and reduce stress and anxiety. But did you know that it may also help tune your memory and increase your brain’s ability to process information? Yes, so find a quiet spot, close your eyes, and spend five minutes meditating each day.

In conclusion, focusing on your brain health is one of the best things you can do to improve your concentration, focus, memory, and mental agility, no matter what age you are. By incorporating brain exercises into your everyday life, you will be able to challenge your mind, sharpen your cognitive skills, and possibly learn something new and enriching along the way, too.

Study on Service Quality and Consumer Preferences regarding the Mobile Services Providers in India

Dr. Pankaj Sharma

Assistant Professor, Department of Commerce

Presidency College-Alwar (Raj.)

Abstract:          

In the last ten years, the mobile revolution has truly changed the socio-economic landscape of India and played a pivotal role in the growth and development of the economy. According to Cellular Operator Association of India (COAI), India ranks between the top ten telecom network in the world and the second largest in Asia. India is also one of the fastest growing markets in mobile communications. Telecom Regulatory Authority of India’s report on Telecom Services Performance (TRAI, 2010) indicates cellular mobile subscriber base touching 755.71 million in June 2021. Growth in India’s mobile telephone sector has been nothing short of spectacular in the past few years, aided by higher subscriber volumes, lower tariffs and falling handset prices. India is home to a number of global mobile operators working with local companies and mobile market has consistently experienced very high annual growth rates with the continuous decline in tariff.

The mobile sector subscribers India have grown from around 10 million subscribers in the year 2012 to 350.93 million by the end of February 2021. According to Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI), a total of 8.49 million telephone connections were added during February 2021. The annual growth of mobile cellular services recorded in India during the last few years has been nearly 100 percent, but still, after over a decade of start of mobile services in the country, only 30 percent of the 600 million addressable markets of mobile users in the country of over one billion people have been reached. Today, around eight million new telephone subscribers are being added in India every month. This is mostly in the mobile telephone segment.

Key Words: TRAI, COAI, MNP, GSMA.

Introduction: –

In the fiscal year 2023, more than 100 million mobile phone subscribers in India took advantage of the mobile number portability feature to change their telecom operator, as per data released by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI). This figure accounts for approximately 12 percent of India’s total mobile subscriber base and indicates a significant shift in consumer preferences within the telecom industry.

According to the report of Kotak Institutional Equities, an average of 10 million mobile subscribers ported their numbers each month in FY23, resulting in a cumulative total of 121 million instances of number porting throughout the fiscal year. The data suggest that subscribers were drawn to switch operators due to the low-ticket prepaid plans. 

While the participation of all operators in this practice results in a net zero effect on subscriber numbers, it has led to an unnecessary increase in customer acquisition costs. 

However, a recent rural survey conducted by IIFL, a leading financial services company, indicates a potential downtrend in overall subscriber churn in the upcoming months. The survey, conducted in Mumbai and nearby rural and semi-urban districts, reveals that operators are implementing more disciplined approaches to acquiring subscribers. 

The reduction in trade payouts on Mobile Number Portability (MNP) and new SIM activation is cited as a significant contributing factor, with telcos adjusting their payouts based on their strengths and weaknesses in specific micro-markets.

As per the report, the Indian telecom landscape continues to witness dynamic changes, with subscribers switching operators to capitalize on attractive plans and incentives, the telecom operators are being compelled to refine their strategies for customer acquisition and retention. 

Market Overview:- 

Much has changed in the Indian telecom landscape since our last mobile network experience report in October 2022. Airtel became the first to launch commercially, using non-standalone access (NSA) technology and naming it 5G Plus. On the other hand, Jio has taken the 5G standalone access (SA) route calling it True 5G, and uses the 700 MHz band (5G low-band spectrum) that no other Indian operator currently has.

Since then, both operators have been putting significant efforts into expanding their 5G footprint. As of March 2023, Jio claims to have rolled out 5G in 406 cities. Meanwhile, rival Airtel argues it is ahead in the race with a 5G footprint of 500 cities. However, by contrast, India’s third largest operator Vi has not formally announced its 5G launch date, while state-owned BSNL is strengthening its 4G network and aiming to launch 5G by 2024.

These 5G efforts in India have been paying off, as in Opensignal’s recent 5G analysis, we found that users across India are experiencing huge uplifts in experience with 5G compared to 4G, and Tier 2 cities see some of the most significant jumps.

In this report, Opensignal has analyzed the overall mobile network and 5G experience together for the first time and given awards for India’s 5G experience. Opensignal results show that since the last report and the launch of 5G, the overall speed experience across India has improved massively, aided by our 5G users spending significant amounts of time with 5G.

For this analysis, Opensignal has assessed the overall mobile network experience of our users on the four main mobile network operators in India: Airtel, BSNL, Jio and Vi, over a period of 90 days starting on December 1, 2022, and ending on February 28, 2023, to understand how they compare nationally as well as in 22 telecom circles. We have also analyzed the 5G experience of our users on the two Indian operators that have commercially launched 5G — Airtel and Jio. In addition to the 5G Experience metrics, which represent the experience of our 5G users when they have an active 5G connection, we also include – 5G User measures (such as Download Speed Experience – 5G Users) that show the overall experience of our 5G users across all generations of mobile technology.

The mobile phone network enables wireless communication using mobile devices, such as mobile phones, smart phones or tablets. Mobile phone networks provide the necessary infrastructure and are operated by mobile phone providers. In addition to the access network, which establishes the wireless connection to the terminal devices by radio, a core network exists that connects the individual access points to each other. The core network ensures that mobile users can exchange information with those using other access networks or external networks. The main distinguishing factor between fixed and mobile networks is in the access network. The landline network also uses a similar or the same core network, but, as opposed to the mobile network, uses wired technologies in its access network.

 

Mobile network and mobile data transmission:-

To begin with, the mobile network was planned almost exclusively for voice communication, however, mobile data usage has become increasingly important over the years, especially with the advent of smart phones and tablets. This is also a major reason behind the rapid development of mobile communication standards. Whereas standards such as GPRS or EDGE only enable transmission speeds in the kilobits per second range, modern mobile networks, with 3G or 4G technology, such as UMTS and LTE, achieve bandwidths of many megabits per second. The LTE standard allows transfer rates of more than 100 megabits per second and, by using various different frequency ranges, can cover a large area around the radio mast.

Telecommunication is one of the prime support services needed for the rapid growth and modernisation of varioussectors of the economy. Telecom services have been recognised the world-over as an important tool for the socio-economic development of a nation. It has become the need of the hour in recent years because of the enormous andtremendous growth of information technology and it has played a pivotal role in the development of the economy. The Telecom Sector, which has a multiplier effect on the economy, has influenced the economy by way of contributing to the increased efficiency. The Government of India shows the importance of world-class telecommunication infrastructure and information as the key to the rapid socio-economic stride of the country.

Review of literature:-

Bepko and Pleger (2012) in their article “Service Intangibility and Its Impact on Consumer Expectations of Service Quality” stated that among the areas which need to be addressed in service quality research is the nature of consumerexpectations across the range of intangibility. Previous research had compared consumers’ service quality expectations across services, but different groups of subjects were evaluated for each different service. The problem with using different subjects for each service is that the subject’s demographic characteristics may be responsible for the significant differences in expectations of quality.

Jamal and Naser (2019) , in their article named “Customer Satisfaction and Retail Banking: An Assessment of Some of the key Antecedents of Customer Satisfaction in Retail Banking,” suggested that customer satisfaction is based notonly on the judgment of customers towards the reliability of the delivered service, but also on customers’ experiences with the service delivery process. Hence, they reported demographic differences (education and income levels) in the degree of customer satisfaction.

Growth of telecom sector:-

 

The telecom sector exhibited strong growth over the last few years on the back of strong consumer demand and supportive policies of the Government of India. The government has ensured fair competition among service providers, and a fair and proactive regulatory framework that has resulted in telecom services being available to consumer at affordable prices. Further it has made sustained efforts at encouraging telecom equipment manufacture. The deregulation of Foreign Direct Investment norms has led an increase in FDI in the Telecom sector.

India is currently the world’s second-largest telecommunications market with a subscriber base of 1.18 billion. India’sgrowing mobile economy now constitutes about 98% of all telephone subscriptions. The mobile industry has witnessed exponential growth over the last few years driven by affordable tariffs, wider availability, roll out of Mobile Number Portability (MNP), expanding 4G coverage, evolving consumption patterns and supportive policy and regulatoryenvironment. As per a GSMA report, the mobile industry supports about 6.5% of India’s GDP. The figure accounts for both the direct economic activity generated by mobile operators and an indirect effect on the rest of the economy resulting from increased use of mobile technology by individuals and firms. Telecom industry contribution to GDP is expected to reach 8.2% by 2022. The Government has placed considerable emphasis on growth of internet and broadband in the country as part its Digital India campaign. Mobile has now emerged as the main platform for internetaccess in India, bringing connectivity to many previously unconnected populations. Efforts are being made to address thedigital divide by extending inclusive internet access to every Indian, as mobile technology looks to empower the masses and become the critical means of accessing a broad range of public services.

As per GSMA Reports, mobile technologies and services generated 4.6% of GDP globally in 2021, a contribution that amounted to $3.9 trillion of economic value added. By 2023, this contribution will reach $4.8 trillion, or 4.8% of GDP, as countries around the globe increasingly benefit from the improvements in productivity and efficiency brought aboutby increased take-up of mobile services. In 2021, the wider mobile ecosystem also supported a total of 32 million jobs(directly and indirectly) and made a substantial contribution to the funding of the public sector, with almost $510 billionraised through general taxation (before regulatory and spectrum fees). Further ahead, 5G technologies are expected tocontribute $2.2 trillion to the global economy over the next 15 years, with key sectors such as manufacturing, utilitiesand professional/financial services benefiting the most from the new technology.

List of telecom companies in India:-

 

Wireless subscribers

As of 30 September 2021, there are 1148.58 million wireless subscribers including inactive users in India according to Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI).

Table

WIRELESS SUBSCRIBERS IN INDIA

SlnoOperatorsNo.of subscribers(in mi)
1JIO404.13
2AIRTEL326.61
3VI295.50
4BSNL118.99
5MTNL3.34

Source: www.trai.gov.in

Wireline operators

As of 30 September 2021, there are 20.08 million Wireline subscribers in India according to Telecom RegulatoryAuthority of India (TRAI)

 

Table

                                    WIRELINE OPERATORS IN INDIA

 OperatorSubscribers (millions)Ownership
1BSNL10.78Government of India
2Airtel4.45Bharti Airtel
3Jio2.08Jio Platforms
4Tata Teleservices1.71Tata Group
5Vi0.51Vodafone Idea Limited
6Reliance Communications0.42Reliance ADAG

Source: www.trai.gov.in

Foreign direct investment:

Foreign Direct Investment has played an important role in shaping the progress of the telecom sector over the years, and in financing expansion of telecom infrastructure in the country. The FDI flows in the telecom sector in the last few yearshave been as follows:

 

Table

FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT

YEARRs. in crores
2015-168637
2016-1737435
2017-1839748
2018-1918337
2020-2129724

Source: The Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT)

           

Conclusion:

India is currently the world’s second-largest telecommunications market with a subscriber base of 1.18 billion. Telecom industry contribution to Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is expected to reach 8.2% by 2021. Most of the customers are male (58.5 per cent)who are under the age group of 20-30 years (30 percent) are working in various jobs(29.3 per cent) and earning a monthly income of Rs.10000 to Rs.30000. The quality parameters designed by the selected mobile phone service providers are technology up gradation from 4G to 5 G, innovative and attractive offers, recharge services likemassive recharging outlets and multiple recharge options and attractive advertisements to influence their customers. The mobile consumers’ expectations from the service providers are good network coverage, multiple offers with unlimited calls, data in different GB, free SMS and increasing validity period, which are make them satisfied with thecurrent mobile service providers, on the other hand if the mobile service providers fails to satisfy the expectations of the customers, they pave the way to switch over to other mobile service providers. The consumers facing various problems like disconnection of calls, sudden winding up of companies, not able to contact customer care service people, high consumption of data and so on. To overcome the problems, the mobile service providers are following various strategieslike, quick connection while making calls, attractive and unlimited calls and data (increasing data from 1 GB to 2 GB and 2 GB to 3GB per day), providing value added services at free of cost, increasing the number of towers for efficient networking to satisfy the existing customers and to retain them and also increase new customers.

This study was undertaken to examine and understand the consumers’ perception choice in selecting cellular mobile telecommunication service providers. Consumers’ perception is widely varied in accordance with the Communication quality, call service, facilities, price, customer care and service provider’s quality. Hence, from the result of our study, we can deliberately conclude that price has significant positive impact on consumer perception choice in selecting telecommunication service provider. Hence, product quality from the marketer’s perspective is associated with communication, price, feature, function, or performance of a product. Price plays a significant roll in the purchase decision of the telecommunications sector. However, our study shows that product quality and availability has a significant impact on consumer perception choice in selecting mobile telecommunication service provider and supported.

The outcome of this research shows a comprehensively integrated framework for us to understand the vibrant relationships among several dimensions of service quality, price, product quality and availability, and promotion to have handful ideas on the consumers’ perception. However, we still predict that further research efforts are being needed to examine these factors with additional samples before generalization can be made.

 Scope for future study:-

The new areas for further research are customers’ preference and satisfaction of the mobile service provider at the state level. Customers’ preference and satisfaction of the mobile applications, because in the modern days all the transactions are made through mobile phone applications. Further research may also be conducted to analyse the reasons for thedeclining usage of desktops and laptops, because nowadays one can substitute all his communication and computational needs through one smartphone. Nowadays smart phones are used for children online education, business, health, foods and also in social networking. Further research enables institutions to implement courses in mobileapplications.

REFERENCES:

  1. Jonathan, Lee, Janghyuk, Lee and Lawrence, Feick, “The Impact of Switching Costs on the CustomerSatisfaction -Loyalty Link: Mobile Phone Service in France”, Journal of Services Marketing, 15 ISSN: 1, 2001, pp.35–48.
    1. Leisen, B. and Vance, C. (2001). “Cross-national assessment of service quality in the telecommunicationindustry: Evidence from the USA and Germany.”Managing Service Quality, Vol.11, No.5, pp.307-317.
    1. Bebko and Pleger, Charlene (2002), “Service Intangibility and Its Impact on Consumer Expectations of Service Quality,” Journal of Service Marketing, Vol.14, No.2, pp.9-26.
    1. Jamal, A. and Nasar, K., (2002). “Customer Satisfaction and Retail Banking: An Assessment of Some of thekey Antecedents of Customer Satisfaction in Retail Banking,” International Journal of Bank Marketing, Vol.20,No.4, pp.146-160.
    1. Chu‐Mei Liu, (2002) “The effects of promotional activities on brand decision in the cellular telephone industry”, Journal of Product & Brand Management, Vol.11, Issue 1, pp.42-51.
    1. Baba Shiv and Joel Huber (2000), “The Impact of Anticipating Satisfaction on Consumer Choice,” Journal ofConsumer Research, Vol.27, No.2 (September), pp.202-216.
    1. K.E. Lommeruda, and L. Sorgard, (2003), “Entry in Telecommunication: Customer Loyalty, Price Sensitivity and Access Prices”, Information Economics and Policy, Vol.15, 2003, pp.55–72.
    1. Jukka, P., Marjukka, P., Rauli, S. and Heikki, K. (2003). “An investigation of consumer behaviour in mobilephone markets in Finland” Submission to 32nd EMAC conference, Track: New Technologies and E Marketing, Economics and Industrial Management, University of Oulu.
    1. Oestmann, S. (2003) Mobile operators: their contribution to universal service and public access. Availableonline: http://rru.worldbank.org / documents / Mobile_operators.pdf
    1. Gronroos, C., (2004). “The relationship marketing process: Communication, interaction, dialogue, value.” TheJournal of Business and Industrial Marketing, Vol.19, No.2, pp.99-113.
    1. Hawkins, Del I.;Best, Roger J.;Coney, Kenneth A. (2004). Consumer Behavior: Building Marketing Strategy, 9th edition, Published by McGraw-Hill Irwin, Boston, MA
    1. Lam, S.Y., Shankar, V., Erramilli, M.K., and Murthy, B. (2004).“Customer value, satisfaction, loyalty, and switching costs: an illustration from a business-to-business service context.” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, Vol.32, No.3, pp.293- 311
    1. Avnish Bansal, “Cell Phones Taking Control of Our Lives”, Electronics for You, 2005, p.34.
    1. Mukesh Chaturvedi and Abhinav Chaturvedi, “Customer Relationship Management – An India Perspective”, Excel Books, ISBN10: 8174464565 ISBN13: 9788174464569, New Delhi 2005, p.36.
    1. Media Reports and Press Releases, Cellular Operators Authority of India (COAI), Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI), Department of Telecommunication (DoT)Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), India Services Sector Report by Deloitte.

Idea of Pop culture

Based on who is defining it but the context in which it is used, the phrase “popular culture” has several connotations. It is commonly accepted that a society’s dominant culture at a given moment is the colloquial or people’s culture. In Persuasive Aspects of Popular Culture, it refers to the facets of social life that the general public participates in most actively. As the “cultural heritage,” popular culture is shaped by how people interact with each other in daily life. Examples of popular culture include clothing trends, slang usage, salutation customs, and cuisine preferences. The mass media also influences popular culture.

Popular culture is composed of a number of commonly acknowledged components. For instance, popular culture includes the components of our life that are most present-day and current. Particularly in today’s highly technology society where media is everywhere, these features are frequently vulnerable to quick change. Pop culture reflects certain norms and widely held opinions. Pop culture is prevalent, and as a result, it both reflects and has an impact on people’s daily lives . Additionally, businesses can become well-known cultural icons. Iconic brands may flourish and fall, much like other facets of pop culture.

Thus, pop culture might well be described as the creations and modes of identification and expression that are typical of a certain civilization at a particular moment, often experienced, or popularly accepted.

Large varied groups of individuals can connect socially due to popular culture. As it unites the majority behind principles of proper behavior, it plays an inclusive function in society. Consuming pop culture products frequently raises a person’s status among their peers in addition to helping them feel a sense of belonging that ties them to larger society. Furthermore, popular culture offers people the possibility to challenge the dominant beliefs and behavioral standards, in contrast to folk or high culture. People are drawn to popular culture because it offers opportunity for both personal fulfillment and social connection.

Extinction of Newspapers

In before times it wasn’t unusual to go to a coffee shop or restaurant not too distant past and see customers engrossed in a newspaper story while enjoying their coffee or food. These days, it’s more common seeing the same customers glued to a smartphone, tablet, or other media device. The conventional newspaper has suffered as a result of the proliferation of digital gadgets with wi-fi capabilities and the overall rise in accessibility to computers. It is just a question of time until newspapers as we once knew them go extinct. With each successive year, the causes of this extinction become more and more clear.

The younger generations were raised in an age where they could use computers as well as other digital content tools. Almost every one of their knowledge and much of their enjoyment is now accessible to them at the press of a button or display. Younger generations have evolved to anticipate immediate news, which traditional newspapers do not provide.

Not just members of the younger age choose internet news sources for their news. As the majority of adults have greater access to devices with internet capabilities, they rapidly learn how convenient it is to read news stories as it occurs. By the time the regular newspaper arrives from the front door the following morning, several digital media sites have already reported the headlines online. Newspapers must go online if they want to contend with this pace.

Newspapers printed will probably go extinct and switch to digital format in the coming years. Publications can only make money by shifting their focus from news articles to authoritative essays and distinctive opinion pieces written in a magazine-style, barring unforeseeable changes in audience behaviour. Even then, more effort would be required to persuade the public that reading inkjet printing is still useful. Reviving a print newspaper would be a difficult endeavour given the competition, where known and reputable voices are now online bed partners with young, creative perspectives.

Furthermore, physical newspapers will inevitably last a long time, but they will never again be as prevalent as they used to be.

The Life Of Tribal In India

There is a different life existing, distinct from urban cities and villages mostly in the dense forests and hilly areas usually termed as a tribal community. Have you ever wondered what would their life look like? Let’s find out
In today’s culture, the term “tribal” is often used to describe a region’s indigenous population. Tribal people are the native inhabitants of the area and go by a variety of names on every continent. A fun fact is there are more than 550 Indian tribes present in this region that have lived there for a very long period. Every community is unique in some way that sets it apart from the other tribes. One thing unites all of these communities: they are cut off around the world.
Their major occupations are agriculture, food gathering, and hunting. They practice shift cultivation, clearing patches of forest and burning them to cultivate their crops like paddy, corn, etc.; though they cook their food and eat, as they are not accustomed to using species or oil in their cooking. Their diet also contains forest fruits, vegetables, roots, and tubers. These people have a distinctive dancing style, music, and theater in addition to a rich cultural legacy. Everyone in this culture is required to receive a tattoo on some region of their body at a specific age or a special event. Furthermore, they have separate traditions, cultures, lifestyles, beliefs, foods, dialects, customs, and a whole distinct outlook on life. They are both immensely dynamic and culturally rich. They illustrate the cultural diversity of Indian ancestry.

Clothing you wear and its affect on your self-perception and performance

Did you know that not only the way you think about yourself but also your performance in your studies, work etc. somehow depends on the clothing you wear? Yes, this might seem a little vague and you might say that the interdependence is very trivial.

But, research shows that the clothes you wear can actually change the way you perform.

Photo by mentatdgt on Pexels.com

This can be elucidated by the example of a play. The stage actors of the play rehearse on random clothes that they are comfortable wearing. But, when they rehearse with their costumes on, you get to see a stark difference in their performance. In comparison to all their previous rehearsals, this time you will see a slight confidence boost throughout the duration of their performance. This is because they experience the character or better yet they get into character more deeper than ever before for the role.

Apparel and presentation communicates volumes about you as a person. The question is not whether you care about fashion, it’s more about what you’re communicating intentionally or unconsciously through your fashion choices. You should be conscious about what you wear and don’t just like you are conscious about what you eat and what you don’t. This includes ignoring the fashion trends that do not fit you or does not make you comfortable just like the way you say no to the food that you are allergic or just intolerant to.

When you’re dressing or grooming, consider what it says about you and whether it’s in line with the message you want to communicate. There’s no right or wrong. It’s all about context. A tie can make you look reliable and rooted in tradition. This might be important at an investment firm, where clients want to know that you’re serious about stewarding their capital. But it can also come off as stuffy and resistant to change, which may be inappropriate for a tech startup.

Photo by Liza Summer on Pexels.com

Of course, dressing smart is also important for your confidence and sense of self-empowerment. But your style does more than just send messages, to your mind or to others. New research study shows it actually impacts how you think.

“The formality of clothing might not only influence the way others perceive a person, and how people perceive themselves, but could influence decision making in important ways through its influence on processing style” the study says.

The psychology behind is totally subconscious. A gut feeling, commonly called intuition or a first impression, is really part of the very fast-paced mental process of thin-slicing, which is when our brain process visual details instantaneously.

It’s how we continually judge books by their covers, all day, every day.

So choose your personal presentation with care. Presentation includes not only your clothes, but your accessories, hairstyle, fragrance, posture, body language, tone of voice, and the level of energy with which you move and speak. Think of the person that you need to be in any particular situation. Then dress, groom, and accessorize in a way that helps you mentally step into that personality.

The Dark Side of Electric Vehicles.

Electric Vehicles (EVs) are hailed and promoted by governments and car manufacturers as the technology decarbonizes the transport sector. In India, transportation sector emits an estimated 261 tonnes of CO2, of which 94.5% is contributed by road transport. According to World Health Organization (WHO), among the 20 most polluted cities in the world, 14 are Indian cities. Moreover, the fuel prices have increased sharply since the last year and are predicted to increase further because of the Russian invasion on Ukraine.

All these reasons have made people to turn to electric vehicles as the government has provided incentives to people by introducing subsidies. Under section 80EEB, a total tax exemption of up Rs 1,50,000 can be availed when paying off the EV loan. This tax exemption is available for both 4-wheeler and 2-wheeler EV purchases. So, the future looks bright for EVs; but this future will not arrive without an environmental cost. The market for EVs, in the developed world has increased rapidly in not less than a decade.

Photo by Mike on Pexels.com

The EV manufacturers market them as ‘clean and green’ technology that hides the dark side of EVs, which consists of embodied emissions, lithium, cobalt and many sustainability and ethical issues.

While EVs produce no direct exhaust pipe emissions, the production, distribution and disposal of EVs are highly poisonous. The production of an EV involves many of the same polluting processes as an Internal Combustion (IC) engine but the only difference is that it uses lithium-ion and cobalt batteries to power the shafts. The processes involved in making EV batteries is where the ‘green’ image of EVs starts to fall apart.

Photo by Pixabay on Pexels.com

The lithium-ion battery supply chain stretches from Europe to Latin America and Africa. Over half of the earth’s lithium resources are found in the so-called Lithium Triangle which spans across Bolivia, Argentina and Chile. Lithium mines have an environmental impact through their destructive extraction processes. Landscapes are dug up and scarred, habitats can be destroyed, and chemical runoff can cause severe water pollution. Mining for lithium also consumes a tremendous amount of water, about 2000000 litres per tonne of lithium. This has caused water shortages in Chile, leaving them no enough water for daily-public use.

Cobalt is another key ingredient for the lithium-ion battery. Cobalt resources are concentrated in the Democratic Republic of Congo where numerous cases of human rights abuses have been filed in the country’s cobalt mines: unmitigated health risks from the working environment, child labor etc. Battery sustainability issues do not end there. At their end-of-life, the batteries mostly end up in in landfills. No effective disposal technique is adopted because it is currently cheaper to extract new raw materials for batteries than it is to reuse old batteries.

Putting things into perspective, EVs are much better for the environment compared to IC engines as the decarbonize transport sector, but we should be careful about their framing as a solution. So, EVs cannot be regarded as the ‘perfect’ replacement for fossil fuel-run engines in contrast to what they are advertised of being but awareness calls for the fact that the nature is letting people choose between bad and worse at this point of time in history.

Tourism in India

“Only one who wanders finds new paths” is a beautifully written proverb.Travelling helps people to get exposed to new places,meet new people, come across their stories, gain experience and sometimes to move out of a hectic boring lifestyle and doing something new and adventurous.

Its well said that India has its ‘Unity in Diversity’ but its not only about religion, culture, art forms and languages.India has diverse geography, numerous historical monuments and a wide variety of trades.From trekking in mountains of Ladakh to boating in the backwaters of Alleppey ,from experiencing nature with a closer view at Kaziranga National Park to sandy beaches and crazy nights in Goa, India truly is a nature’s gift.The variety of linguistic and ethnic groups forms its racial diversity.There is diversity in religion, political beliefs and even the climate of the country from north to south. All these factors attract tourists from all over the world.

Tourism is a flourishing industry in India. People from all over the world are attracted to different tourist destinations of the country.  Some of the major tourist attractions are Taj Mahal in Agra, The holi city of Varanasi, The Golden Temple of Amritsar ,The Gateway Of India, Amer Fort, Konark Sun Temple , Qutub Minar , Fatehpur Sikri , Char Minar etc.

The Ministry of Tourism established 25th January as National Tourism day in order to educate people about the benefits of traveling and to spread awareness about the importance of tourism for raising the country’s economy. Travel and tourism sector is one of the key contributors to the Indian economy,Tourism in India contributes around 4.7% in the total GDP of the country according to statistics of 2020. However, the Covid-19 pandemic has negatively affected India’s growth in tourism as the flight services were barred due to the spread of covid-19 virus.

Tourism has benefited the country in several ways like increasing the job opportunities , improved quality of life for locals, assistance to locals with their daily income since they can open small businesses and petty shops, restaurants, transport business and other commercial businesses like shopping malls and hotels. It also contributes to national integration and international friendships and is also a source of earning foreign exchange.

Despite offering so many perks, India’s tourism is still lagging behind.The reasons are over priced taxis and delayed trains making traveling unaffordable and uncomfortable.The absence of decent and hygienic accommodations are adding to the problems.Bad roads,filthy environment make tourists suffer a lot.Besides these problems tourists are often exploited by guides,tour and tourist operators.Usually foreign tourist become victims of theft,kidnapping and other crimes.

Not to forget about the pandemic, which has affected the economy to a great extent.Despite all these difficulties India is recovering over the losses of trades and damage to the economy.

As the 7th largest country in the world, India stands apart from the rest of Asia as India’s potential for tourism is vast.Tourism has promoted national integration and is a highly labour intensive industry. Therefore measures should be taken to strengthen it. Ancient monuments should be protected, traveling should be  made safer, accommodation facilities should be readily available. More infrastructure needs to be developed to attract tourists. ‘Incredible India’ campaign should be strongly promoted. It has become a matter of paramount importance if tourism needs to keep flourishing in the country.

THE BRIEF HISTORY OF PREGNANCY AND CHILDBIRTH:

Pregnancy and birth can be a very special time in the life of a woman. The nine months of pregnancy, as well as labor and delivery, are filled with many physical and psychological changes, as well as changes in lifestyle. Each change poses a challenge that can be met successfully when the woman shares her feelings and experiences with a partner or other supportive person and with her physician, midwife, nurse, and childbirth educator. The importance of health care throughout pregnancy is emphasized, because proper health care increases the likelihood of a healthy pregnancy, a healthy baby, and satisfied parents. 

PREGNANCY:

The reproductive process through which a new baby is conceived, incubated and ultimately born into the world. Many facets of pregnancy are covered starting with the preparation and planning stages, and moving through conception, fetal development, labor and delivery, and post-partum (or post-birth) stages. The document describes normal, uncomplicated pregnancy in some detail, and also contains information concerning more difficult pregnancies, including pregnancies for women with chronic illnesses and other health complications. Pregnancy is a unique, exciting and often joyous time in a woman’s life, as it highlights the woman’s amazing creative and nurturing powers while providing a bridge to the future. Pregnancy comes with some cost, however, for a pregnant woman needs also to be a responsible woman so as to best support the health of her future child. The growing fetus (the term used to denote the baby-to-be during early developmental stages) depends entirely on its mother’s healthy body for all needs. Consequently, pregnant women must take steps to remain as healthy and well nourished as they possibly can. Pregnant women should take into account the many health care and lifestyle considerations described in this document.

Though we have tried to present relatively comprehensive coverage of pregnancy, this document should only be considered to be an overview. It will hopefully introduce you to some new ideas, and help you to learn about aspects of pregnancy that you may not have previously encountered, but it does not contain or provide all the information you will need to make informed choices as you go through your own actual pregnancy. Be sure to see your doctor when you become pregnant. Share with him or her any questions or concerns you may have about your pregnancy. Your doctor, and other specialized health care providers including nurses and midwives, will be some of your more important allies during your pregnancy. They are in the best position to guide you through the process and to make authoritative recommendations that will best benefit your baby-to-be’s development and future health and welfare.

CHILD BIRTH:

When you are ready to have your baby, you’ll go through labor. Labor is the process of giving birth. Signs that you might be going into labor include:
*Contractions that are regular then start to come closer together
*Leaking fluid or bleeding from the vagina
*Low, dull backache
*Abdominal cramps
*Call your health care provider if you have any of these signs, even if it is before your due date. Preterm labor can start before 37 completed weeks of pregnancy.

Labor happens in three stages. The first stage begins with contractions. It continues until your cervix has become thinner and dilated (stretched) to about 4 inches wide. The second stage is the active stage, in which you begin to push downward. Crowning is when your baby’s scalp comes into view. Shortly afterward, your baby is born. In the third stage, you deliver the placenta. The placenta is the organ that supplied food and oxygen to your baby during pregnancy. Mothers and babies are monitored closely during labor. Most women are able to have a baby through normal vaginal delivery. If there are complications, the baby may need to be delivered surgically by a Cesarean section.

THE ORIGIN AND BRIEF HISTORY OF CHOCOLATES:

Chocolate is the most popular and widely loved treat in the entire world! On your happy days, not so happy days, celebrations and special occasions, chocolates are always the perfect companion. But have you wondered how it all began? Where did chocolate come from? And how did it grow to such immense popularity throughout the years? Here is a brief history of this irresistible delicacy. Chocolate was born over 4,000 years ago in Mesoamerica, present-day Mexico, where it was consumed as a drink. This drink was served as a bitter liquid, brewed from cocoa and mixed with spices. It was said to have medicinal properties, relished especially during rituals and other special occasions. The origin of the word chocolate can be traced back to the Aztec word ‘xocoatl’, the name for a bitter drink made from cacao beans.

Mesoamericans were the first people to recognize the value of chocolates in the tropical rainforests of the Amazon basin. Then Aztecs and Mayans praised chocolate as a heavenly gift, and cherished it so much that it started being used as a currency. Money literally used to grow on trees. The Aztec drank their chocolate much like the Mayans, although they sometimes liked it cold. One chocolate history legend has it that the Aztec God Quetzalcoatl brought cocoa to earth and was cast out of paradise for giving it to man. Apparently, only the gods were fit to drink chocolate!

All this while, chocolate was seen as a bitter luxurious drink and had nothing to do with sugar. Once sugar was added to chocolate, it took a whole other turn. When chocolate entered Spain, it was considered medicinal. Doctors prescribed it to cure fevers, cool body temperature, aid in digestion and as a painkiller. However, it was soon realized that chocolate was too good to be used just as a medicine. It was the first caffeine to reach Europe, even before coffee and tea.

As chocolate spread through Europe, the demand took off. To keep up with the demand, plantations sprung up, and thousands of people were enslaved to produce cacao. This is where it took a really dark turn.In the 1850s, Englishman created the world’s first solid chocolate by adding more cocoa butter, rather than hot water, to cocoa powder and sugar. This is when chocolate, as we see it today, was finally born. Today, over 3 billion tons of cacao supplies a 35 billion dollar chocolate industry.

A CHOCOLATE REVOLUTION:

The history of chocolate continues as the treat remained immensely popular among European aristocracy. Royals and the upper classes consumed chocolate for its health benefits as well as its decadence. Chocolate was still being produced by hand, which was a slow and laborious process. But with the Industrial Revolution around the corner, things were about to change.

In 1828, the invention of the chocolate press revolutionized chocolate making. This innovative device could squeeze cocoa butter from roasted cacao beans, leaving a fine cocoa powder behind. The powder was then mixed with liquids and poured into a mold, where it solidified into an edible bar of chocolate. And just like that, the modern era of chocolate was born. 

Published by Ayisha Shabana. M….

What is Customized Report Writing Service

Report writing is an art and skill that all students should learn during their academic years in the university as this skill skill is must for a corporate and professional life.

Together, we can achieve this by utilizing custom report writing tools to extract data from your system and present it back to you in almost any format you desire. We have years of experience optimizing the functionality that exists within custom report writers. The customization request we receive most often is to present data based on certain circumstances, also known as conditional reporting. For example, when analyzing the profitability report of your business, you may want the color of a field to change when invoices are below a 25% margin level, or to have the ability to define this margin level each time you run the report. This is just one example, and these types of conditions are limitless as defined by your needs.

Take advantage of our expertise to work with Oasis Solutions to either design the report exactly as you need, or let us train you  to design your own custom report.

Photo by RF._.studio on Pexels.com

It is a fact that the role of custom report writing is very vital and essential in order to determine the business needs and improvement required to enhance the organization. People can use the top free statistical software of 2020 to make their custom report effective and efficient. In these types of reports, an individual tends to work on the critical parts of the data so that higher dignitaries would come into a position to know about the loopholes in the management, sales, and other key areas. In a custom report basically, you have to pick the dimensions and metrics and plan how would you showcase that information as per the convenience of the reader? Almost, all the finest education system in the world loves to inculcate custom report knowledge amongst the students who are willing to learn the same art. Let us now attain some deep knowledge regarding the same subject.

Some true statements regarding the role of custom report writing

  • It is a fact that a detailed object present in Master-Detail cannot be treated as a secondary object for sure.
  • A person who is creating a report can choose any object unless and until it isn’t visible to him or her.
  • When the primary object of the report is deleted then make sure to delete reports related to it.
  • As soon as the report type is saved with the primary object then the primary object cannot be changed.
  • It is quite obvious that custom summary formulas can take reference from other custom summary formulas.
  • Also, reports can be grouped or organized by a custom summary formula result in a proper way.

Steps to create a custom report type in salesforce

There are several steps that help with the presentation of the custom reports and it is very essential to learn those ways in order to make your report effective and professional

  • From the setup section, you have to enter report type in the Quick find box
  • Then, click on the new custom report type and choose the primary object of the specific report.
  • Make sure to enter the report type label and report type name that can be of 50 characters.
  • Do not forget to select the category in which you want to store the report.
  • In the end, you should select the development status and click on the next option.

What are the benefits of making custom reports?

The role of custom report writing possesses lots of significance in the life of an individual who is making different reports on a daily basis and in the below section you are going to get some idea about the same.

  • Help to save time with automation: time-saving is one of the most prominent key benefits of making custom reports because it eradicates the long process of crunching the numbers in Excel and then having to create the report.
  • Create excellent custom visualization: creating your own visualization as per your comfort zone helps to attain better interpretation of the data and it also lets a person make informed decisions by granting instant solutions.
  • Give a measurement of performance: every organization works on different goals that make them use different metrics and with the usage of custom reports one can easily design his or her goal and perspective about anything related to work.
  • Increased productivity: as we all know due to possessing flexible features custom reports tend to work in an excellent manner for all types of organizations by translating any data into actionable insight in an appropriate manner.

Pros and cons of creating custom reports

Pros

  • Controlling: senior people who hold the decision-making power in an organization often use these reports to take over the control of the crucial decisions about the organization.
  • Motivating employees: through different reports, managers tend to get knowledge about the contribution of his or her employees that helps the staff to get appraisal and recognition of their work.
  • Evaluating performance: by reading several reports one can easily evaluate the performance of the employees working on all levels in a better and proper manner.
  • Helps in decision-making: these reports generally point out the loopholes in the policies and way of working in the organization that leads to the best decision making

Cons

  • Biasness: it is a fact that if an individual who is making the reports tends to favor some person or the situation then he or she would end up creating biased reports.
  • Time-consuming: creating and generating reports is a time-consuming process and it tends to waste valuable time on useless data gathering.
  • Expensive: making different reports may lead to an increase in the cost or expense of an organization because it needs experimentation and evaluation.
  • Difficult to understand: it is the most obvious fact that these reports could become complex to understand because they include the deep study of various factors.

Method to create a custom student report

Custom student reports can be considered as a tricky task because it includes complex features like naming the report, specifying the report criteria, choosing the data field to be included, and so on.

  • First of all, you have to click on the module access icon then the data and reports option followed by choosing the custom reports option.
  • Tap on the new student report option present on the top right side of the screen and enter the name of the report into the field.
  • Make sure to select the report criteria and do not forget to choose the data field to be included in the report by clicking the arrow icon.
  • In the end, you need to click on the save button situated at the bottom of the page and click on the show report option to get a preview.

Custom Report Writing Service

I hope, you are now well aware of the use and role of custom report writing. In case you are a student and your college or university has given you assignments regarding the same report the all you need to do is to navigate to Custom Report Writing Service in order to buy assignment help in reference to any topic and matter. Here, the expert educators tend to deliver the best possible solutions to all sorts of queries in context with your academics. Our trained teachers strive to work day and night in order to bring out excellent solutions to your service. So, what are you waiting for when you are getting all possible help from our side? It is advisable not to panic at the time of emergency and get in touch with well-trained and educated teachers on an online and offline basis. We work for 24 hours and try to answer every query without causing a delay. At the same time, our teachers conduct free revision sessions for all types of students that too in an efficient and effective manner. Providing online classes as per the region’s preferences is our responsibility. All you need to do is to connect with the experts as and when you need expert guidance.

Why anime culture is underrated in India?

Anime (Japanese: アニメ, IPA: ) is hand-drawn and computer animation originating from Japan. In Japan and Japanese, anime (a term derived from the English word animation) describes all animated works, regardless of style or origin. However, outside of Japan and in English, anime is colloquial for Japanese animation and refers specifically to animation produced in Japan. Animation produced outside of Japan with a similar style to Japanese animation is referred to as anime-influenced animation.

The two major reasons for anime culture to be underrated in India are: 

1. People think that anime is for children

This perception among people is because of the popularity of American cartoons such as Tom and Jerry, Powerpuff Girls, Dexter’s Lab, Ed, Edd, and Eddy, etc., all of which I, too, used to watch as a child. Since anime is created in a 2D animation medium, many assume that they are cartoons as well, which is ignorant of them. Just because a show is animated doesn’t mean that it is for kids. Sure, cartoons from the West are mostly for kids, but now there are Western animated shows as well that are made for adults. These include Rick and Morty, Big Mouth, Archer, F is for Family, Bojack Horseman, and so on.

Just like these shows, anime is made for late teenage and adult audiences. Some of these series are Attack on Titan, Fullmetal Alchemist Brotherhood, Another, and so on. Anime also touches upon mature themes of racism, war, violence, friendships, depression, friendship, loss, bullying, and so on. And they do it in a better way, unlike in Bollywood, which mostly makes Pyaar waali kahaaniyaan. And to be honest, it’s hypocritical if you talk about how anime is for kids and then you make your kids watch Bollywood movies where women are being objectified in all item songs.

2. People think that anime and hentai are the same things

Yeah, this is a thing. Some people think that anime and hentai are the same just because they are made in Japan and have the same type of animation. Where anime is for all ages and covers all genres, hentai, on the other hand, is mostly anime with porn. It’s Japanese animated pornography mostly meant for adult demography.

Now, one of the most controversial sides of hentai is the sexual portrayal of underage characters, known as lolicon and shoutacon. Although the depiction of children is illegal in most of the world and India, it is protected by the Constitution under Article 39 and the POSCO Act. It is legal to portray both lolicon and shoutacon in Japan and they are widely used in adult manga and hentai. People think that both promote child abuse and child pornography, but a lot of people debunked that comment.

Now, one of the most controversial sides of hentai is the sexual portrayal of underage characters, known as lolicon and shoutacon. Although the depiction of children is illegal in most of the world and India, it is protected by the Constitution under Article 39 and the POSCO Act. It is legal to portray both lolicon and shoutacon in Japan and they are widely used in adult manga and hentai. People think that both promote child abuse and child pornography, but a lot of people debunked that comment.

How Spotify analyzed brain activity to improve its ad experience

Neuromarketing, a field that makes use of studies and research into the human mind, thoughts, feelings and experiences to design better products, increase sales as well as enhance the marketability of organizations has been gaining momentum. It involves developing an understanding of consumer needs by applying the techniques of neuroscience. While some techniques such as EEG, fMRI and the like are used to directly measure brain activity corresponding to specific functions, other tools include eye tracking and biometric data measurement.

Neuromarketing requires a good amount of investment. However, it is worth the expense since, in comparison to traditional forms of data collection, such as questionnaires and surveys, it directly collects information from the subconscious, a prime source of human decision-making. Moreover, manipulation of data is less likely using this method and it establishes a far better emotional connection with the audience. PepsiCo, Hyundai, Yahoo and eBay are some of the well-known organizations that have used neuromarketing. Spotify, the leading audio streaming platform has joined the list by recently collaborating with the neuro analytics company Neuro-Insight to conduct a brain wave study.

How was it conducted?

The study was based on the experience of 600 participants who listened to multiple genres of music, ranging from rap, pop, Latin, etc. Audio digital ads were allowed to play in between. Brain activity was measured by researchers using a brain tracking method known as Steady State Topography (SST). According to its developer, Richard Silberstein, founder of Neuro-Insight, It not only measures an individual’s speed of response to stimuli but also helps in understanding psychological processes by analyzing the speed of various brain sensitively.

What were the results?

  1. Emotional intensity can be increased by using digital audio since it keeps the long-term memory active and engaged in the process of searching for details and memories.
  2. The genre of music determines its impact on the brain. Rap music, which is driven by speech, tends to bring about more engagement. On the other hand, genres such as instrumental and rock produce more emotional attachment.  
  3. About 93 percent of the brain’s capacity to engage with the music or podcast impacts the engagement with ads. This was a particularly noteworthy aspect for Spotify, an ad-driven platform and can serve other similar platforms in the future.

Jon Gibs, who is the principal data scientist and global director at Spotify, reported that this study was conducted to ensure that Spotify serves content that aligns with the interests of the consumer. He believes that through Neuromarketing, brands can get good insights into a consumer’s thought process as they consume multiple types of media. Samrat Saran, who is the head of client solutions at Neuro-Insight, said that this study would enable them to determine Spotify’s efficiency as an ad-driven platform.

This study provided some valuable insights which can be very helpful to plenty of content creating and streaming platforms. Advertisers are always looking for customer-friendly platforms and through such studies, user experience can be optimized in such a way that more investors would be attracted to pitch in, which would, in turn, generate better revenues and services. Even though Neuromarketing is not yet widely used, it has the potential to transform the future of marketing.

Rivers of India

The rivers of India play an important role in the lives of the Indian people. The river systems provide irrigation, potable water, cheap transportation, electricity, as well as provide livelihoods for a large number of people all over the country.

Seven major rivers (Indus, Brahmaputra, Narmada, Tapi, Godavari, Krishna and Mahanadi) along with their numerous tributaries make up the river system of India.

All major rivers of India originate from one of the three main watersheds;

  • The Himalaya and the Karakoram ranges
  • Vindhya and Satpura ranges and Chotanagpur plateau in central India
  • Sahyadri or Western Ghats in western India

Based on the topography, the river systems of India can be classified into four groups.

  • Himalayan Rivers
  • Deccan Rivers
  • Coastal Rivers
  • Rivers of the Inland Drainage Basin

The Himalayan Rivers – The Himalayan Rivers receive input from rain as well as snowmelt and glacier melt and, therefore, have continuous flow throughout the year. The main river systems in Himalayas are those of the Indus and the Ganga-Brahmaputra-Meghna. The Indus rises near Mansarovar in Tibet. Flowing through Kashmir, it enters Pakistan and finally falls in the Arabian Sea near Karachi. Bhagirathi and Alakhnanda are two important rivers that originate in Garhwal Himalayas. . These join at Devprayag to form Ganga which is the most sacred river of India. This river traverses through Uttaranchal, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, and West Bengal and thereafter enters Bangladesh. Yamuna River is an important tributary of Ganga and its own important tributaries are Chambal and Betwa. The Brahmaputra rises in Tibet where it is known by the name Tsangpo. It enters India in Arunachal Pradesh and after traversing through Assam, enters Bangladesh. The combined Ganga-Brahmaputra River meets Meghna in Bangladesh and their huge volume of water flows into the Bay of Bengal.

The Deccan Rivers – The Rivers of Deccan can be further classified in two groups: west flowing rivers and east flowing rivers. The Narmada and the Tapi rivers flow westwards into Arabian Sea. The important east flowing rivers are the Brahmani, the Mahanadi, the Godavari, the Krishna, the Pennar, and the Cauvery. These rivers fall into the Bay of Bengal. The Mahanadi, rising in the state of Madhya Pradesh, is an important river in the state of Orissa. The Krishna rises in the Western Ghats and flows east into the Bay of Bengal. The Krishna is the third longest river in India. The source of the Cauvery is in the state of Karnataka and the river flows south eastward. The Narmada and the Tapi are the only major rivers that flow eastward into the Arabian Sea.

The Narmada rises in Madhya Pradesh and crosses the state, passing swiftly through a narrow valley between the Vindhya Range and spurs of the Satpura Range. It flows into the Gulf of Khambhat (or Cambay).

The Coastal RiversThere are numerous coastal rivers which are comparatively small. While only handful of such rivers drains into the sea near the deltas of east coast, there are as many as 600 such rivers on the west coast. The West Coast Rivers are important as they contain as much as 14% of the country’s water resources while draining only 3% of the land.

Rivers of the Inland Drainage Basin – The Rivers of the inland system, centred in western Rajasthan state, are few and frequently disappear in years of scant rainfall. A few rivers in Rajasthan do not drain into the sea. They drain into salt lakes or get lost in sands with no outlet to sea.

The rivers of India can be classified on the basis of origin and on the type of basin that they form.

On the basis of Origin: Himalayan Rivers and Peninsular Rivers.

Himalayan Rivers -The main Himalayan river systems are the Ganga, the Indus and the Brahmaputra river systems. The Himalayan Rivers form large basins. Many rivers pass through the Himalayas. These deep valleys with steep rock sides were formed by the down – cutting of the river during the period of the Himalayan uplift. They perform intense erosional activity up the streams and carry huge load of sand and silt. In the plains, they form large meanders and a variety of depositional features like flood plains, river cliffs and levees. These rivers are perennial as they get water from the rainfall as well as the melting of ice. Nearly all of them create huge plains and are navigable over long distances of their course. These rivers are also harnessed in their upstream catchment area to generate hydroelectricity.

Peninsular Rivers – The main peninsular river systems include the Narmada, the Tapi, the Godavari, the Krishna, the Kaveri and the Mahanadi river systems. The Peninsular Rivers flow through shallow valleys. A large number of them are seasonal as their flow is dependent on rainfall. The intensity of erosional activities is also comparatively low because of the gentler slope. The hard rock bed and lack of silt and sand does not allow any significant meandering. Many rivers therefore have straight and linear courses. These rivers provide huge opportunities for hydro-electric power.

The Indus River System – The Indus originates in the northern slopes of the Kailas range in Tibet near Lake Mansarovar. It follows a north-westerly course through Tibet. It enters Indian Territory in Jammu and Kashmir.

The main tributaries of the Indus in India are Jhelum, Chenab, Ravi, Beas and Sutlej

  • Jhelum – The Jhelum originates in the south-eastern part of Kashmir, in a spring at Verinag.. It follows the Indo-Pakistan border flowing into the plains of Punjab, finally joining the Chenab at Trimmu.
  • Chenab – The Chenab originates from the confluence of two rivers, the Chandra and the Bhaga, which themselves originate from either side of the Bara Lacha Pass in Lahul. It is also known as the Chandrabhaga in Himachal Pradesh. It is further joined by the Ravi and the Sutlej in Pakistan.
  • Ravi – The Ravi originates near the Rohtang pass in the Kangra Himalayas and follows a north-westerly course. It flows as a part of the Indo-Pakistan border for some distance before entering Pakistan and joining the Chenab River. The total length of the river is about 720 km.
  • Beas – The Beas originates in Beas Kund, lying near the Rohtang pass. It runs past Manali and Kulu, where its beautiful valley is known as the Kulu valley. It joins the Sutlej river near Harika, after being joined by a few tributaries. The total length of the river is 615 km.
  • Sutlej – The Sutlej originates from the Rakas Lake, which is connected to the Mansarovar Lake by a stream, in Tibet. Its flows in a north-westerly direction and enters Himachal Pradesh at the Shipki Pass, where it is joined by the Spiti river.  It turns west below Rupar and is later joined by the Beas. It enters Pakistan near Sulemanki, and is later joined by the Chenab. It has a total length of almost 1500 km.

The Narmada River SystemThe Narmada or Nerbudda is a river in central India. It forms the traditional boundary between North India and South India, and is a total of 1,289 km long. Its total length through the states of Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Gujarat amounts to 1312 kilometres (815 miles), and it empties into the Arabian Sea in the Bharuch district of Gujarat.

The Tapi River System – The Tapi is a river of central India. It is one of the major rivers of peninsular India with the length of around 724 km, and only the Tapi River along with the Narmada River, and the Mahi River run from east to west. It rises in the eastern Satpura Range of southern Madhya Pradesh state emptying into the Gulf of Cambay of the Arabian Sea, in the State of Gujarat.

The Godavari River System – The river with second longest course within India, Godavari is often referred to as the Vriddh (Old) Ganga or the Dakshin (South) Ganga. The river is about 1,450 km (900 miles) long. It rises at Trimbakeshwar, near Nasik and Mumbai (formerly Bombay) in Maharashtra around 380 km distance from the Arabian Sea and empties into the Bay of Bengal. It is a seasonal river, widened during the monsoons and dried during the summers

The Krishna River System – The Krishna is one of the longest rivers of India (about 1300 km in length). It originates at Mahabaleswar in Maharashtra, passes through Sangli and meets the sea in the Bay of Bengal at Hamasaladeevi in Andhra Pradesh. The Krishna River flows through the states of Maharashtra, Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh. Its most important tributary is the Tungabhadra River, which itself is formed by the Tunga and Bhadra rivers that originate in the Western Ghats.

The Kaveri River System – The Kaveri (also spelled Cauvery or Kaveri) is one of the great rivers of India and is considered sacred by the Hindus. This river is also called Dakshin Ganga. It flows generally south and east for around 765 km, emptying into the Bay of Bengal through two principal mouths. Its basin is estimated to be 27,700 square miles (71,700 km²), and it has many tributaries including Shimsha, Hemavati, Arkavathy, Kapila, Honnuhole, Lakshmana Tirtha, Kabini, Lokapavani, Bhavani, Noyyal and famous Amaravati.

The Mahanadi River System – The Mahanadi is a river of eastern India. The Mahanadi rises in the Satpura Range of central India, and flows east to the Bay of Bengal. The Mahanadi drains most of the state of Chhattisgarh and much of Orissa and also Jharkhand and Maharashtra. It has a length of about 860 km. Near the city of Sambalpur; a large dam – the Hirakud Dam – is built on the river.

RIVERS OF INDIA

Indian scientists explore galaxy cluster Abell 725

Indian Scientists Discovered Galaxy Supercluster, Saraswati - Tech Explorist

Utilizing the Monster Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT), Indian stargazers have directed radio perceptions of a cosmic system bunch known as Abell 725. Aftereffects of this observational mission convey significant data with respect to the design and morphology of Abell 725, uncovering the presence of diffuse fibers in this group. The review was introduced in a paper distributed October 7 on arXiv.org.

Universe bunches contain up to large number of systems bound together by gravity. They are the biggest known gravitationally bound designs known to mankind, and could fill in as superb research facilities for concentrating on system advancement and cosmology.

At a redshift of 0.09, Abell 725 (A725) is a bunch of systems with a X-beam glow of 80 tredecillion erg/s and a speed scattering of around 534 km/s. These boundaries propose that it is a helpless system group—with extravagance class 0. The all out mass of this group inside a sweep of 2.56 million light years is assessed to be 114 trillion sun oriented masses.

Past perceptions of Abell 725 have distinguished a splendid radio source related with the most brilliant group cosmic system (BCG). Additionally, a diffuse radio emanation has been recognized at the center of the bunch that was delegated a radio relic.

To reveal more insight into the radio properties of Abell 725 a group of stargazers drove by Mahadev Pandge of the Dayanand Science School in Latur, India, utilized GMRT to perform multi-recurrence radio perceptions of this bunch. The review was supplemented by optical information from the Sloan Advanced Sky Study (SDSS), X-beam information from the ROSAT satellite, just as multi-frequency recorded information.

The scientists recognized two steep-range diffuse fibers in Abell 725, alongside a formerly announced bend like construction, and a wide-point tail (WAT) radio source related with the BCG at the outskirts of the group. It was noticed that a portion of these components could be from the past movement of the core of the BCG.

The review recommends that the WAT radio source and the bend are associated structures, while the fibers are segregated from them, however are observed to be along the path of the WAT. Accordingly, the stargazers accept that the WAT source is a radio system with following classical fibers.

The perceptions tracked down that the BCG is a good ways off of around 277,000 light a long time from the bend like design, while the filamentary structures are uprooted from this construction by approximately 300,000 and 665,000 light years. The creators of the paper recommend that these constructions result from various phases of radio action along the way of the WAT, and these distances are run of the mill esteems for such a situation.

Besides, the examination tracked down that the otherworldly times of the WAT and fibers are 37.1 and 93.1 million years, separately. The mass of the dark opening at the center of the WAT was assessed to be 1.4 billion sun based masses, what is fairly a high worth when contrasted with that of comparable known WATs.

Summarizing the outcomes, the space experts finished up radio properties of the WAT radio world look like that of ordinary Fanaroff-Riley Class I (FRI) radio systems. They added that the WAT source might be a low-excitation radio cosmic system (LERG).

An important step towards enhancing space technology

Space technology is a significant aspect of a society’s development. It has greatly benefitted us in various fields such as education, research, communication, management of natural disasters and overall, in improving the quality of human life. With economical progress, India has been striving towards executing such space missions which not only aid the national development but establish our position in the international space exploration movement that has been rapidly expanding.

Another such progress was made recently when the Indian Space Association or ISpa was launched. It aims to privatize the space sector by allowing private firms to collaborate with the government for achieving the objective of self-reliant space technology as well as providing India with a lead role as the global space hub. Policies to achieve the same would be framed in consultation with the stakeholders.

Who are the members?

Larson & Toubro, OneWeb, Mapmyindia, Bharti Airtel, Ananth Technology Ltd and the like constitute the founding members. Other key members are Centum Electronics, Maxar India, Godrej and many more. These members will work in line with the shared vision of the government and coordinate with the shareholders.

The association’s Director-General is Lt Gen Anil Bhatt (Retd) who also served as the Director-General of Military Operations previously. Mr. Rahul Vatts who is the Director and Chief Regulatory Officer of Bharti Airtel will serve as the association’s Vice Chairman. The association’s first appointed chairman is Mr. Jayant Patil, Director of Defence and Space technologies, L&T-NxT.

What is it based on?

According to the government, four pillars comprise the shared idea of promoting this space reform.

  • Innovation freedom in the private sector– The government wishes to encourage private sector participation in the development of strategies that would shape the future of India in the space sector. Drafting legislation, engaging in research to develop efficient and high-quality devices that cater to the needs of clients across the globe so that India can become a major manufacturer of space-related equipment are some of the aspects which would be handled in a much better manner if many firms work mutually.
  • Government’s enabling role– The government would play an important role in the creation of an environment that is optimal for coordination and cooperation between the members and shareholders. Experts from the government would not only share their ideas but also promote much-needed innovation while keeping national interests at the forefront.
  • Preparing youth for the future- With extensive research and innovation emerges a brilliant opportunity to develop academia which would make the youth enthusiastic to learn more about the industry and contribute towards its expansion. Young minds would get a chance to explore more career options in this field which would enhance India’s global performance.
  • Using the space sector as a developmental source- This reform would aid India’s progress in multiple aspects such as better resource management, interplanetary explosion, more successful space missions, better weather forecasting, country’s imaging and mapping.

Overall, the launch of the Indian Space Association is a very positive step to benefit various sections of society, ranging from entrepreneurs to youth. It has the potential to transform India into a global leader of the space sector backed by expert interventions from the government and various agencies. Pushing for policies and legislations to enhance India’s growth in terms of critical technology would bring in employment and better wages.

The participation of national and international agencies would bring in more innovation and cooperation. It has the strength to make India a preferred destination for future international investments and which can transform it into a commercial hub. It would also assist in easing the workload of ISRO which has been at the center of India’s space hub developments.

Earth receives first radio signals from planet outside of Solar System

The signs were gotten utilizing the world’s most impressive radio recieving wire, the Low-Recurrence Exhibit (LOFAR) arranged in the Netherlands.

The new strategy of spotting stowed away planets could allude to the chance of life in the framework, which stays the greatest inquiry in stargazing. It is safe to say that we are distant from everyone else? The signs were distinguished by Dr Benjamin Pope from the College of Queensland and his partners at the Dutch public observatory ASTRON. The stargazers have been looking for planets utilizing LOFAR.

The stargazers have distinguished signs from 19 far off red diminutive people, four of which are best clarified by the presence of planets circling them. “We’ve since quite a while ago realized that the planets of our own planetary group discharge incredible radio waves as their attractive fields collaborate with the sun powered breeze, however radio signs from planets outside our planetary group still couldn’t seem to be gotten,” the stargazers said in an assertion.

Prior, space experts were simply ready to distinguish the very closest stars in consistent radio outflow while all the other things in the radio sky was interstellar gas or dark openings. Radio cosmologists are presently ready to see regular stars when they mention their observable facts as the group focussed on red small stars, which are a lot more modest than the Sun and known to have an extreme attractive action that drives heavenly flares and radio emanation.

Substance abuse in India

Picture source : https://pharmeasy.in/blog/drug-abuse-in-india-the-fatal-problem/

Substance abuse also known as drug abuse refers to the harmful or hazardous use of psychoactive substances, including alcohol and illicit drugs. The use of psychoactive substances causes significant health and social problems for the people who use them, and also for others in their families and communities. Substances of abuse include alcohol, opiates, cocaine, amphetamines, hallucinogens, prescription, and over-the-counter drug abuse. (Psychoactive substances are substances that, when taken in or administered into one’s system, affect mental processes).

Psychoactive substance use poses a significant threat to the health, social and economic aspects of families, communities, and nations. Globally, the prevalence of alcohol use disorders is significantly higher than the prevalence of drug use disorders. Generally, alcohol and drug use disorders are more common among males than among females. According to the World Health Organisation Report 2002 (WHO), 8.9% of the total burden of disease is due to the use of psychoactive substances; tobacco accounted for 4.1%, alcohol 4%, and illicit drugs 0.8% of the burden of disease. There are 2 billion alcohol users, 1.3 billion smokers, and 185 million drug users globally (WHO 2002). These three psychoactive substances have different disease burdens on different age groups. Illicit drug use causes mortality earliest in life, alcohol also mainly (65%) before the age of 60, while 70% of the tobacco deaths occur after the age of 60.

In India

Today, no part of the world is free from the curse of drug trafficking and drug addiction. Millions of drug addicts, all over the world, are leading miserable lives, between life and death. India too is caught in this vicious circle of drug abuse, and the numbers of drug addicts are increasing day by day. According to a UN report, One million heroin addicts are registered in India, and unofficially there are as many as five million. What started as casual use among a minuscule population of high-income group youth in the metro has permeated to all sections of society. Inhalation of heroin alone has given way to intravenous drug use, that too in combination with other sedatives and painkillers. This has increased the intensity of the effect, hastened the process of addiction, and complicated the process of recovery. Cannabis, heroin, and Indian-produced pharmaceutical drugs are the most frequently abused drugs in India. Cannabis products, often called charas, bhang, or ganja, are abused throughout the country because it has attained some amount of religious sanctity because of its association with some Hindu deities. The International Narcotics Control Board in its 2002 report released in Vienna pointed out that in India persons addicted to opiates are shifting their drug of choice from opium to heroin.

Adolescent drug abuse is one of the major areas of concern in adolescent and young people’s behavior. It is estimated that, in India, by the time most boys reach the ninth grade, about 50 percent of them have tried at least one of the substances of abuse nature. In the last three decades, many epidemiological surveys have been carried out in India to assess the prevalence of substance abuse.

The Bloody Tower – A Brief Account

History

The Bloody Tower was one of the many towers that together constituted the Tower of London Complex. It was built in the early 1220s as part of the first wave of modifications of the Tower of London under the watchful gaze of King Henry III. The Tower was originally named Garden Tower because the upper storey opened on the parade ground which was formerly the Constable’s Garden. Notable people who suffered imprisonment and death include the Tudor Archbishop Cranmer, Bishops Ridley and Latimer, Protestant martyrs, a Lord Chancellor and Sir Walter Raleigh. Later on, the tower became synonymous with a gruesome murder that stained its legacy forever.

The Murder and noteworthy suspects 

The then thirteen-year-old Edward V and his brother, Richard Duke of York, were confined to the tower on the orders of their uncle, who was later crowned King Richard III. The mystery surrounding the tower continues to fascinate as well as baffle historians to this day. On one such fateful day in 1483, the Yorkist princes completely disappeared off the face of the earth, never to be heard of again. It is believed that the princes were killed in cold blood by their uncle. Since they were next in line to the throne, others vying for the royal seat viewed them as inconvenient roadblocks that needed to be obliterated. Richard was away from court on a progression through the Yorkist heartlands at the time the princes disappeared. If they had truly died at that time, he would have been unable to murder them in person. Instead, he must have dispatched one of his men to do the deed.

However, revisionists argue that Richard was portrayed as the villain owing to Tudor propaganda and that his successor, Henry VII, had the same reason for removing the two boys.

Some, regard Buckingham as a very plausible suspect since he had a number of potential motives. After his rebellion against Richard in October 1483 and his subsequent execution, it could be surmised that he and the king had fallen out, possibly due to Richard’s decision to murder the princes without Buckingham’s knowledge.

Many years hence, in 1674, bones presumed to belong to the young brothers were found when a staircase leading to the White Tower was demolished. The bones were later removed at the command of Charles II.

In popular culture 

According to local legends, the tower is haunted by the young boys’ spirits. Guards in the late fifteenth century had reported that when they passed the Bloody Tower, they caught sight of the shadows of two small figures, gliding down the stairs, still wearing the white nightshirts they had on the night they disappeared. The mystery of the Princes in the Tower has spawned best-selling novels such as Josephine Tey’s The Daughter of Time and four novels in Philippa Gregory’s Cousins’ War series, which has attracted the attention of historians and novelists alive. 

Presently, the tower is a popular tourist destination. The stories surrounding it piques the curiosity of many individuals, luring them to the enigma that the tower poses.

Where I encountered with corruption

Corruption in India is an issue that affects the economy of central, state, and local government agencies in many ways. Corruption is blamed for stunting the economy of India. A study conducted by Transparency International in 2005 recorded that more than 62% of Indians had at some point or another paid a bribe to a public official to get a job done. In 2008, another report showed that about 50% of Indians had first-hand experience of paying bribes or using contacts to get services performed by public offices, however, in 2020 their Corruption Perceptions Index ranked the country 86th place out of 180, reflecting a steady decline in the perception of corruption among people. 

Image source : https://www.gettyimages.in/illustrations/corruption

My personal experience with corruption.
(I have changed the designation and events places since I don’t want to be in trouble)
It was back in February when I went to DTO(District Transport Office) to get the form for my driving license. I took the form and filled out the details, went to the counter to submit the form but I was told that the official would come on the next day. I came back the next day and the same thing happened to me all the time. After visiting the office for a week finally, the official had come and I submitted my form to him and all he responded was that the process would take up to 3 weeks to 2 months.
It was already a month and I had no response for my form, I went to the office to get inquired but I found out that they had not even checked the form yet. Another official came and told me to come tomorrow for the clicking of photograph and I went there the next day. My photo was taken and processing of my form had begun. Later on the same week I had got the call that I had to appear for the driving test. I went for the test, I had seen many people outside the hall talking to the instructor but they didn’t enter inside. The instructor came inside and asked me some basic road rules, I knew the answers easily so it didn’t take me much time. And I was told again to wait for a month for a response. I came back after a month and found out that I had failed the test, I reappeared again and I failed it again. It was my third attempt now and I didn’t want to lose it, I asked the instructor that even if my answers are correct, why did I failed but he didn’t answer me. Then outside I met a man who asked me the purpose to come to this office, I told him everything about me failing the test. He replied calmly that if I don’t pay the officials 4000 rupees, they will not let me pass the test and get my license.

In India in every office there is a bit of corruption till the date, the officials won’t do the what they are given salaries for, instead, they would ask for bribes for doing the work.
A study conducted between 2004 and 2005 found that India’s driver licensing procedure was a hugely distorted bureaucratic process and allows drivers to be licensed despite their low driving ability through promoting the usage of agents. Individuals with the willingness to pay make a significant payment above the official fee and most of these extra payments are made to agents, who act as an intermediary between bureaucrats and applicants
The average licensee paid Rs 1,080, approximately 2.5 times the official fee of Rs 450, to obtain a license. On average, those who hired agents had a lower driving ability, with agents helping unqualified drivers obtain licenses and bypass the legally required driving examination. Among the surveyed individuals, approximately 60% of the license holders did not even take the licensing exam and 54% of those license holders failed an independent driving test.
Agents are the channels of corruption in this bureaucratic driver licensing system, facilitating access to licenses among those who are unqualified to drive. Some of the failures of this licensing system are caused by corrupt bureaucrats who collaborate with agents by creating additional barriers within the system against those who did not hire agents.

(Written with reference to : Wikipedia and transparency international)

Is Protecting Our Environment A Priority?

Look around yourself. Listen to the rustling of leaves, feel the bracing winds on your face, experience the trickling water slip through your fingers, hear the rumbling of clouds and the plashing patter of steady rain. Now imagine yourself in a place devoid of all this. Pretty hard to imagine, isn’t it? It may be difficult now to envision a world sans nature, but it is a dreadful reality looming over us. Probably a few years down the line, green spaces, clear water and fresh air would be the new El Dorado.

For over a century now, humans have been constantly capitalising on nature, an indispensable asset to extract monetary benefits. People treat nature simply as a warehouse of resources to serve human needs. ‘There is enough in nature for everybody’s need, but not enough for everybody’s greed’ is an apt statement made by Mahatma Gandhi that throws light on the avaricious temperament of mankind.

Humans are unappeasable creatures that can go on exploiting the environment without a second thought. They never think about the consequences of their actions and time and again they’ve paid the price for this.

In the United States when wheat cultivation had expanded dramatically in the early twentieth century, zealous farmers had recklessly uprooted all vegetation. This was followed by terrifying dust storms. Black blizzards rolled in, very often 7,000 feet high, rising like monstrous waves of muddy water. People were blinded and choked as the skies darkened, and the dust swept in.

They came year after year, throughout the 1930s.

In part, they came because the early 1930s were years of persistent drought. The temperatures soared owing to the falling rains. However, ordinary dust storms became black blizzards because the entire landscape had been stripped of all grass that held it together.

The American dream of a land of plenty had turned into a nightmare.

This is only one such incident that highlights the consequences of environmental degradation.

Now, a new problem has come to the fore — climate change.

We are facing a potentially staggering expansion of dangerous heat over the coming decades. Climate change poses a fundamental threat to flora and fauna. Due to global warming, sea levels are rising and oceans are becoming warmer. Longer, more intense droughts threaten crops and freshwater supplies. It might be possible that our grandchildren or great-grandchildren wouldn’t be fortunate enough to witness the beauty of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands as it would be submerged underwater.

Global warming is the direct outcome of high levels of pollution. Today, pollution is the most significant issue that concerns the health of our environment. Industrialisation and modernisation encouraged the widespread use of fossil fuels. Hundreds of factory chimneys spew black smoke into the skies and large quantities of refuse and waste products pollute the air and water.

We’re producing and consuming more than ever before, and generating more greenhouse gases as a result, as well as air pollutants in the form of chemicals and particulate matter. These activities have interfered with the Earth’s natural greenhouse effect. Too many of these gases result in the Earth’s atmosphere trapping additional heat.

A dangerous constituent of these gases is Chlorofluorocarbon, also known as Freon. It is a greenhouse gas that contributes to global warming. CFC’s lower the average concentration of ozone in the stratosphere. Discarded spray cans, leaking refrigerators and the burning of plastic products release the CFC’s into the atmosphere. Depending on the type, CFC’s stay in the atmosphere from 22 to 111 years.

Due to the depletion of the ozone layer, the earth is exposed to the harmful UV rays of the sun. Exposure to UV radiation is the main factor that causes skin cells to become cancer cells and is also responsible for sunburns and blindness.

Protecting the environment is the need of the hour. If we don’t take preventive actions now, we will have to face terrible consequences in the future. The air might become too toxic to breathe, the water too contaminated to drink, and the rainfall too acidic to harvest. Children might never enjoy the sun without getting sunburnt.

It’s time that we show some appreciation for all that nature has given us. The Bishnoi people were not a bunch of lunatics who sacrificed their lives to save trees and the villagers of Reni were not some crazy tree huggers. These people understood the value of nature and fought to preserve it.

We can all do our bit to conserve the environment, starting by switching off the electric appliances, not in use and not littering our surroundings. I can assure you that our great-grandchildren will certainly respect our efforts.

What is Dyspraxia?

Dyspraxia is a common neurological or brain-related disorder, which affects movement and coordination. People suffering from Dyspraxia face problems in everything that needs coordination. For example, playing games or learning to drive. It does not affect your intelligence, but it does affect your fine motor skills which can include writing or using small objects.

           This disorder affects a person’s capacity to make smooth and easy movements. Sometimes if a baby is born earlier than the normal time, there are more chances of the child developing this disorder. Studies also show that Dyspraxia is more common among men than women.

Symptoms Of Dyspraxia:

Some symptoms of this disorder have been explained on the Nation Health Service (NHS) website of the UK. It can have different effects on different people and keeps changing with time. A person can face many problems due to this disease. Some of them are listed below.

  • Problem in coordination, balance and movement
  • Problem in learning a new thing, which includes remembering information
  • Daily routine issues, like wearing clothes or preparing food
  • Issues in writing, using keyboard and in holding small items
  • Social awkwardness or lack of self-confidence and difficulty in dealing with emotions
  • Bad time management and organizational skills
  • Some people may also suffer from memory, perception and processing situation

          There is no treatment for Dyspraxia but therapy helps people cope with the issues they face in daily life. Occupational therapy is used to find ways to enable a person to be independent and perform daily chores like writing or cooking. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) named talking therapy is used to help people change their way of thinking and behaving and start managing their problems.

           Do regular exercise to remain fit and healthy, use laptop or computer in case of problems in writing, use of a calendar, dairy or pp to organize things and thinking positively may help. It is not unusual for a person to be suffering from other issues along with Dyspraxia like ADH, Autism spectrum disorder, childhood apraxia of speech, dyscalculia and dyslexia.

Diagnosis of Dyspraxia:

A diagnosis of dyspraxia can be made by a clinical psychologist, an educational psychologist, a pediatrician, or an occupational therapist   Any parent who suspects their child may have dyspraxia should see doctor. 

When carrying out an assessment, details will be required regarding the child’s developmental history, intellectual ability, and gross and fine motor skills:

  • Gross motor skills – how well the child uses large muscles that coordinate body movement, including jumping, throwing, walking, running, and maintaining balance.
  • Fine motor skills – how well the child can use smaller muscles, including tying shoelaces, doing up buttons, cutting out shapes with a pair of scissors, and writing.

The evaluator will need to know when and how developmental milestones, such as walking, crawling, and speaking were reached. The child will be evaluated for balance, touch sensitivity, and variations on walking activities.

Treatments for dyspraxia:

Although dyspraxia is not curable, with treatment, the individual can improve. However, the earlier a child is diagnosed, the better their prognosis will be. The following specialists most commonly treat people with dyspraxia:

  • Occupational therapy:

An occupational therapist will evaluate how the child manages with everyday functions both at home and at school. They will then help the child develop skills specific to daily activities which they find difficult.

  • Speech and language therapy:

The speech-language pathologist will conduct an assessment of the            child’s speech, and then implement a treatment plan to help them to communicate more effectively.

  • Perceptual motor training:

This involves improving the child’s language, visual, movement, and auditory skills. The individual is set a series of tasks that gradually become more advanced – the aim is to challenge the child so that they improve, but not so much that it becomes frustrating or stressful.

  • Active Play

Experts say the active play any play that involves physical activity –which can be outdoors or inside the home, helps improve motor activity. Play is a way children learn about the environment and about themselves, and particularly for children aged 3-5; it is a crucial part of their learning.

Active play is where a very young child’s physical and emotional learning, their development of language, their special awareness, the development of what their senses are, all come together.The more children are involved in active play, the better they will become at interacting with other children successfully.

Blood type

Do you know your blood type? If you haven’t been in any medical situations where blood type is important, you might not.

We know that there are 8 main blood groups that make up most of the world’s population.

But it turns out that scientists still don’t know why we evolved different blood types. And that may remain a mystery for a long time. But from now, science can at least tell you about your own blood.

Knowing your Blood type

In develops parts of the world, it’s not crucial to know your blood type off the top of your head. Doctors will typically run tests before any major procedure and if there’s any doubt in a medical emergency, you’ll most likely receive O negative blood, because that’s the universal donor blood that’s save to give to any A, B, AB or O recipient.

Blood type experiments

For thousands of years nobody really understood blood. A Greek doctor Claudius Galenus from 200 CE believed that it was created food and liver, and this school of thought lived on for nearly 1500 years.

It wasn’t until in the 17th century A british doctor named William Harvey, discovered that blood actually circulated through the body. This spawned A new age of experimentation with blood.

In 1665, an English physician successfully kept one dog alive by transfusing it with a blood of another dog. Just two years later, doctors began experimenting with Xenotransfusions. That is transfusing humans with animal blood, such a sheep. And those human patients died.

It wasn’t until 1900 that we finally realised people and animals actually have different types of blood that determine whose blood can mix with whose. That’s where different letters came into play.

If you’re type A, your immune system will perceive type B blood as an intruder and trigger auto immune response that can cause

  • kidney failure,
  • extensive blood clotting, and
  • even shock.

The reverse is true of type B blood. The immune system will attack type A.

AB blood however, accept both A and B blood without triggering the auto immune response. These things get little bit complicated when introduced there negative and positive part of your blood type. Positive can’t accept negative, but the opposite is extremely dangerous.

Other than 8 Blood types

To further complicate things scientists have discovered dozens of more blood type, such as the Duffy blood group, which can determine your susceptibility to malaria. Or the Hh blood type, which 1 in 10,000 people in India have. But the vast majority of the humans fall into this A, B, O system.

As per why humans evolved this complicated system of blood types and compatibility, we really don’t know. The original mutations are thought to date back nearly 20 million years. But whatever the biology is behind blood typing, it’s a real practical thing that matters.

It’s just not a bad idea to know your blood type. If you’re traveling somewhere that’s rural, or doesn’t have access to advance medicine, it’s good for you and your travelling companion to know your types, just in case of an accident along the way. In big emergency closer to home, blood banks often put in calls for donors of a specific type. And remember if you’re type O Negative, you’re an extremely useful universal donor. So, knowing your type can give you a peace of mind.

Your body when you Swim

Harvard medical school published a study which looked at over 40,000 men, aged 20-90 who were either runners, walkers, swimmers, and physically in active people. With an average length of 13 years of observation and in that time

  • 2% of swimmers passed away
  • 8% of runners passed away
  • 9% of walkers passed away
  • 11% of physically inactive people passed away

This study showed that swimmers are much healthier later on in life than the rest of the population and for women swimming just 30 mins a day can decrease coronary heart disease by 30 to 40 percent.

It also helps to increase HDL aka good Colestrol. Some studies have also shown that aerobic excercise can keep the cells in the lining of your arteries more flexible and healthier. Hence there is no question that swimming is an awesome form of fitness.

Body during swimming

What do you actually feel when you go into the water? Here are some main elements of the human body that gets impacted during swimming.

1. Blood

According to the America Heart Association, swimming is considered as Aerobic activity. Aerobic excercise enlarges the heart and it increases the blood flow through the entire boby. Because swimming is an excercise, the blood has to pump all the molecules into the body.

2. Heart

Since so much of blood has to be pumped into the body, that ties into how it impacts your heart because we know that after 2 mins your body goes into aerobic respiratory because your heart has to pump all the oxygenated blood through the body. So as you swim, your heart is circulating the blood which help your body to perform and achieve the required goals.

3. Skin

You must have seen that the skin color changes of swimmers. For example, some swimmers face turns red when the swim, that happens because your blood vessels are dilating and the brings the heat to the surface into the skin then some people turn red, as a result your skin is showing the effort that you’re putting in the water.

4.Muscles

There’s a reason why swimmers are considered to have best body and physiques in the world compared to any athlete, because swimming engages every single muscles in the water when it comes to your core stability, your upper body, your biceps, your hamstrings, your calves, everything is engaged when you swim.

When you’re swimming, you are micro tearing your muscles while swinging it. And the muscles requires 24-48 hrs to recover those muscles. That’s when sometimes you might feel sore.

5. Lungs

Swimming can actually help increase your lungs volume because in swimming different than other sports, you can’t actually breath whenever you want. It’s not like running when you have full access to oxygen.

In swimming you’re engaging your muscles and you’re not allowed to breathe necessarily at the time when your body might want it. So because you have to get used to this, you actually increase your Vo to max (maximum amount of oxygen body is able to use). So basically you are making your lungs more efficient at functioning.

6. Brain

The Brain loves swimming, because of all the extra blood flow moving through these endorphins that makes you more awake, alert and focus.

But this could happen in any type of sport but swimming is something really special because you’re sort of in your own world where the medium is 800 times more dense than air, which makes you feel free and relaxed.

Hence, from physical health to mental health, swimming is an incredible benefit human body and after reading this you must be thinking of trying swimming.

Being Bilingual

People have very different opinions on what bilingualism really is. For some it means speaking two languages fluently and with little to no effort rather strongly consider a person bilingual, if it has perfect pronounciation in both languages and makes very few grammatical errors while talking.

The truth is that, even with a bad accent and making some mistake, being able to speak in two or more languages rather than one has practical benefits in an increasingly globalised world.

Multilingualism

Multilingualism has been shown to have many psychological and social advantages that can go something simply as

  • watching movies with no subtitles
  • to having less problems in traveling and
  • even getting a job or business opportunities specially in tourist areas.

Types of Bilingualism

It is considered to be two types of Bilingualism

1. Compound Bilingualism

Compound Bilingualism, also called addictive Bilingualism happens for example when a child is raised by bilingual parents and both languages are used in home, the child grows when both languages are used simultaneously in the same environment.

With this type of Bilingualism, the person does not see the two languages as separate it is common to hear such people speaking different languages in the same sentence or using a word of a different language from the one they’re talking to better express themselves.

2. Coordinate Bilingualism

This is the second type of Bilingualism also know as Subtractive Bilingualism. In this type, the person perceive two languages as separate because he learns them separately and in different environments in context.

I am an example of coordinate Bilingualism, most of the time i talk Hindi when I’m in my college environment or to people who talks only that language, I use the language specifically for those context but to my family members i usually talk in Bengali which is my native language, the language related to my home environment. I see these two language as separate since I learned and used them in completely different environments.

Officially Monolingual Countries

Only a few countries in the world including the U.S, England, and Australia are officially Monolingual but even in these countries only a considerable percent of people who speaking and understand more than one language.

Advantage

Researchers suggest that bilingualism can slow the advance of age-related mental issues such as Dementia and Alzheimer’s by up to 4 years.

Also in bilingual adult, brain tissue called grey matter is denser compared with Monolingual adults.

Although speaking more than one language does not necessarily make you more intelligent person, it helps stimulates and increase brain connections. Learning a new language is like an excercise to the brain that will improve your Cognitive skills and even if you grew up in a Monolingual environment, it is never too late to start learning a different language.

Luxurious Home In Travelling Bus

The vehicle among the vehicle! This vehicle is so big that another vehicle will keep inside that comfortably. The interior of this vehicle is nothing like the 5-star hotels. What are not there? While entering this vehicle your eyes will sign. This is known as the world’s first Land Superyort.

This vehicle is made by one of German Motor Company. It looks like a bus but its interior is luxurious. The company focused on the customer’s luxury and comfort while designing this magnanimous bus. The manufacturing company will keep a vast comfortable bed inside this bus. Trendy and modern kitchen equipment, microwave, machine for washing kitchen dishes, and a 60-gallon refrigerator are the things that will available inside this splendor bus.

Generally, what important items we use in our home, all are accessible in this bus. Only safety of customers is not the main objective in this bus, it is also designed based on environmental safety by the manufacturing company. So this design is purely based on solar energy and avoids toxic environmental products.

You will see the solar panels and attached a 1000 liter water tank at the roof of this bus. On the inside, you will find all  Bose company music systems. Wooden floor blueprints are fixed on the bus floor that a customer can never be bored. Due to those features, the interior of this bus is very attractive. You can not imagine that a Ferrari car will comfortably enter and moved inside this bus due to its large space. This bus has also a mini garage. Inside the drawing-room, you can watch a 55 inches TV, sitting on tables and sofas. This Superyort has painted beautiful walls. You can see outside from this bus but can not see the inside.

This Superyort price is about $20 lac which is 14 Core 86 lac in Indian rupee.

History of Halloween

From communion with the dead to pumpkins and pranks, Halloween is a patchwork holiday, stitched together with cultural religions and occult tradition that spans centuries.

Before Halloween

It all began with the Celts; a people whose culture had spread across Europe more than 2,000 years ago. October 31st was the day they celebrated the end of the harvest season in a festival called Soin, that night also marked as Celtic New Year and was considered a time between years; a magical time when the ghost of the dead walked the earth as called as time when the veil between death and life was supposed to be at its thinnest.

At that time the villagers would gathered and lit huge bonfires to drive the dead back to the spirit world and keep them away from the living. But as the Catholic Church’s influence grew in Europe, it frowned on the pagan rituals like sawing.

The name Halloween

In the 7th century the Vatican began to merge it with a Church sanctioned holiday. So November 1st was designed All Saints day to honor martyrs and the deceased faithful. Both of these holidays had to do with the afterlife and about survival after death, it was a calculated move, on the part of the church, to bring more people into the fold.

All Saints day was known as then Hallowmas; hallow meaning holy or saintly, so the translation is roughly mass of the saints. The night before October 31st was All Hallows eve while gradually morphed into “Halloween“.

How the holiday spread

The holiday came to America with the wave of Irish immigrants during the Potato Famine of the 1840s. The brought several of their holiday customs with them including

  • Bobbing for apples and,
  • Playing tricks on neighbors like, removing gates from the front of the houses
Irish immigrants

Trick-o-treat

The young pranksters wore masks so they wouldn’t be recognised but over the years the traditional of harmless tricks grew into outright vandalism such as in 1930s, pranks during Halloween became really holiday, as there was such a hooliganism and vandalism.

Trick-o-treat was originally a extortion deal, give candies or get your house trashed. Storekeeper and neighbors began giving treats or bribes to stop the tricks and children were encouraged to travel door-to-door for treat as an alternative to trouble making. By the late 30s trick-o-treat became a holiday greeting.

World’s Most Expensive Salt

Without salt, food is tasteless. In everyday diet, it is necessary to intake a balanced quantity of salt for good health. Let’s know about one of the world’s costly salt.

This salt is like general salt that we will use in our daily life. But its price will increase after 30 days. Why does this happen? This type of question strikes your brain. Though it is like common salt it is made with bamboo sticks.

Its price is $100 per 8.5-ounce jar. For 100 long years, Koreans are using this bamboo salt. They are prepared this salt with their traditional style.

It is prepared by heated this salt in bamboo pipes. During this process, the elementary particles mixed up with this salt and dangerous particles are destroyed. Making this salt is very difficult because after keeping this salt in bamboo pipes, they will heat it 9 times. Later, it will turn to purple color. After completion of this process, the salt acquires some medicated nature that makes this salt costly.

This purple salt is 10times costly than the Himalayan pink salt. All those making processes are handmade, and it is true. No technology will be used to make this salt. This bamboo salt takes 45 days to 50days to prepare. The bamboo pipes are made from 3 years old bamboo roots where Koreans kept the salts.

This process will take 12 to 14 hours. These bamboo pipes heated up to 800-degree Celcius in this making process, after the bamboo pipes are brunt and the rest is pure salt. After this challenging process, the world’s costly salt will produce.

Women at a Higher Risk of Stroke Says a Study And Prevention Of Stroke In Women

  • Strokes are known as “brain attacks.” When blood flow stops to an area of the brain, the cells receive less oxygen, similar to what occurs during a heart attack. When brain cells can’t get enough oxygen, they die. Strokes generally fall in one of two categories,” Dr. Achieng says. “Ischemic strokes occur when a blood clot in a vessel stops blood flow to the brain. Hemorrhagic stroke occurs when a blood vessel bursts and bleeds into the surrounding brain tissue. Certain factors in women can lead to both types of stroke.
  • According to a study presented by European Stroke Organization (ESO) Conference, there is a rising heart attack and stroke among women than men. This is due to work stress, sleep disorders, fatigue, which are usually termed as non-traditional risk factors for heart attack and stroke.
  • While diabetes, arterial hypertension, raised cholesterol, smoking, obesity, and physical inactivity are recognized modifiable risk factors for cardiovascular disease, recently, it has been noted that non-traditional risk factors such as work pressures and sleep problems can significantly add to cardiovascular risk. Stroke is the No. 4 cause of death in women and kills more women than men. In fact, one in five women has a stroke.
  • Traditionally men have been perceived to be more affected by heart attacks and strokes than women.
  • But, the “study found men were more likely to smoke and be obese than women, but females reported a bigger increase in the non-traditional risk factors for heart attacks and strokes, such as work stress, sleep disorders, and feeling tired and fatigued”, said Dr Martin Hansel, Neurologist at the University Hospital Zurich, and her team.
  • “This increase coincides with the number of women working full time. Juggling work and domestic responsibilities or other socio-cultural aspects may be a factor, as well as specific health demands of women that may not be accounted for in our daily ‘busy’ lives,” Hansel added.
  • High blood pressure is the leading cause of stroke and is the main cause for increased risk of stroke among people with diabetes.
  • Researchers compared data from 22,000 men and women in the Swiss Health Survey from 2007, 2012, and 2017, and found an “alarming” rise in the number of women reporting the non-traditional risk factors for cardiovascular disease. The trend coincided with an increase in the number of women working full-time from 38 per cent in 2007 to 44 per cent in 2017.
  • Overall, in both sexes, the number reporting stress at work rose from 59 per cent in 2012 to 66 per cent in 2017, and those reporting feeling tired and fatigued increased from 23 per cent to 29 per cent (to 33 per cent in women and 26 per cent in men).
  • Over the same period, the number reporting sleep disorders went up from 24 per cent to 29 per cent, with severe sleep disorders also rising more sharply in women (8 per cent) than in men (5 per cent).
  • However, the research also found the traditional risk factors for developing cardiovascular disease had remained stable in the same time period, with 27 per cent suffering from hypertension, 18 per cent with raised cholesterol and 5 per cent with diabetes. Obesity increased to 11 per cent and smoking decreased from approximately 10.5 to 9.5 cigarettes per day, but both were more prevalent in men.

Stroke prevention in women:

With so many factors that can raise the risk of stroke in women, are there ways to prevent them?

The same steps you take to improve your heart health will also reduce your stroke risk, Dr. Achieng says. Your doctor may recommend taking a daily dose of aspirin because it thins the blood and reduces clotting, but that will depend on the individual.

Stroke prevention tips:

  • Eat healthier
  • Exercise regularly
  • Aim to lower blood pressure and cholesterol
  • Quit smoking
  • Reach a healthy weight
  • Take rest

Where did Necktie came from?

The neckties, also known as decorative noose are a narrow piece of fabric designed to be worn around the neck and tied at the throat. They can be made from many materials but commonly constructed from silk or cotton.

Varieties

Today there are many different kinds of neckties:-

  • Ascot tie
  • The zipper tie
  • Clip on tie
  • The tie dye tie

So when did wrapping a piece of fabric around your neck become a formal style necessity. The length of World War to blame can partially be placed on the French Military. While humans have been tying fabric around their neck since they could sew.

History

The neckties is been known as it didn’t start crowding collars until the 17th century. King Louis XIII of France had hired Croatian mercenaries to fight for him during the 30-year war and the king was impressed by the length of cloth the Croatian used to keep their jackets together.

Croatian

Louis liked it so much that he required his entire royal court to wear them a tradition that his son will continue in his court. The trend soon spread across the French aristocracy and it wasn’t long before all of the Europe had converted to the curve at.

Tying a Necktie

There are four main ways to tie a neckties;

  1. The Four-in-hand knot
  2. The Pratt knot aka The Shelby knot
  3. Half-windsor knot
  4. The Windsor knot

According to researchers from Cambridge Cavendish Laboratory, there are 85 ways to tie a tie. Thomas Fink and Yong Mao actually use Mathematical modeling to figure this out and publish a book on their finding.

Towards the end of tie fashion

The necktie is losing its grip around the throat of male fashion. Tech companies such as Google, Amazon, and eBay actually encourage their employees to dress casually with some going as far as banning traditional office wear entirely and other companies are following suits.

Its fast become a power move to dress drown to the office in the 21st century as a statement of fellow workers, you can wear what ever you want.

Californian companies have led the charge in disrupting many common business practices, by rejecting aspects of corporate life that once seemed to given such as

  • Traditional working hours
  • Corporate hierarchies
  • Paying employees a living wage

Now politicians and even royalty are leaving tie in their dresses so it many not be long before neckties joins the history books of pointless male neck fashion.

INTERNATIONAL DAY OF CHARITY – 5 SEPTEMBER

Noble cause, similar to the ideas of volunteerism and generosity, gives genuine social holding and adds to the production of comprehensive and stronger social orders. Noble cause can ease the most noticeably terrible impacts of helpful emergencies, supplement public administrations in medical services, training, lodging and kid insurance. It helps the progression of culture, science, sports, and the assurance of social and normal legacy. It additionally advances the privileges of the underestimated and oppressed and spreads the message of mankind in struggle circumstances.

In the 2030 Agenda on Sustainable Development embraced in September 2015, the United Nations perceives that annihilating neediness in the entirety of its structures and measurements, including outrageous destitution, is the best worldwide test and an essential prerequisite for feasible turn of events. The Agenda additionally requires a feeling of reinforced worldwide fortitude, zeroed in specifically on the necessities of the least fortunate and generally powerless. It additionally recognizes the job of the assorted private area, going from miniature ventures to cooperatives to multinationals, and that of common society associations and magnanimous associations in the execution of the new Agenda.

The 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) set out in the agenda can be assembled into six basic regions: individuals, planet, thriving, harmony, and association. They can possibly change our lives and our planet by giving the system expected to charitable organizations to empower all individuals to add to the improvement of our reality.

The International Day of Charity was set up with the target of sharpening and assembling individuals, NGOs, and partners from one side of the planet to the other to help other people through volunteer and magnanimous exercises.

The date of 5 September was picked to celebrate the commemoration of the dying of Mother Teresa of Calcutta, who got the Nobel Peace Prize in 1979 “for work attempted in the battle to beat neediness and trouble, which additionally establish a danger to harmony.”

Mother Teresa, the famous religious woman and evangelist, was conceived Agnes Gonxha Bojaxhiu in 1910. In 1928 she went to India, where she committed herself to aiding the penniless. In 1948 she turned into an Indian resident and established the request for Missionaries of Charity in Kolkota (Calcutta) in 1950, which became noted for its work among poor people and the perishing around there.

For more than 45 years she helped poor people, debilitated, stranded and passing on, while directing the Missionaries of Charity’s development, first in Quite a while and afterward in different nations, including hospices and homes for the most unfortunate and destitute. Mother Teresa’s work has been perceived and acclaimed all through the world and she has gotten various honors and qualifications, including the Nobel Peace Prize. Mother Teresa passed on September fifth 1997, at 87 years old.

In acknowledgment of the job of good cause in easing helpful emergencies and human enduring inside and among countries, just as of the endeavours of magnanimous associations and people, including crafted by Mother Teresa, the General Assembly of the United Nations assigned the fifth of September, the commemoration of the passing of Mother Teresa, as the International Day of Charity.